Skip to main content

Full text of "The northern barrage and other mining activities"

See other formats


NAVY  DEPARTMENT 

OFFICE  OF  NAVAL.  RECORDS  AND  LIBRARY 

HISTORICAL  SECTION 


Publication  Number  2 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE  AND 
OTHER  MINING  ACTIVITIES 


Published  under  the  direction  of 

The  Hon.  JOSEPHUS  DANIELS,  Secretary  of  the  Navy 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1920 


REAR  ADMIRAL  JOSEPH  STRAUSS,  U.  S.   NAVY, 
Commander  of  the  American  mining  operations  in  the  North  Sea  during  the  World  War. 


e-  ncivvv      neaxfr      &v\r 


NAVY  DEPARTMENT 

OFFICE  OF  NAVAL  RECORDS  AND  LIBRARY 

HISTORICAL  SECTION 


Publication  Number  2 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE  AND 
OTHER  MINING  ACTIVITIES 


Published  under  the  direction  of 
The  Hon.  JOSEPHUS  DANIELS,  Secretary  of  the  Navy 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1920 


\     LIBRARY 

j      MAR  2  5 1968 

'  UNIVERSITY  OF  THE  PACIFIC  5 


THE    NORTHERN    BARRAGE    AND    OTHER    MINING 

ACTIVITIES. 


ERRATA 

Page  1E5,  after  paragraph  2  add:  The  follow- 
ing submarines  were  sunk  in  the  N&rthern  Mine 
Barrage: 

Area   Submarine        Date 

B      U-92       September  9,  1918 

B      U-10E      September  —  (Probable) 

A      U-156      September  25,  1918 

B  UB-104  September  19,    1913 

B  UB-127  September  —    (Probable) 

A      UB-123     October  19,  1918 

Sources:    The   Submarine   Warfare   by 
Micholscn  and   British   Submarine    Losses  Re- 
turn  1919. 

Pago   124,    paragraph  3,    1st  lino:    change   last 
word   to   ono.    5th  lino:    striko   out   sentence  begin- 
ning  "Tho    other,    tho   UB-22,otc." 


Pago   125,    paragraph  1,    4th  lino:    change  U-123 
t<?   read  UB-123* 


WASHINGTON  :  fcOVERNMBNT  FEINTING  OFFICfc  I  1921 


THE    NORTHERN    BARRAGE    AND    OTHER    MINING 

ACTIVITIES. 

Publication  No.   2,   Historical   Section,   Navy   Department. 
ERRATA. 

t  age  48,  line  14:  After  the  word  "dimensions"  strike  out  "34" 
and  insert  33. 

vacing  page  80,  photographs:  In  captions  for  photographs  of 
U.  S.  S.  Baltimore  and  U.  S.  S.  San  Francisco,  strike  out  "North 
Atlantic  Fleet"  and  insert  U.  S.  Mine  Force. 

Page  87,  line  8 :  After  the  word  "  miles  "  insert  the  word  in. 

Page  105,  line  4:  Strike  out  the  word  "proceed"  and  insert  the 
word  proceeded. 

Page  140,  line  43 :  Strike  out  the  word  "  has,"  and  after  the  word 
"issued"  insert  (Up  to  July  18,  1919). 

NOTE:  These  Mine  Warnings  to  Mariners  are  still  being  issued. 
Up  to  February  3, 1921,  413  have  been  received  by  the  Hydrographic 
Office  of  the  Navy  Department. 

Page  141,  line  2 :  After  the  word  "  date  "  insert  period. 

Page  141,  lines  2,  3,  and  4 :  Strike  out  the  words  "  and  are  pub- 
xislied  herewith  in  explanation  of  the  policy  that  was  to  be  carried 
***'  t "  and  insert  in  lieu  thereof  The  explanation  of  the  policy  to  ~be 
u  *ried  out  is  illustrated  in  the  two  charts  of  a  later  date  which  ac- 
company this  publication. 

34744—21 


WASHINGTON  :  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFIC*  :  l»2i 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

Page. 

List  of  illustrations 5 

Preface 7 

CHAPTER  I. 
The  conception  and  inception  of  the  northern  barrage  project 9 

CHAPTER  II? 
British  consideration  01  project 29 

CHAPTER  III. 
American  consideration  and  adoption  of  project 35 

CHAPTER  IV. 
Status  of  barrage  project  on  November  1,  1917 - 38 

CHAPTER  V. 
Coordination  of  preparations 40 

CHAPTER  VI. 
Design  of  the  mine 42 

CHAPTER  VII. 
The  manufacturing  project 50 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

Mine  loading  plant,  St.  Juliens  Creek,  Va 55 

CHAPTER  IX. 
Assembly  and  shipment  of  mine  material 58 

CHAPTER  X. 
Overseas  mine  bases  Nos.  17  and  18 61 

CHAPTER  XI. 
Organization  of  mine  squadron  and  selection  of  new  minelayers 70 

CHAPTER  XII. 
Training  the  personnel  and  commissioning  the  ships  of  Mine  Squadron  One. . .  76 

CHAPTER  XIII. 

Completion  and  sailing  of  mine  squadron 79 

3 


4  TABLE  OF   CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

Page. 

Commander  Mine  Force — Appointment,  arrival  in  Europe,  preparations  for 
commencement  of  minelaying 86 

CHAPTER  XV. 
Changes  in  barrage  plan 92 

CHAPTER  XVI. 
Mining  operations 101 

CHAPTER  XVII. 
Final  status  of  barrage  and  results  obtained 121 

CHAPTER  XVIII. 

* 

Contemplated  mining  operations  in  the  Mediterranean 128 

CHARTS  IN  POCKET. 

No.  1.  Chart  of  waters  surrounding  British  Islands.     Mined  areas  and  safe  channels. 
2.  Chart  of  Mediterranean  with  west  coasts  of  France,  Spain,  and  Portugal.   Mined 
areas  and  safe  channels. 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Rear  Admiral  Joseph  Strauss,  U.  S.  Navy,  commander  of  the  American  mining 

operations  in  the  North  Sea,  during  the  World  War Frontispiece. 

Facing 
page- 
Admiral  Henry  T.  Mayo,  U.  S.  Navy,  commander  in  chief,  U.  S.  Atlantic  Fleet, 

and  Rear  Admiral  Joseph  Strausj =.. . .  16 

Photostatic  chart,  showing  plan  of  proposed  mine  barrage  between  Aberdeen, 

Scotland,  and  Ekersund,  Norway 16 

Mark  VI  mine  with  sinker,  fitted  with  balsa  floats  for  planting  in  shallow  depths .  16 

Mark  VI  mine  fitted  with  D-4  float  for  planting  at  lower  levels 16 

Photostatic  chart,  showing  location  of  U.  S.  Mine  Bases  in  Scotland,  Base  17  at 

Invergordon  and  Base  18  at  Inverness 32 

Photostatic  chart  showing  Base  No.  18  at  Inverness,  Scotland 32 

Dumb  lighter  loaded  with  assembled  mines  at  Base  18,  Inverness,  Scotland 32 

Assembled  mines  in  the  ready  issue  store 32 

Tug  towing  barges  to  minelayers  in  the  harbor  of  Inverness,  Scotland,  Sep- 
tember, 1918 48 

A  fleet  of  mines,  North  Sea 48 

Handling  mine  cases.    Trucking  mine  spheres  from  the  bulk  stores  to  the 

assembly  sheds 48 

U.  S.  S.  Shawmut,  minelayer  in  the  North  Sea,  camouflaged 48 

U.  S.  S.  Aroostook,  minelayer,  camouflaged 64 

U.  S.  S.  Black  Hawk,  flagship  of  Commander  U.  S.  Mine  Force,  and  force 

repair  ship,  camouflaged.    Inverness,  Scotland 64 

Commanding  officers  of  U.  S.  Minelaying  Force  on  board  the  San  Francisco ....  64 

Photostatic  chart,  showing  organization  of  U.  S.  Mine  Force 64 

Photostatic  chart,  North  Sea  barrage,  showing  first  proposed  location  after  shift- 
ing barrage  from  Aberdeen-Ekersund  line 80 

U.  S.  S.  Baltimore  of  Mine  Squadron  1,  North  Atlantic  Fleet 80 

Bringing  mine  lighters  alongside  the  U.  S.  S.  San  Francisco,  of  Mine  Squadron  1, 

North  Atlantic  Fleet,  Inverness  Firth 80 

Photostatic  chart,  showing  British  mine  field,  laid  by  U.  S.  S.  Baltimore, 

April  13  to  May  2,  1918 80 

U.  S.  Squadron  in  planting  formation  in  the  North  Sea 96 

Minelaying  fleet  proceeding  to  sea  on  a  minelaying  expedition 96 

Minelaying  fleet,  North  Sea,  proceeding  to  sea 96 

Squadron  1,  starting  on  a  minelaying  "  excursion  " 96 

Smoke  screen  made  by  destroyers  to  protect  minelaying  fleet 112 

Minelayer,  laying  a  mine  barrage,  protected  by  the  guns  of  an  accompanying 

battleship 112 

Photostatic  chart  of  North  Sea  barrage,  showing  positions  of  lines  and  depths  of 
all  American  and  British  mines,  and  vertical  projection  showing  relative 

density  of  mines 112 

Photostatic  chart,  vertical  projection,  showing  the  growth  of  the  North  Sea 

barrage 112 

Summary  of  U.  S.  mining  operations  in  the  North  Sea  barrage 121 

5 


6  LIST    OP    ILLUSTBATION8. 

Facing 


Members  of  the  Allied  Conference  on  minelaying  in  th6  Mediterranean,  held 
at  Malta,  August  6  to  9,  1918 128 

Photostatic  chart,  showing  the  proposed  mining  operations  in  the  Mediterranean 
Sea 128 

Photostatic  chart,  showing  the  proposed  minelaying  operations  in  the  Adriatic 
Sea 128 

Photostatic  chart,  showing  the  proposed  minelaying  in  the  ^Egean  Sea 128 


PREFACE. 


The  mining  operations  herein  described  naturally  involve  two 
distinct  functions : 

(a)  The  design  and  manufacture  of  the  mines  together  with  all 
the  accompanying  materials  and  their  transportation  to  Scotland. 

(6)  The  most  difficult  and  hazardous  sea  operation  of  building 
the  barrage. 

The  first  of  these  functions  was  performed  by  the  Bureau  of 
Ordnance  of  which  Rear  Admiral  Ralph  Earle  was  the  chief. 

The  second  of  these  operations  was  conducted  by  Rear  Admiral 
Joseph  Strauss. 

This  report  is  a  compilation  from  the  exhaustive  report  made  by 
Rear  Admiral  Strauss,  together  with  that  made  by  Rear  Admiral 
Ralph  Earle,  the  two  with  other  data  being  combined  by  Com- 
mander Simon  T.  Fullinwider,  and  edited  in  the  historical  section  of 
the  Navy  Department.  . 

Referring  to  the  accompanying  charts  of  the  mine  areas  of  the 
world,  it  is  realized  that  the  first  impression  is  that  very  little  of  the 
sea  was  safe  in  the  European  waters  and  the  Mediterranean.  While 
this  is  more  or  less  true,  a  careful  reading  of  the  meaning  of  the 
various  forms  of  shading  will  give  a  more  correct  idea  of  the  actual 
degree  of  danger  that  existed. 

C.  C.  MARSH, 
Captain,  U.  S.  N.  (Ret.), 
Officer  in  Charge,  Historical  Section,  Navy  Department. 

DECEMBER  12,  1919. 

7 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 


CHAPTER  I. 

CONCEPTION  AND  INCEPTION  OF  THE  NORTHERN 
BARRAGE1  PROJECT. 


The  northern  barrage  was  one  of  the  most  important  naval  projects 
carried  out  by  the  United  States  during  the  war.  To  appreciate  the 
importance  of  the  barrage  as  a  factor  in  the  prosecution  and  winning 
of  the  war,  one  must  consider  the  general  military  situation  as  it 
existed  in  April,  1917,  when  the  United  States  threw  her  weight 
into  the  scales  with  the  Allies.  There  was  every  reason  at  that  time 
for  a  pessimistic  view  of  the  situation.  The  military  situation  on 
the  west  front  was  practically  a  stalemate.  The  French  and  British 
forces  appeared  to  have  a  slight  advantage  over  the  enemy,  having 
made  small  gains  here  and  there;  but  they  plainly  had  little  or  no 
prospect  of  obtaining  an  early  military  decision.  The  Italians  were 
holding  their  own,  but  with  no  prospect  of  decisive  victory. 

On  the  east  front  the  Russians  were  holding  for  the  tune  being,  but 
there  were  ominous  indications  that  the  newly  established  revolution- 
ary government  would  be  unable  to  overcome  internal  dissensions 
and  that  the  Russian  power  might  crumble  at  any  time. 

In  the  Balkans  the  Allies  had  insufficient  force,  apparently,  to  pros- 
ecute an  offensive  campaign;  and  the  growing  submarine  menace  in 
the  Mediterranean  seriously  threatened  the  lines  of  communication 
by  which  this  force  was  sustained.  In  fact,  there  was  grave  danger, 
especially  in  view  of  the  pro-German  attitude  of  the  then  Greek  Gov- 
ernment, that  the  allied  force  based  on  Saloniki  would  have  to  be 
withdrawn  and  the  entire  Balkan  Peninsula  given  up  to  the  Central 
Powers.  In  Asiatic  Turkey  the  British  were  making  slow  progress 
in  Mesopotamia;  but  it  was  doubtful  whether  victory  there  would 
have  any  material  effect  on  conditions  in  Europe. 

In  short,  at  the  tune  of  the  entrance  of  the  United  States  into  the 
war,  there  was  no  prospect  of  victory  over  the  Central  Powers  unless 
and  until  heavy  American  forces  could  be  sent  to  Europe  to  turn  the 
scale.  America  was  not  ready,  and  could  not  be  expected  to  create 
and  equip  an  adequate  army  within  at  least  one  year,  or  probably  two. 

*  This  barrage  was  known  in  the  United  States  as  the  North  Sea  barrage;  but,  since  it  was  termed  by  the 
British  the  northern,  barrage,  and  since  there  were  other  shorter  and  minor  mine  barrages  planted  in  the 
North  Sea  by  the  British,  the  title  northern  barrage  will  be  used  in  this  narrative. 

0 


10  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

The  sending  of  an  American  army  to  France  would  necessitate  the 
safeguarding  of  the  lines  of  communication  across  the  Atlantic;  in 
other  words,  the  result  of  the  war  was  seen  to  hang  upon  whether  or 
not  the  Allies  and  the  United  States  could  obtain  and  hold  the  mastery 
of  the  sea.  As  in  all  wars  in  which  maritime  nations  have  been 
engaged,  sea  power  was  to  prove  the  decisive  factor.  The  British 
Fleet  and  the  naval  forces  of  the  United  States  and  other  associate 
powers  were  supreme  on  the  surface  of  the  sea,  and  had  it  not  been 
for  the  submarine  there  would  not  have  been  the  slightest  occasion 
for  doubt  of  a  quick  and  satisfactory  outcome  of  the  war;  but  the 
surface  fleets  were,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  almost  impotent  hi  the  face 
of  the  submarine  menace.  The  German  Government  concentrated 
early  in  the  war  on  the  development  of  the  submarine  and  built  these 
vessels  in  large  numbers,  with  the  purpose,  as  it  turned  out,  of  waging 
a  ruthless  war  on  shipping  and  thereby  bringing  Great  Britain  and 
her  Allies  to  terms.  Generally  speaking,  the  German  High  Seas  Fleet 
was  kept  safe  at  home,  while  the  British  Grand  Fleet  and  other 
allied  heavy  naval  forces,  having  no  enemy  to  meet  on  the  high  seas, 
were  compelled  to  wait  at  then*  well  protected  bases  until  the  German 
Fleet  should  put  to  sea.  Thus  there  was  little  naval  activity  beyond 
the  submarine  warfare  waged  by  the  Germans  against  merchant 
shipping,  and  the  allied  anti-submarine  campaign. 

The  Germans  embarked  on  the  policy  of  sinking  merchant  ships 
without  warning  in  December,  1916;  and  in  February,  1917,  unre- 
stricted submarine  warfare  on  merchant  shipping  was  formally 
announced.  While  the  sinking  of  merchant  tonnage  had  been  very 
considerable  up  to  this  time,  it  rapidly  increased  until  it  reached  a 
high  point  in  April,  1917,  of  800,000  tons  a  month.  The  average  for 
the  first  six  months  of  that  year  was  600,000  tons  a  month,  or  about 
7,000,000  tons  a  year.  It  was  a  plain  mathematical  deduction  that 
if  this  condition  were  permitted  to  continue,  it  would  assure  a  victory 
for  the  Central  Powers  within  a  year,  since  the  diminished  merchant 
fleet  of  Great  Britain  and  the  Allies  could  not  possibly  stand  this 
tremenduous  loss  and  meet  the  requirements  of  transportation 
necessary  to  the  successful  prosecution  of  the  war. 

Soon  after  the  United  States  entered  the  war  it  became  a  settled 
policy  of  our  Government  to  send  a  large  force  of  troops  to  reinforce 
the  French  and  British  on  the  west  front.  The  increasing  sub- 
marine menace  gravely  complicated  the  problem  of  transporting  our 
troops  and  their  supplies,  and  every  known  method  of  hunting  out 
and  destroying  submarines  was  given  careful  consideration  by  the 
Navy  Department.  Aside  from  the  possible  heavy  loss  of  life,  due 
to  the  sinking  of  American  transports  by  enemy  submarines,  there  was 
the  moral  effect  of  such  sinking  to  be  considered ;  it  might  react  most 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  11 

unfavorably  on  the  morale  of  the  entire  American  Nation  and  cor- 
respondingly cheer  the  German  public. 

It  became  the  general  policy  of  the  Navy  Department  to. employ 
every  promising  means  of  destroying  enemy  submarines,  and  not  to 
be  content  to  rely  on  any  one  means  to  the  exclusion  of  others.  The 
means  which  proved  successful  and  which  were  developed,  in  coopera- 
tion with  our  Allies,  to  the  utmost  included  the  following: 

(a)  Arming  of  merchant  vessels  with  guns  manned  by  naval  gun 
crews. 

(6)  Sending  vessels  in  convoys  through  the  danger  zones  protected 
by  destroyers  and  other  suitable  naval  vessels. 

(c)  " Hunting  groups"  of  vessels  of  various  types  equipped  with 
"listening  apparatus." 

(d)  Aerial  patrol  by  sea  planes  and  " blimps"  armed  with  depth 
bombs. 

(e)  Arming  of  destroyers  and  other  suitable  craft  with  an  unlim- 
ited supply  of  depth  charges. 

(/)  Mining  of  waters  habitually  traversed  by  enemy  submarines. 

The  first  important  anti-submarine  plan  to  give  encouraging  results 
was  the  convoy  system,  adopted  in  July,  1917.  This  plan  had  the 
one  serious  defect  of  slowing  down  shipping,  since  in  a  convoy  of, 
say  20  ort  30  vessels,  the  speed  of  the  convoy  was  reduced  to  that  of 
the  slowest  ship;  but  following  the  adoption  of  this  plan  the  average 
loss  fell  to  about  450,000  tons  a  month.  The  losses  were  principally 
from  slow  convoys  composed  of  relatively  slow-speed  cargo  vessels. 
The  losses  from  fast  convoys  made  up  of  transports  and  other  craft 
having  a  speed  of  more  than  12  knots  were  comparatively  small;  and 
the  effectiveness  of  the  system  was  finally  demonstrated  by  the  fact 
that  no  troop  ships  in  American  convoys  were  lost  during  the  war. 
However,  the  loss  of  450,000  tons  of  shipping  a  month,  or  even  a 
much  smaller  loss,  would  have  proved  fatal  to  the  allied  cause  if 
permitted  to  continue;  and  additional  measures  were  imperatively 
necessary. 

The  allied  powers  were  in  a  very  difficult  position  and  were  not 
prepared  to  quickly  put  into  effect  adequate  measures  against  the 
entirely  novel  and  unexpected  form  of  submarine  warfare  instituted 
by  the  enemy.  So  far  as  the  United  States  was  concerned,  whatever 
offensive  or  defensive  measures  were  decided  upon,  the  procurement 
of  the  necessary  material  therefor  would  take  valuable  time.  In 
short,  the  Navy  was  not  prepared  for  and  could  not  perform  its 
proper  functions  until  after  adequate  numbers,  or  quantities,  of 
destroyers,  chasers,  guns,  mines,  depth  charges,  etc.,  could  be  built 
or  manufactured. 

Taking  the  case  of  mines  alone,  there  were  on  hand  in  April,  1917, 
approximately  5,000  mines  of  a  type  which  was  comparatively 


12  THE  NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

unsuitable  for  anti-submarine  operations.  To  show  the  inadequacy 
of  this  supply,  it  may  be  stated  that  the  British  were  using  about 
7,000  a  month  and  were  endeavoring  to  increase  their  output  to 
10,000  a  month.  Also,  the  British  had  found  from  their  own  expe- 
rience that  the  type  of  mine  possessed  by  the  United  States  (the 
Vickers-Elia)  was  not  well  suited  for  the  peculiar  type  of  mining  in 
hand  and  had  changed  to  a  new  type — a  horn  mine  resembling  the 
German  and  Russian  mines. 

Not  until  after  the  United  States  entered  the  war  did  the  British 
and  other  allied  Governments  furnish  us  with  important  military 
information;  but  as  soon  as  we  were  permitted  to  avail  ourselves  of 
their  war  experience  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  decided  that  it  would 
be  desirable  to  provide  at  least  100,000  mines  and  that  these  must 
be  of  a  type  more  suitable  for  anti-submarine  operations  than  any 
then  in  existence.  In  other  words,  it  devolved  upon  that  bureau  to 
develop  a  new  design  of  mine  and  to  arrange  for  its  manufacture  at 
the  rate  of  approximately  1,000  a  day,  or  four  and  two-tenths  times 
the  production  that  Great  Britain  had  succeeded  in  reaching.  The 
reasoning  leading  to  this  decision  is  given  below  at  some  length. 

The  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  even  before  the  United  States  entered 
the  war,  had  made  a  close  study  of  the  general  conditions,  particu- 
larly with  reference  to  possible  measures  to  be  taken  to  cpunteract 
the  submarine  peril.  -The  mine  section  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance, 
as  a  result  of  many  conferences  on  this  all  important  subject  with 
the  Chief 2  and  Assistant  Chief  of  Bureau  and  also  section  chiefs, 
suggested  the  measures  that  could  be  taken  by  the  United  States  in 
a  memorandum  under  date  of  April  15,  1917,  a  partial  copy  of  which 
is  appended.  This  memorandum  dwelt  upon  two  principal  proposi- 
tions :  First,  the  protection  of  merchant  vessels  by  means  of  cellular 
construction  and  " blisters";  and  second,  antisubmarine  barrages 
inclosing  the  North  Sea  and  the  Adriatic.  Obviously,  it  was  impos- 
sible to  consider  seriously  any  proposition  to  close  German  harbors 
as  long  as  the  enemy  had  complete  control  of  his  own  waters.  The 
next  best  thing  to  " closing  the  holes"  was,  of  course,  to  close  the 
North  Sea  by  means  of  a  barrage  restricting  the  operations  of  enemy 
submarines  to  the  North  Sea  and  preventing  their  getting  into  the 
Atlantic  and  interfering  with  the  lines  of  communication  between 
the  United  States  and  Great  Britain  and  France.  The  proponents 
of  this  plan  freely  admitted  that  such  a  barrage  probably  could  not 
be  made  completely  effective,  but  insisted  that  even  if  it  were  only 
partially  effective  it  would  win  the  war. 

2  At  this  time,  Rear  Admiral  Ralph  Earle,  U.  S.  Navy,  was  chief  of  bureau,  Capt.  T.  A.  Kearney 
U.  S.  Navy,  the  assistant  Chief  of  bureau,  and  Commander  S.  P.  Fullinwider,  U.  S.  Navy  (retired)' 
the  chief  of  the  mines  and  net  section,  while  Lieut.  Commander  T.  S.  Wilkinson,  jr.,  U.  S.  Navy,  was 
chief  of  the  experimental  section 


THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  13 

The  memorandum  was  written  mainly  with  a  view  to  crystallizing 
opinion  within  the  bureau  and  furnishing  a  basis  for  discussion  by 
officers  of  the  bureau  with  others  concerned  in  the  design  and  pro- 
curement of  material  for  increased  naval  activities. 

Within  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  practically  all  officers  who  would 
be  concerned  with  such  a  project  quite  agreed  on  the  principle  that 
the  enemy  submarine  should  be  contained  by  means  of  such  a  barrage, 
though  the  type  of  barrage  and  its  location  were  for  a  considerable 
period  matters  of  doubt.  The  concensus  of  opinion,  however,  was 
that  the  barrage  should  extend  from  the  east  coast  of  Scotland  to 
the  Norwegian  coast.  This,  together  with  a  short  barrage  across 
the  Dover  Straits,  would  shut  off  access  to  the  Atlantic,  or  at  least 
make  the  continued  operations  of  enemy  submarines  exceedingly 
hazardous  and  unprofitable. 

The  proposal  to  construct  a  barrage  250  miles  long  was  so  novel 
and  unprecedented  from  every  practical  viewpoint  that  it  was  real- 
ized at  the  time  that  it  would  be  difficult  to  obtain  a  prompt  decision 
without  considerable  preliminary  propaganda  within  the  department. 
Tune  was  regarded  as  the  supreme  factor  in  the  situation,  as  every 
day  saw  the  loss  of  many  priceless  ships  and  cargoes. 

On  April  17  the  department  cabled  to  Admiral  (then  Rear  Admiral) 
W.  S.  Sims,  in  command  of  United  States  naval  forces  in  European 
waters,  directing  him  to  report  on  the  practicability  of  blockading  the 
German  coast  efficiently  in  order  to  make  the  ingress  and  egress  of 
submarines  practically  impossible.  He,  in  answer,  stated  that  this, 
of  course,  had  been  the  object  of  repeated  attempts  by  the  British 
navy  with  all  possible  means  and  found  unfeasible.  Failure  to  shut  in 
the  submarine  by  a  close  blockade,  using  mines,  nets,  and  patrols 
in  the  Bight  and  along  the  Flanders  coast,  focussed  attention  of  the 
department  upon  plans  for  the  alternative  of  restricting  the  enemy  to 
the  North  Sea  by  closing  to  him  the  exits  through  the  channel  and  the 
northern  end  between  Scotland  and  Norway,  as  proposed  by  the  Bu- 
reau of  Ordnance.  These  are  outlined  in  a  memorandum  of  the  Office 
of  Operations  dated  May  9,  1917,  which  was  to  be  submitted  for  the 
advice  and  comment  of  the  British  Admiralty  with  its  valuable  anti- 
submarine experience.  It  was  noted  that,  in  working  up  any  plan, 
the  whole  field  of  operations  was  to  be  considered  primarily  with  a 
view  to  attacking  the  submarine  under  water  as  well  as  on  the  surface. 
It  was  stated  that  the  entrances  to  the  North  Sea,  while  very  broad 
and  presenting  immense  difficulties,  came  within  the  bounds  of  pos- 
sibility of  control.  Estimating  the  cost  of  gaining  this  control  and 
confining  enemy  submarines  within  the  North  Sea  to  be  $200,000,000, 
or  perhaps  twice  that  sum,  there  was  no  doubt  that  the  United  States 
would  devote  whatever  amount  it  was  worth  if  the  purpose  was  to 
be  accomplished.  This  was  proposed  to  J>e  done  by  establishing  a 


14  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

barrage  of  nets,  anchored  mines,  and  floating  mines,  to  operate  from 
35  feet  to  200  feet  below  the  surface,  which,  while  safe  for  surface 
craft,  would  bar  a  submerged  submarine,  while  patrols  could  deal  with 
those  running  on  the  surface. 

Commenting  on  this,  the  Admiralty,  who  had  apparently  consid- 
ered the  United  States  proposals  to  particularly  advocate  the  exten- 
sive use  of  nets,  replied  on  May  13 : 

From  all  experience  Admiralty  considers  project  of  attempting  to  close  exit  to 
North  Sea  *  *  *  by  method  suggested  to  be  quite  unpracticable.  Project  has 
previously  been  considered  and  abandoned.  The  difficulty  will  be  appreciated  when 
total  distance,  depths,  material,  and  patrols  required  and  distance  from  base  of  opera- 
tions are  considered. 

It  was  the  British  experience  that  nets  failed  in  their  purpose  on 
account  of  the  possibility  of  cutting  them;  mine  nets,  when  located, 
were  avoided  or  run  over;  all  were  difficult  to  maintain  in  place  and 
required  too  many  patrol  vessels  to  watch.  Mine  barrages  were  not 
considered  wholly  effective  unless  maintained  by  patrols  at  all  points. 
Considering  the  use  of  such  a  barrage  from  Norway  to  Scotland, 
patrols  could  not  be  properly  protected  on  such  a  long  line,  because 
the  defense  would  be  stretched  out  in  a  long  and  locally  weak  line, 
and  therefore  subject  to  enemy  raids  in  sufficient  force  to  break 
through  the  patrol,  cut  nets,  and  sweep  mines,  and  so  clear  a  passage 
for  the  submarines.  If  protected  with  heavy  vessels,  these  would  be 
exposed  to  the  German  policy  of  attrition  with  torpedo  attack.  In 
short,  as  concluded  by  Admiral  Sims  in  his  report  to  the  department 
on  May  14,  1917,  " Bitter  and  extensive  experience  has  forced  the 
abandonment  of  any  serious  attempt  at  blockading  such  passages." 

It  is  noteworthy  that  the  attitude  of  the  British  Admiralty  and  of 
Admiral  Sims  was  not  favorable  to  the  further  consideration  of  the 
North  Sea  barrage  project;  but,  notwithstanding  this,  the  proponents 
of  the  project,  i.  e.,  the  officers  of  the  Navy  Bureau  of  Ordnance, 
redoubled  their  efforts  to  secure  its  adoption,  feeling  that  the  result 
of  the  war  depended  upon  it  more  than  upon  any  other  possible 
measures. 

From  early  in  March  until  the  latter  part  of  July,  1917,  the  mine 
section  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  made  an  intensive  study  of  many 
types  of  barrage,  among  them  the  submarine  trap  and  indicator  nets 
which  had  been  used  by  the  British.  Most  of  the  plans  considered 
were  devised  within  the  bureau,  but  in  addition  a  very  large  number 
of  inventions  and  suggestions  from  private  sources  were  studied. 
Unfortunately,  practically  all  inventions  or  ideas  emanating  from 
nonprofessional  sources  were  based  on  incomplete  knowledge  of  fun- 
damental conditions  and  requirements.  Their  shortcomings  may  be 
expressed  briefly  by  saying  that  they  were  based  on  mill-pond  condi- 
tions, whereas  the  waters  iji  which  such  a  barrage  as  that  under  con- 


THE  NORTHEBN  BARRAGE.  15 

sideration  had  to  be  planted  and  maintained  were  subject  not  only 
to  very  adverse  weather  conditions,  but  also  to  the  activities  of  the 
enemy  naval  forces,  which,  up  to  this  time,  had  displayed  great 
initiative  and  resourcefulness. 

The  types  of  barrage  studied  were  of  three  principal  classes:  First, 
nets  and  entanglements;  second,  nets  in  combination  with  mines  or 
bombs;  and  third,  mines  alone.  The  possibility  of  employing  nets 
or  entanglements  alone  was  abandoned  early,  inasmuch  as  "the 
war  experience  of  the  British  indicated  that  it  was  exceedingly 
difficult  to  plant  and  maintain  nets  of  sufficient  weight  and  strength 
to  be  of  any  material  value,  and  because  of  the  depth  of  water  in 
which  the  proposed  barrage  must  be  laid  was  quite  prohibitive.  The 
quantity  of  wire  rope  required  was  prohibitive  in  the  time  available. 

Nets  in  combination  with  mines  or  bombs  were  open  to  the  same 
criticism,  with  the  additional  point  that  such  material  would  be  very 
difficult  and  dangerous  to  handle  and  the  planting  would  be  too  slow. 
It  was  finally  decided  that  mines  offered  the  only  practicable  solution, 
and  since  no  mine  then  in  existence,  either  in  America  or  abroad,  was 
suitable  for  the  project,  mainly  owing  to  the  excessive  number 
required,  it  became  necessary  for  the  bureau  to  design  a  mine  espe- 
cially adapted  to  the  purpose.  A  discussion  of  the  evolution  of  the  ' 
mine  which  was  finally  adopted  will  follow.  It  is  only  necessary  to 
say  here  that  the  novel  principle  of  the  firing  gear  of  the  new  mine 
was  discovered  in  April,  1917,  but  was  not  brought  to  a  state  of 
development  warranting  its  adoption  until  the  latter  part  of  July, 
1917. 

While  from  the  first  the  new  firing  mechanism  showed  great  promise, 
the  officers  responsible  for  its  development  felt  that  it  would  be  unwise 
to  place  too  great  reliance  on  it  before  it  had  been  thoroughly  tested 
out,  and  therefore  studies  of  other  means  of  forming  a  barrage  were 
continued  without  cessation  up  to  the  day  that  the  new  mine  was 
adopted.  As  late  as  July  15,  1917,  a  memorandum  prepared  by  the 
mine  'section  was  submitted  to  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance 
suggesting  mines  in  combination  with  nets.  The  idea  was  to  have 
a  barrage  of  overlapping  light  steel  wire  nets,  about  200  feet  square, 
each  net  carrying  two  mines,  one  attached  at  the  top  of  the  net  to  be 
a  mine  with  a  hydrostatic  firing  mechanism,  and  a  second,  attached 
to  the  center  of  the  net,  to  have  a  firing  mechanism  actuated  by  a 
propeller  in  such  manner  that  a  submarine  carrying  away  the  net 
would  tow  the  mine  and  explode  it  after  a  short  distance.  The 
hydrostatic  mine  was  intended  to  explode  in  the  event  that  the  sub- 
marine submerged  it  to  a  certain  depth.  It  is  needless  to  go  into 
details  regarding  the  construction  of  this  net  and  the  designs  of  the 
mines,  since  nothing  ever  came  of  it.  The  plan  was  submitted  to  a 
board,  but  during  the  board's  consideration  of  the  project  information 


16  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

was  received  of  the  latest  test  of  the  new  mine-firing  device,  which  was 
so  favorable  that  further  discussion  of  the  plan  before  it  seemed  use- 
less, and  the  matter  was  dropped  with  the  understanding  that  the 
bureau  would  concentrate  on  the  development  of  the  new  mine, 
which  was  thereafter  to  be  known  as  the  Mark  VI  (up  to  this  time, 
during  its  experimental  stage,  it  had  been  known  as  the  type  "X" 
mine). 

In  the  early  days  of  the  mine  barrage  project,  very  little  official 
correspondence  took  place  in  the  matter,  principally  for  the  reason 
that  it  was  desired  to  keep  the  matter  a  profound  secret,  since  it  was 
probable  that  any  type  of  mine  produced  would  sooner  or  later  bring 
about  methods  of  counteracting  it.  It  was  felt  that  if  information 
concerning  it  could  be  kept  until  the  material  had  been  produced 
and  placed  in  use,  the  enemy  would  not  have  time  to  devise  protective 
methods  against  it. 

A  decision  in  the  premises  favorable  to  the  mine  barrage  project 
was  daily  becoming  more  imperative  in  order  to  accomplish  the 
laying  of  the  barrage  during  the  best  weather  of  1918;  and,  therefore, 
the  bureau  had  prepared  by  Commander  S.  P.  Fullinwider,  U.  S. 
Navy,  chief  of  the  mines  and  net  section,  a  second  memorandum, 
dated  June  1,  1917,  which  bearing  a  strong  favorable  indorsement 
by  the  Chief  of  the  Naval  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  was  submitted  to  the 
Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  this  memorandum  recommending  certain 
projects  for  the  future  conduct  of  the  war  and  laying  particular  stress 
upon  the  necessity  of  the  northern  barrage  as  being  a  most  promising 
offensive  operation.  In  fact,  the  President  had  addressed  the  officers 
of  the  battle  fleet  and  stated  that,  as  it  was  nigh  impossible  to  destroy 
hornets  (i.  e.,  German  submarines)  after  they  had  escaped  from 
their  nests,  these  hornets  must  be  confined  to  their  nests,  or  destroyed 
before  reaching  the  vast  wastes  of  the  ocean. 

Realizing  that  it  is  difficult  to  obtain  quick  action  on  a  novel 
scheme  of  such  magnitude  as  the  one  under  discussion,  and  especially 
in  view  of  the  unfavorable  attitude  shown  by  the  British,  the  chief 
of  the  mine  section,  as  a  representative  of  the  bureau,  departed  from 
the  policy  of  secrecy  to  the  extent  of  discussing  the  as  yet  indefinite 
plan  with  several  officers  who  were  in  a  position  to  further  the  scheme, 
notably  with  a  member  of  the  general  board,  with  an  officer  close  to 
the  President,  and  with  representatives  of  the  Office  of  Naval  Opera- 
tions. He  also  discussed  the  matter  with  Commander  C.  D.  C. 
Bridge,  a  British  officer  then  officially  visiting  this  country,  who  was 
shortly  to  return  to  London.  While  the  type  of  mine  to  be  used 
had  not  yet  been  developed,  it  was  important  to  see  to  it  that  the 
idea  of  a  northern  barrage  should  be  accepted  as  a  sound  and  indis- 
pensable measure  to  defeat  the  enemy  submarine.  The  Bureau  of 
Ordnance,  from  the  first,  took  the  attitude  that  if  the  idea  of  such  a 


16-1 


16-2 


MARK  VI   MINE  WITH   SINKER,   FITTED  WITH   BALSA   FLOATS   FOR    PLANTING 
IN  SHALLOW  DEPTHS.  (Page  42) 

16-3. 


MARK  VI    MINE  FITTED  WITH   D-4  FLOAT  FOR  PLANTING  AT  LOWER  LEVELS. 
16_4 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  17 

barrage  were  only  adopted,  the  project  would  be  carried  through  in 
some  way  or  other,  as  the  only  question  then  would  be  merely  a 
choice  of  methods  and  material;  and  the  bureau  had  no  doubt 
that  the  material  question  could  be  solved  in  a  satisfactory  manner. 
It  may  be  added  that  the  measures  above  referred  to  bore  fruit, 
since  the  project  was  adopted  by  the  Navy  Department  without  much 
loss  of  time  after  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  reported  that  a  suitable 
mine  had  been  developed.  Furthermore,  the  President's  attitude 
was  known  in  advance  to  be  favorable;  and  .the  project,  when 
adopted  by  the  department,  was  promptly  approved  by  him. 

One  of  the  earliest  and  most  enthusiastic  proponents  of  the  northern 
barrage  project  was  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Navy  Franklin  D. 
Roosevelt,  to  whom  was  given  a  copy  of  the  memorandum  of  April 
15,  1917,  and  with  whom  the  matter  was  discussed  in  a  general  way. 
The  Assistant  Secretary's  keen  interest  in  the  matter  was  very 
apparent  throughout  the  early  phases  of  the  project;  and  it  is  under- 
stood that  he  took  up  with  the  Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks  the 
problem  of  a  net  barrage  across  the  North  Sea.  While  the  details 
of  this  study  are  not  known,  it  is  assumed  that  effort  along  that  line 
was  stopped  when  it  beoame  known  that  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance 
had  a  suitable  type  of  mine,  which,  of  course,  was  readily  accepted 
as  far  preferable  to  any  net  plan. 

In  the  month  of  May,  1917,  the  Department  of  Commerce  became 
interested  in  a  barrage  proposed  by  certain  officers  of  the  Coast  and 
Geodetic  Survey;  and  the  Secretary  of  Commerce  took  up  the  matter 
with  the  Navy  Department  and  strongly  urged  that  the  two  depart- 
ments collaborate  in  designing  and  putting  down  such  a  barrage. 
It  is  needless  to  go  into  details  regarding  its  design,  and  the  mere 
statement  will  suffice  that  it  was  to  be  composed  of  nets  in  combi- 
nation with  mines,  and  that  the  net  was  composed  in  part  of  insulated 
wire,  the  breaking  of  which  wire  by  a  submarine  would  fire  a  mine. 
There  were  several  conferences,  one  of  them  presided  over  by  the 
Secretary  of  Commerce  and  attended  by  Assistant  Secretary  Roose- 
velt, Commander  Fullinwider,  and  Lieut.  Commander  Castle.  The 
Bureau  of  Ordnance  was  not  favorably  disposed  toward  this  plan, 
because  it  felt  that,  even  if  the  necessary  quantity  of  material  could 
be  obtained,  which  was  doubtful,  it  would  be  a  very  difficult  project 
to  carry  into  execution,  and  furthermore,  that  it  would  be  quite 
impossible  to  maintain  it  in  waters  such  as  the  North  Sea.  Plans 
were  adopted  to  carry  out  tests  in  deep  water,  but  interest  in  this 
plan  ceased  when  Mr.  Roosevelt  became  convinced  that  the  Bureau 
of  Ordnance  had  developed  a  satisfactory  mine  for  a  barrage. 

The  foregoing  is  mentioned  only  to  show  the  active  and  growing 
interest  at  that  time  in  the  idea  of  a  barrage.  It  also  became  a 
favorite  problem  with  inventors.  In  short,  by  the  time  the  bureau 
181063°— 29 2 


18  THE  NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

had  demonstrated  to  its  satisfaction  that  the  new  mine  would  be 
effective,  the  closing  of  the  North  Sea  was  quite  recognized  in  America 
as  the  best  possible  solution  of  the  anti-submarine  problem.  It 
remained  to  convert  the  British  naval  authorities  to  this  view. 

The  adoption  of  any  plan  for  a  barrage  to  close  the  North  Sea 
was,  of  course,  dependent  upon  the  suitability  and  availability  of 
the  material,  and  so  the  development  of  the  project  was  largely  the 
development  of  the  Mark  VI  mine.  It  should  be  stated  in  this 
connection,  however,  that  the  northern  barrage  would  undoubtedly 
have  been  realized  whether  or  not  the  Mark  VI  mine  had  been 
adopted  for  the  purpose.  There  were  other  designs  of  mine  available 
but  the  Mark  VI  was  deemed  the  most  promising  in  sight  at  that  tune. 

In  April,  1917,  Mr.  Ralph  C.  Browne,  a  citizen  of  Salem,  Mass.,  an 
inventor  associated  with  the  L.  E.  Knott  Apparatus  Co.,  Cambridge, 
Mass.,  brought,  to  the  department  a  description  of  an  invention 
which  he  called  the  "  Browne  submerged  gun."  Assistant  Secretary 
Roosevelt  referred  him  to  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  and  the  inven- 
tion was  duly  considered  by  the  Chief  of  Bureau  and  Commander 
Fullinwider  and  Lieut.  Commander  T.  S.  Wilkinson.  The  inven- 
tion in  the  form  offered  may  be  briefly  described  as  follows :  A  buoy 
or  float  carried  as  an  integral  part,  a  so-called  gun  or  short  tube 
extending  vertically  downward.  The  buoy  carried  also  a  copper 
wire  hanging  vertically.  A  high-explosive  shell  was  carried  in  the 
tube  or  gun.  This  shell  contained  in  its  base  a  propelling  charge  of 
slow-burning  powder  intended  to  give  the  projectile  a  velocity  of 
about  50  feet  per  second  through  the  water.  The  shell  was  pro- 
vided with  guides  to  restrict  it  to  travel  along  the  wire.  The  float 
carried  alsd  an  electrical  relay  mechanism,  all  parts  so  related  that 
the  contact  of  a  submarine  or  any  steel  vessel  with  the  pendent  wire 
would  produce  a  sea-battery  current  of  sufficient  energy  to  actuate 
the  electric  relay,  which  in  turn  would  ignite  the  propulsive  charge 
in  the  base  of  the  shell  and  send  the  shell  along  the  wire  into  contact 
with  the  submarine,  where  the  shell  was  expected  to  burst  and 
rupture  the  hull.  The  design  was  very  ingenious  and  novel  as  a 
whole;  but  in  its  then  proposed  form  it  was  deemed  by  the  Bureau 
to  be  wholly  impracticable  for  naval  use.  Commander  Fullinwider 
saw,  however,  that  the  electric  principle  involved  might  be  applied 
to  a  mine  firing  device;  and,  after  making  a  study  of  the  matter 
with  Capt.  S.  J.  Brown  (Math.),  United  States  Navy,  and  Lieut.  Com- 
mander Wilkinson,  and  after  reference  of  such  study  to  the  Chief  of 
Bureau,  he  suggested  to  Mr.  Browne  that  he  collaborate  with  the 
Bureau  in  applying  the  new  principle  to  an  antenna  mine.  This  Mr 
Browne  was  loath  to  do  as  he  felt  that  his  invention  would  be  more 
effective  than  would  a  mine.  After  about  two  weeks'  investigation, 
including  considerable  pressure  by  the  Chief  of  Bureau  himself,  how- 


THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  19 

ever,  Mr.  Browne  agreed  that  he  would  defer  to  the  bureau's  judg- 
ment in  the  matter  and  consented  to  collaborate  with  the  Bureau  hi 
the  development  of  a  mine-firing  device  based  on  the  use  of  a  sea 
battery. 

Mr.  Browne  immediately  took  up  the  work,  and  on  June  18,  1917, 
a  crude  model  of  a  mine-firing  device  was  tested  with  promising 
results  at  the  submarine  base,  New  London,  Conn.  Further  tests 
were  held  on  July  10;  these  tests  were  conducted  by  the  experimental 
officer  of  the  Bureau.  It  was  immediately  subsequent  to  these 
tests  that  it  was  finally  decided  to  adopt  the  new  firing  device,  and 
the  Bureau  proceeded  to  design  and  develop  a  mine  in  which  this 
device  could  be  used. 

The  Bureau  was  convinced  by  the  tests  that  the  device,  which  was 
thereafter  to  be  called  the  K-l  device,  was  correct  hi  principle,  but 
realized  that  hi  the  short  tune  available  for  development  and  experi- 
mentation it  could  hardly  be  hoped  to  obtain  reliability  in  the 
mechanical  features  of  the  design.  However,  since  it  was  essential 
that  mines  for  the  barrage  should  be  ready  in  large  quantities  by 
the  following  spring,  it  was  decided  to  proceed  with  the  manufacture 
of  the  devices  and  trust  to  making  any  necessary  modifications  after 
getting  into  production,  and  hi  the  meantime  to  proceed  with  tests, 
so  far  as  tests  could  be  conducted  without  complete  mines. 

It  may  be  stated  here  that,  although  the  design  of  the  complete 
mine  had  not  yet  been  decided  upon,  and  could  not  be  completed  for 
several  months,  the  mine  section  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  was 
sufficiently  assured  of  the  successful  development  of  the  mine  to 
submit  tentative  plans  to  the  Chief  of  Bureau;  and  he  took  the 
responsibility  of  formally  committing  the  bureau  to  this  method  of 
closing  the  North  Sea. 

On  July  18,  1917,  the  bureau  addressed  the  following  letter  to  the 
Chief  of  Naval  Operations  announcing  the  development  of  a  new 
type  of  mine  firing  gear  which  would  be  suitable  for  mines  for  a 
northern  barrage : 

Confidential. 

JULY  18,  1917. 
To:  Chief  of  Naval  Operations. 

Subject:  Submarine  mine  barriers,  material  for. 

1.  The  Bureau  has  developed  a  new  type  of  mine,  at  present  referred  to  as  Mark  VI 
(Type  X)  which  it  is  confidently  believed  will  facilitate  the  establishment  of  sub- 
marine barriers.    The  mine  is  radically  different  from  other  mines  in  its  firing  gear, 
which  has  been  tested  out  with  excellent  results  and  the  bureau  is  now  proceeding 
with  the  design  of  the  mine  as  a  whole  and  expects  to  complete  it  within  two  weeks. 

2.  The  new  mine  will  be  as  easily  planted  as  the  ordinary  types  of  naval  defense 
mines  and  therefore  the  time  and  the  number  of  vessels  required  to  establish  a  barrier 
will  be  reduced  to  a  minimum.    This  mine  can  be  rigged  so  as  to  be  safe  as  regards 
surface  vessels,  but  effective  against  craft  operating  below  the  surface. 


20  THE  !N"ORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

3.  The  mine  will  be  comparatively  simple  in  design  and  it  is  believed  that  it  can 
be  manufactured  at  a  minimum  rate  of  1,000  per  day,  which  means  that  the  number 
required  for  about  300  miles  of  barrier  can  be  produced  within  about  three  months 
from  the  beginning  of  deliveries  or  within  four  months  from  the  placing  of  orders. 

4.  The  Bureau  requests  that  a  decision  be  reached  at  the  earliest  practicable  moment 
as  to  the  desirability  of  establishing  complete  barriers  to  prevent  enemy  submarines 
from  gaining  access  to  the  Atlantic.    The  Bureau  assumes  that  such  a  project  is 
desirable  as  no  other  means  of  stopping  the  submarine  peril  appears  to  be  in  prospect, 
and,  since  it  is  going  to  take  four  months  to  obtain  the  necessary  material,  the  Bureau 
believes  that  it  should  be  authorized  to  proceed  immediately  with  arrangements  for 
procuring  the  material. 

5.  Theoretically,  only  72,000  mines  will  be  required  for  300  miles  of  barrier,  but 
100,000  should  be  provided  to  allow  a  reasonable  excess  for  replacements,  etc.    In 
addition,  a  number,  say  25,000,  should  be  provided  for  our  own  coast  defenses,  it  is 
believed,  making  a  total  of  125,000  mines,  which,  at  an  estimated  cost  of  $320  each, 
gives  a  total  cost  of  $40,000,000.    This  estimate  is  designedly  liberal. 

6.  The  Bureau  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  design,  manufacture,  and  assembly  of  the 
new  mine  should  be  carried  out  with  the  utmost  secrecy  and  is  taking  the  necessary 
precautions  accordingly,  since  advance  information  of  such  a  mine  would  be  of  the 
greatest  aid  to  the  enemy  in  devising  means  to  counteract  it. 

7.  The  above  estimate  as  to  time  is  based  upon  our  success  in  securing  the  necessary 
quantity  of  T.  N.  T.  or  other  high  explosive. 

8.  In  considering  this  project  the  use  of  high-speed  mine-laying  vessels,  such  as 
liners  and  merchantmen,  in  addition  to  destroyers  and  light  cruisers,  will  be  required 
and  such  vessels  must  be  provided.     The  mines  can  be  dropped  accurately  at  any 
speed  by  time  devices.    The  whole  barrier  should  be  laid  as  one  operation  and  be 
protected  as  far  as  possible.     If  isolated  mines  are  planted,  it  is  probable  that  a  device 
to  defeat  the  mine-firing  mechanism  will  be  developed  by  Germany. 

RALPH  EARLE. 

While  awaiting  the  Department's  action,  the  Bureau  proceeded 
with  the  design  of  the  mine,  with  a  view  to  being  prepared  at  the 
earliest  possible  date  to  undertake  its  manufacture. 

On  July  30,  1917,  the  Bureau  addressed  a  second  communication 
to  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  submitting  more  complete  informa- 
tion regarding  the  new  mine  and  proposing  an  American-British  joint 
offensive  operation  in  the  form  of  a  northern  barrage.  A  copy  of 
this  letter  follows : 
(N3)  MC.  JULY  30,  1917. 

To:  Chief  of  Naval  Operations. 

Subject:  Proposed  British-American  joint  offensive  operations;  submarine  barriers; 
Mark  VI  mines. 

1.  In  its  letter  No.  32957  of  July  18,  1917,  the' bureau  announced  the  development 
of  a  new  type  of  mine  that  is  peculiarly  adaptable  for  use  against  submarines. 

2.  The  firing  mechanism  of  this  mine  is  based  on  a  very  recent  discovery  in  the  elec- 
trical field,  and  although  there  has  been  little  time  for  development  the  tests  which 
have  been  carried  out  with  an  experimental  mine  by  a  submarine  leaves  no  doubt  in 
the  bureau 's  opinion  of  the  success  of  this  invention. 

3.  The  mine  will  have  the  following  characteristics: 

(a)  A  spherical  mine  case  carrying  a  charge  of  300  pounds  of  T.  N.  T.  having  a 
destructive  radius  of  about  100  feet  against  a  submarine. 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  21 

(6)  The  anchor  may  be  either  the  automatic  type,  such  as  that  now  in  use  or  a 
simple  mushroom  type,  depending  upon  the  conditions  under  which  mining  operations 
shall  be  carried  out. 

(c)  The  firing  mechanism  comprises  an  electrical  device  carried  within  the  mine 
case  and  an  antenna  of  any  desired  length,  the  end  of  which  will  be  supported  by  a 
small  buoy  as  near  the  surface  of  the  water  as  may  be  desired.    A  second  antenna 
may  be  suspended  from  the  mine  where  the  depth  of  water  renders  this  necessary. 

(d)  A  steel  vessel  coming  in  contact  with  the  antenna  will  fire  the  mine. 

4.  The  mine  has  the  following  advantages  over  other  types: 

(a)  In  depths  of  less  than  100  feet  it  may  be  planted  on  the  bottom,  where  it  is  least 
affected  by  wave  action  and  current.  In  this  case  a  buoyant  mine  is  not  necessary 
or  desirable,  and  it  can  be  made  smaller  and  cheaper  than  a  buoyant  mine.  In  such 
circumstances  there  is  no  possibility  of  its  getting  adrift,  and  it  can  not  be  swept  up 
in  the  usual  way.  It  can,  however,  be  fired  by  a  mine  sweep. 

(6)  In  depths  greater  than  100  feet  it  is  proposed  to  submerge  the  mine  to  a  depth 
of  100  feet,  since  100  feet. is  about  its  destructive  range  against  submarines.  At  this 
depth  the  mine  iteelf  is  entirely  protected  from  wave  action  and  only  the  light  float 
or  buoy  is  exposed  to  such  action. 

(c)  Where  conditions  permit  the  antenna  may  take  the  form  of  a  net,  or  the  antennae 
of  adjacent  mines  may  be  connected  by  horizontal  wires  forming  an  impassible 
barrier. 

(d)  If  a  floating  mine  be  desired,  this  mine  may  be  suspended  from  a  buoy  in  such 
manner  as  to  be  harmless  to  surface  craft  but  deadly  to  submarines  submerged. 

(e)  It  may  be  used  as  a  towing  mine  with  antennae  to  give  it  a  very  large  danger 
space. 

(/)  It  can  almost  entirely  replace  submarine  nets  of  present  types. 

(<7)  It  can  be  used  for  mining  very  deep  water  more  easily  than  can  other  types. 

5.  The  mine,  with  its  anchor,  antenna,  and  buoy,  will  be  assembled  and  launched 
as  a  unit,  so  that  it  can  be  launched  at  high  speed  from  destroyers  if  desired. 

6.  The  bureau  believes  that  with  this  mine  it  becomes  practicable  to  close  the  North 
Sea,  Adriatic,  and  other  exits  of  enemy  submarines,  and  that  it  gives  us  our  oppor- 
tunity to  cooperate  in  carrying  into  execution  a  major  offensive  operation  of  a  decisive 
character.    Even  if  the  proposed  barriers  should  prove  to  be  only  50  per  cent  effective, 
the  enemy's  submarine  campaign  would  surely  fail. 

7.  It  is  suggested  that  the  North  Sea  barriers  must  extend  from  the  coast  of  Scotland 
to  Norway  and  across  the  English  Channel.    The  proposed  line  from  Scotland  to 
Norway  must,  to  be  at  all  effective,  extend  into  the  territorial  waters  of  Norway, 
thereby  involving  the  question  of  Norway's  neutrality.     It  would  seem  that  if  the 
German  submarine  is  permitted  by  Norway  to  use  her  territorial  waters,  it  becomes 
incumbent  upon  the  Allies  to  take  measures  to  prevent  such  use. 

8.  The  proposed  mine  barrier  scheme  does  not  infringe  upon  the  neutrality  of 
Holland,  Denmark,  and  Sweden,  except  in  the  restricted  sense  that  the  vessels  of 
those  powers,  as  well  as  of  Norway,  would  be  required  to  pass  through  a  gate  in  the 
barriers  under  the  control  of  the  allied  forces.     In  effect,  this  would  amount  to  the 
establishment  of  additional  danger  zones  to  be  avoided  by  neutrals. 

9.  The  bureau  understands  that  the  British  Admiralty  has  objected  to  any  barrier 
in  the  North  Sea  that  would  interfere  with  the  freedom  of  the  British  fleet.    It  is 
suggested  that  a  gate  should  be  left  in  the  barrier  at  an  appropriate  place  near  the 
Scotch  coast,  not  only  for  British  naval  vessels,  but  also  for  neutral  merchant  vessels. 
This  gate  would  be,  say,  8  miles  long,  with  mines  so  planted  that  their  antennae  would 
not  come  within  40  feet  of  the  surface  at  low  water.     In  other  words,  the  subsurface 
would  be  mined  against  submarines  and  the  surface  left  open.    This  gate  could  be 
effectively  patroled  with  a  very  few  vessels  and  submarines  attempting  to  pass  on 
the  surface  could  be  destroyed. 


22  THE  ^NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

10.  If  a  decision  should  be  reached  immediately  to  proceed  with  the  assembling 
of  the  material  for  these  barriers,  it  would  require  approximately  six  weeks  to  complete 
the  designs,  place  the  orders  and  start  production  on  a  large  scale.    After  starting 
production  mines  could  be  obtained  at  a  minimum  rate  of  5,000  a  week,  and  if  the 
project  were  given  the  importance  due  it  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  manufacturers 
could  be  depended  upon  to  increase  this  figure.     In  this  connection  it  is  assumed  that 
the  British  Admiralty  would  be  willing  to  cooperate  to  the  extent  of  furnishing  a 
portion,  at  least,  of  the  mine  anchors,  but  it  is  believed  that  we  should  supply  all  of 
the  mines  with  the  exception  of  the  anchors. 

11.  It  would  require  approximately  72,000  mines  to  establish  barriers  around  the 
North  Sea,  assuming  that  the  barriers  will  be  composed  of  four  lines  of  mines,  placed 
100  feet  apart  in  each  line,  in  other  words,  a  barrier  would  require  a  mine  for  every  25 
feet.    To  this  72,000  should  be  added  at  least  28,000  for  renewals  and  as  a  reserve. 
If  it  should  be  decided  to  place  the  barrier  across  the  Adriatic  and  to  close  the  Darda- 
nelles about  50  miles  of  barrier,  or  about  15,000  additional  mines  would  be  required. 

12.  It  is  estimated  that  125,000  mines  can  be  manufactured  at  a  cost  of  $40,000,000. 

13.  The  bureau  has  made  every  effort  to  keep  the  discovery  and  development  of  this 
mine  a  military  secret,  and  it  is  believed  that  this  secrecy  can  be  maintained  by  proper 
organization  and  administration  until  such  time  as  it  becomes  necessary  to  assemble 
the  completed  mines  to  ship  them  to  Europe.    To  this  end,  the  various  parts  of  the 
mine  will  be  manufactured  by  different  companies  and  no  manufacturer  need  be 
informed  as  to  the  characteristics  of  the  mine  as  a  whole.     The  company  which  will 
manufacture  the  firing  gear  has  taken  such  precautions  that  only  three  members  of  the 
company  will  know  that  the  electrical  apparatus  used  in  the  mine  is  intended  for  a 
mine. 

14..  In  view  of  the  importance  of  keeping  this  matter  a  military  secret,  it  is  con- 
sidered desirable  that  the  British  Admiralty  should  not  be  informed  as  to  the  features 
of  the  mine  until  the  mines  shall  have  been  manufactured  and  shipped.  This  view 
is  taken  because  it  is  inevitable  that  information  will  leak  out  regarding  the  design, 
if  any  considerable  number  of  persons  should  become  informed  of  it,  and  since  it  is 
proposed  to  manufacture  the  mines  complete  in  this  country,  it  would  seem  unneces- 
sary to  send  any  information  regarding  it  abroad  and  would  only  invite  the  possibility 
of  such  a  leak. 

15.  If  the  enemy  should  learn  of  this  invention  it  would  be  easy  for  him  to  evolve  a 
similar  mine  which  he  could  use  to  blockade  the  British  ports.    The  principle  of  the 
firing  mechanism  is  so  simple  that  only  the  slightest  clue  would  enable  the  enemy  to 
duplicate  it. 

16.  If  this  project  should  be  carried  out,  the  bureau  is  of  the  opinion  that  its  execu- 
tion will  bring  about  a  general  engagement  with  the  German  Fleet,  which  it  is  supposed 
is  desirable. 

17.  The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  cooperation  deemed  necessary  to  carry  out 
this  plan : 

United  States: 

(a)  Provide  mines,  except  anchors. 
(6)  Send  mines  to  England. 

(c)  Assist  in  assembling  mines  in  England. 

(d)  Provide  a  number  of  minelayers. 

(e)  Assist  in  laying. 
Great  Britain: 

(a)  Provide  anchors. 

(6)  Assemble  mines  on  anchors. 

(c)  Organize  and  equip  minelaying  force. 

(d)  Lay  all  mines  with  United  States  assistance. 


THE  NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  23 

18.  In  the  above  it  is  suggested  that  Great  Britain  provide  the  anchors,  for  the 
reason  that  about  30,000  tons  would  be  required  and  that  the  transportation  of  this 
tonnage  should  be  avoided  if  possible. 

19.  Regarding  the  minelaying  part  of  this  project,  it  is  understood  that  Great 
Britain  has  about  18  regular  mine  layers  and  that  the  United  States  could  probably 
furnish  4,  giving  a  total  of  22 .  not  including  destroyers.  A  number  of  British  destroyers 
are  fitted  to  carry  80  mines,  and  probably  some  of  ours  could  readily  be  fitted  to  carry 
40  to  80  each,  so  it  is  assumed  that  40  destroyers  may  be  available.    The  minelaying 
program  may  then  be  assumed  to  be  approximately  as  follows: 

(a)  Twenty-two  minelayers  could  lay  200  mines  per  day  each.    If  they  take  one 
day  to  reload,  they  would  lay  an  average  of  100  per  day  each. 
(6)  Forty  destroyers  could  average  50  per  day  each. 

(c)  All  combined  could  lay  4,200  per  day. 

(d)  For  the  Northern  barrier  about  60,000  mines  are  required.    These,  at  the  rate 
of  4,200  per  day,  could  be  laid  in  about  15  days. 

(e)  For  the  English  Channel  barriers,  assumed  lengths  50  miles,  12,000  mines  would 
be  required.     At  the  rate  of  4,200  per  day  these  could  be  laid  in  three  days.     It  is 
assumed  that  two  barriers  each  25  miles  long  would  be  required  in  the  channel  to 
fully  protect  the  Channel  crossing. 

20.  Lacking  definite  information  as  to  the  minelaying  facilities  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean, but,  assuming  that  10  vessels  could  be  made  available,  the  Adriatic  barrier, 
40  miles,  could  be  laid  in  about  one  week  and  the  Dardanelles  barrier  in  a  shorter  time. 

21.  As  the  manufacture  and  assembling  of  the  material  will  be  an  immense  under- 
taking, and  as  time  is  precious  at  this  juncture  in  the  war,  a  decision  should  be  reached 
at  the  earliest  moment  practicable. 

22.  If  this  plan  be  adopted,  it  will  be  necessary  to  expedite  manufacture  by  giving 
this  work  priority  over  certain  other  Government  work,  particularly  in  the  matter  of 
obtaining  a  sufficient  supply  of  T.  N.  T.    This  will  be  made  the  subject  of  special 
report  if  the  general  plan  be  adopted. 

KEARNEY,  Acting. 

On  August  15,  1917,  Admiral  Mayo,  Commander  in  Chief,  Atlantic 
Fleet,  who  was  about  to  proceed  to  England  accompanied  by  certain 
members  of  his  staff,  conferred  with  the  Chief  of  Bureau  and  officers 
of -the  mine  section  regarding  the  new  mine  and  its  value  for  the 
proposed  Northern  Barrage.  This  discussion  covered  not  only  the 
material  questions  but  also  matters  of  strategy  and  tactics  involved 
in  such  an  undertaking.  The  Bureau  furnished  Admiral  Mayo  for 
his  information  and  for  use  in  discussing  the  matter  with  the  British 
naval  authorities  a  memorandum  embodying  the  ideas  of  the  Bureau 
of  Ordnance  concerning  the  adaptability  of  the  Mark  VI  mine  for  a 
barrage.  This  memorandum  is  quoted  below  for  the  reason  that  it  set 
forth  with  fair  accuracy  the  possibilities  and  limitations  involved  in 
the  use  of  the  new  mine  and,  in  connection  with  the  above-quoted 
letters  to  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  supplied  the  information 
necessary  for  an  intelligent  consideration  of  the  Northern  Barrage 
project. 


24  THE  NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

(D3)MC    Confidential. 

AUGUST  15, 1917. 

MEMORANDUM  FOR  COMMANDER  IN  CHIEF,  ATLANTIC  FLEET. 

Subject:  Mark  VI  mine. 

Inclosure:  (A)  Copy  of  Bu.  Ord.  letter  to  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  dated  July  30, 
1917. 

1.  The  following  notes  are  intended  to  amplify^and  supplement  the  information 
contained  in  the  inclosed  letter: 

2.  From  the  early  stages  of  submarine  warfare  trap  nets  have  been  used  to  a  con- 
siderable extent,  but  it  has  been  found  to  be  extremely  difficult  to  maintain  nets  of 
sufficient  weight  and  strength  to  stop  submarines,  and  it  has  lately  become  known 
that  submarines  are  equipped  with  cutters  which  enable  them  to  cut  their  way 
through.    Inasmuch  as  the  submarine  is  free  to  go  to  a  depth  of  200  feet,  a  heavy  trap 
net  in  deep  water  necessarily  becomes  a  serious  problem,  not  only  to  manufacture 
and  plant  but  also  to  maintain  against  the  wear  and  tear  due  to  storms  and  currents, 
etc.    The  Bureau  early  became  convinced  that  a  trap  net  designed  to  offer  passive 
resistance  to  submarines  is  not  a  sure  solution  to  the  problem. 

3.  Indicator  nets  of  various  designs  have  been  studied  and  much  information 
regarding  foreign  types  of  such  nets  have  been  fully  considered  with  the  conclusion 
that  this  type  of  net  also  is  not  a  satisfactory  anti-submarine  device.    Such  nets  must 
be  suspended  from  surface  floats  and  cables  are  subjected  to  extreme  conditions  of 
wear  and  have  a  short  life.    But  the  principal  objection  to  such  a  net,  when  it  is  not 
combined  with  bombs  or  mines,  is  that  it  merely  indicates  the  presence  of  a  submarine 
and  that  it  requires  a  very  large  number  of  patrol  vessels  to  keep  a  close  watch  on 
the  net  in  order  that  a  vessel  may  be  near  at  hand  to  destroy  a  submarine  whose  pres- 
ence is  indicated.    With  a  view  to  reducing  the  number  of  attendant  vessels,  a  radio 
buoy  has  been  developed  to  send  out  a  call  automatically  in  the  event  of  a  submarine 
fouling  an  indicator  net,  but  the  defect  of  this  scheme  is  principally  that  a  submarine 
has  an  excellent  chance  to  get  clear  of  such  a  net  by  the  time  a  patrol  vessel  could 
arrive  on  the  scene. 

4.  Nets  in  combination  with  mines  or  bombs  are  better,  on  paper  at  least,  than 
either  the  trap  nets  or  the  indicator  nets;  but  here  again  the  difficulty  of  planting  and 
maintaining  such  nets  on  a  large  scale,  for  example,  the  proposed  North  Sea  barrier, 
would  be  prohibitive.    The  Bureau  has  examined  and  carefully  considered  hundreds 
of  inventions  and  suggestions  relative  to  nets  of  all  descriptions,  and  has  come  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  only  effective  barrier  that  could  be  manufactured,  planted,  and 
maintained  effectively  is  one  of  mines. 

5.  The  German,  British,  and  all  other  types  of  mines  known  to  this  bureau  are 
unsuitable  for  the  formation  of  barriers  in  deep  water,  mainly  because  of  the  great 
number  of  mines  that  would  be  required  for  any  major  operation,  such  as  the  North 
Sea  barrier.    Since  submarines  can  go  with  safety  to  a  depth  of  200  feet  and  since  the 
ordinary  mine  must  be  actually  struck  to  be  effective,  one  of  the  first  ideas  that 
occurred  to  the  bureau  was  that  pendant  mines  might  be  used ;  that  is  to  say,  a  number 
of  small  mines  at  intervals  of,  say,  25  feet,  on  a  vertical  pendant  200  feet  long,  but  this 
was  not  seriously  entertained  because  it  is  obviously  clumsy  and  such  mines  would 
necessarily  have  to  be  supported  from  the  surface  by  an  elaborate  system  of  buoys, 
cables,  and  moorings,  and  such  a  system  would  be  difficult  to  fabricate,  plant,  and 
maintain. 

6.  It  early  became  evident  that  what  was  needed  was  a  mine  that  would  give  a 
very  much  larger  danger  area  than  any  mine  in  existence,  and  fortunately  the  new 
firing  principle  embodied  in  the  Mark  VI  mine  was  hit  upon  and  proved  on  test  to 
be  entirely  practicable. 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  25 

7.  By  giving  the  mine  a  sufficiently  heavy  charge  of  high  explosive,  to  disable  a 
submarine  at  a  distance  of  100  feet,  and  by  making  the  mine  effective  by  mere  contact 
of  a  submarine  with  its  antenna  100  feet  above  and  below  it,  it  is  apparent  that  a  great 
advance  has  been  made  possible  in  antisubmarine  mining  operations. 

8.  The  mine  will  be  charged  with  300  pounds  of  high  explosive,  probably  T.  N.  T. 
or  a  combination  thereof  with  some  other  substance.    The  British  publications  on  the 
subject  of  depth  charges  allot  a  danger  radius  of  70  feet  to  a  charge  of  300  pounds  of 
amatol  (60  per  cent  T.  N.  A.  and  40  per  cent  ammonium  nitrate).    From  French 
information  and  from  experimental  data  in  possession  of  the  bureau,  it  is  concluded 
that  the  positive  destruction  area  of  such  a  charge  is  within  a  radius  of  70  feet,  but 
that  within  a  greater  area  of  a  100-foot  radius  sufficient  damage  may  be  expected  to 
force  the  submarine  to  come  to  the  surface.    Accordingly  it  is  considered  that  the  use 
of  these  mines  with  an  antenna  100  feet  above  the  mine  and  another  100  feet  below  the 
mine  will  permit  the  explosion  of  the  mine  upon  the  passage  across  its  vertical  plane 
in  contact  with  the  wires  of  any  submarine  within  100  feet  above  or  below  the  mine. 
It  will  readily  be  seen  that  this  increases  the  effective  "contact  area"  in  the  ratio  of 
the  200  feet  length  of  the  antenna  to  the  3  feet  diameter  of  the  present  contact  mine 
in  use  by  the  Allies.    In  other  words,  one  mine  will  cover  all  practicable  depths  for  a 
submarine,  as  it  is  not  probable  that  submarines  will  cruise  below  200  feet  depth. 
The  "contact  area"  of  the  mine  may  be  still  further  enlarged  by  transverse  antennae 
connected  to  adjacent  mines  forming  a  network,  but  owing  to  the  difficulties  of  laying 
such  a  barrier  in  the  open  sea,  it  is  considered  preferable  to  lay  several  parallel  rows  of 
unconnected  mines. 

9.  Anchors  will  be  of  three  different  types,  viz: 

(a)  Automatic  anchor,  similar  to  present  British  type,  for  use  where  automatic 
depth  regulation  is  desired. 

(6)  Nonautomatic  anchor  for  use  in  depth  of  less  than  100  feet;  fixed  length  of 
anchor  cable  to  hold  mine  close  to  bottom  where  effects  of  wave  action  and  current 
will  be  minimized. 

(c)  Modification  of  (6)  nonautomatic  anchor  for  depths  exceeding  100  feet,  but  where 
depths  are  fairly  uniform.  Length  of  anchor  cable  to  be  set  for  predetermined  depth 
to  give  mine  submergence  of  100  feet. 

10.  The  third  type  of  anchor  (c)  is  desirable  only  to  save  time  of  manufacture,  it 
being  simpler  than  an  automatic  mine,  but  it  would  require  more  time  and  care  to 
plant  owing  to  the  necessity  of  knowing  the  depth  fairly  accurately.    Its  principal 
use  would  be  in  home  or  controlled  waters. 

11.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  mine  will  be  at  a  depth  of  100  feet  or  on  the  bottom 
(in  depths  less  than  100  feet)  it  will  be  affected  by  wave  action  and  the  effect  of  current 
will  be  less  than  with  the  usual  type  of  mine,  therefore  the  mine  anchor  can  be  lighter 
than  that  of  other  mines.    It  is  proposed,  however,  to  back  the  anchor  with  a  small 
light  anchor  (in  combination  with  the  plummet  or  otherwise)  to  insure  holding. 

12.  All  anchors  of  whatever  type  will,  of  course,  fit  the  standard  mine  track,  and  all 
mines,  regardless  of  type  of  anchor,  will  be  launched  in  the  same  manner. 

13.  The  scheme  of  mine  laying  contemplates  separating  the  mines  in  each  line  by  a 
distance  of  100  feet,  and  laying  four  separate  lines,  mutually  distant  500  yards  and  what- 
ever distance  is  found  necessary  for  safety  and  convenience  in  laying.     In  this  manner 
a  barrier  of  practically  one  mine  per  25  feet  (since  in  all  probability  the  several  lines 
will  be  staggered  with  respect  to  each  other)  will  be  created.    It  is  estimated  that  it 
would  be  well-nigh  impossible  for  a  submarine  to  pass  through  the  four  lines  without 
striking  a  mine  in  some  one  of  the  lines.    This  distance  apart  of  100  feet  insures 
freedom  of  the  mines  from  countermining  each  other. 

14.  If  the  upper  antenna  is  made  of  such  length  that  it  reaches  the  surface,  the 
passage  of  surface  craft  coming  in  contact  with  the  antenna  will  fire  the  mine.    This 


26  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

may  be  prevented  in  cases  where  it  is  desired  to  leave  "gates"  open  for  the  passage 
of  the  fleet  by  submerging  an  antenna  to  a  depth  of  50  feet.  This  willprobably 
suffice  to  strike  all  submarines  operating  entirely  submerged,  because  it  is  under- 
stood that  they  cruise  usually  at  a  depth  of  60  feet  in  order  to  avoid  fouling  the 
bottom  of  surface  craft  which  they  can  not  see.  The  surface  of  these  gates  must,  of 
course,  be  thoroughly  patrolled  in  order  to  prevent  the  passage  of  submarines  on  the 
surface,  or  submerged  but  with  periscope  showing.  In  case,  however,  of  explosion 
of  one  of  the  mines  by  a  surface  vessel,  serious  damage  would  unquestionably  result 
to  a  merchant  vessel.  War  vessels,  however,  by  reason  of  their  superior  strength  and 
interior  subdivision,  would  be  able  to  stand  with  comparatively  little  damage,  the 
explosion  of  the  mine  at  a  distance. 

15.  For  a  barrier  to  be  completely  effective  against  submarines,  the  entire  depth 
of  water  from  the  surface  to  200  feet  should  be  mined;  in  other  words,  the  buoy  of 
this  mine  should  reach  almost  to  the  surface  in  order  that  a  submarine  on  the  surface 
might  be  destroyed  or  seriously  damaged.    With  a  barrier  of  this  kind,  great  care 
would  be  necessary  to  keep  friendly  vessels  away  from  the  danger  zone,  and  to  this 
end  it  would  be  necessary  to  put  down  navigational  marks,  either  vessels  or  buoys, 
to  mark  the  danger  zone  and  to  facilitate  the  work  of  additional  mine  planting  when 
such  becomes  necessary. 

16.  The  use  of  a  steel  sweep  metallically  connected  to  the  sweeping  vessel  with  a 
steel  underbody  would  explode  the  mines.     This  presents  two  advantages: 

(a)  In  case  of  sweeping  by  the  enemy  no  mine  can  be  picked  up  and  the  construc- 
tion thereof  examined. 

(6)  After  the  war  the  mines  may  be  readily  removed  by  exploding  them.  If  the 
recovery  of  the  mines  for  stowage  and  use  is  desired,  however,  this  can  readily  be 
done  by  using  a  parcelled  sweep  and  insuring  that  the  sweep  is  connected  to  the 
sweeping  vessel  by  means  of  some  nonmetallic  joint. 

(c)  The  proposed  plan  of  laying  these  mines  contemplates  their  use  in  waters  where 
enemy  sweeping  operations  could  not  be  carried  out  without  driving  off  the  patrol. 

17.  The  mine  is  protected  from  premature  firing  by  two  breaks  in  the  electric 
circuit.     The  first  of  these  is  closed  by  the  hydrostatic  pressure  of  the  water  after 
the  mine  is  launched.     The  second  is  not  closed  until  the  contact  of  the  submarine  or 
other  steel  vessel  with  the  antenna.    The  second  break  is  further  protected  by  a  mechan- 
ical lock  not  liberated  until  hydrostatic  pressure  is  applied  on  the  mine  on  submerg- 
ence, and  by  an  electrical  ground  which  is  not  connected  until  the  mine  is  in  the 
water  and  the  buoy  and  antenna  have  paid  out.     The  rugged  character  of  this  safety 
device  and  its  efficiency  have  been  amply  demonstrated  by  tests.     Still  another 
safety  device  is  an  "extender"  which  forces  the  primer  into  firing  position  relative 
to  the  detonator  only  after  submergence  of  the  mine  to  a  predetermined  depth. 

18.  The  firing  element  of  the  mine  is  a  dry-cell  battery  completely  sealed  up. 
It  is  estimated  that  the  life  of  this  battery  as  thus  sealed  is  at  least  two  years,  with 
probably  much  longer  life. 

19.  There  are  no  insulated  electrical  parts  outside  the  mine  case.     All  electric 
circuits  within  the  case  are  carefully  insulated,  and  in  addition  they  carry  such 
feeble  currents  that  there  is  no  difficulty  to  be  anticipated  from  short  circuits,  grounds, 
or  defective  insulation.     The  lower  antennae  wire  must  be  metallically  insulated 
from  contact  with  the  bare  metal  of  the  mine  case  or  the  mine  cable.     This  can  be 
accomplished  by  coating  the  mine  with  a  nonmetallic  bittimastic  compound  and  by 
parcelling  the  anchor  or  mooring  cable.     Electrical  insulation  is  not  necessary,  sim- 
ply mechanical  insulation  to  prevent  actual  contact  of  the  two  bare  metals. 

20.  The  action  of  pronounced  currents  especially  where  the  mine  is  laid  in  very 
deep  water,  would  be  to  deflect  the  mine  from  the  vertical  and  consequently,  since 


THE  NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  27 

its  mooring  rope  is  of  fixed  length,  to  increase  the  submergence  of  the  mine  to  some 
degree.  This  difficulty  may  be  overcome  by  floating  spare  lengths  of  antennae  on 
the  surface,  so  that  when  by  current  action  the  mine  is  submerged,  the  spare  length 
then  becomes  an  additional  antenna  buoy,  now  somewhat  submerged.  The  tilting 
action  on  the  mine  will  not  prevent  the  operation  of  its  mechanism.  In  addition, 
the  deep  submergence  of  the  mine  will  remove  it  to  a  large  extent,  from  influence 
by  surface  currents  and  wave  action,  and  will  subject  it  only  to  legitimate  deep 
currents  which  do  not,  in  the  water  in  which  it  is  proposed  to  lay  these  mines,  reach 
any  high  value. 

STRATEGICAL   AND  TACTICAL   CONSIDERATIONS. 

21.  In  order  to  present  a  fair  chance  of  success,  these  mines  must  not  be  laid  as 
surprise  mines  in  waters  wherein  the  enemy  has  control,  but  must  be  located  at  a 
distance  from  enemy  bases  sufficient  to  insure  absolute  control  of  the  waters  by  the 
allied  forces.     This  would  then  insure  the  maintenance  of  an  adequate  and  contin- 
uous patrol  and  the  prevention  of  sweeping  operations. 

22.  In  planning  for  the  material  required  for  the  North  Sea  barrier,  the  line  from 
Buchan  Ness,  on  the  east  coast  of  Scotland,  to  the  coast  of  Norway  was  assumed  as 
a  possible  line.    This  line  is  an  extreme  example  of  a  barrier  because  of  its  length 
and  the  depth  of  water  traversed,  though  its  currents  are  favorable. 

23.  It  is  evident  that  such  a  barrier  would  restrict  freedom  of  action  of  the  British 
fleet  based  on  the  coast  of  Scotland,  inasmuch  as  it  would  not  be  free  to  cross  the 
barrier  line  at  any  point  except  where  a  "gate"  had  been  established.    This  gate 
could  be  any  width  desired,  say,  15  or  20  miles,  and  there  could  be  more  than  one 
gate. 

24.  Assuming  that  the  North  Sea  were  inclosed  by  effective  barriers,  and  assuming 
that  the  enemy  had  200  submarines  in  the  North  Sea  and  confined  thereto,  it  is  to  be 
expected  that  the  enemy  would  attempt  to  trap  the  allied  forces.    For  example,  sup- 
pose that  a  gate  20  miles  wide  were  left  in  the  barrier,  near  the  coast  of  Scotland,  and 
that  this  was  the  only  means  by  which  the  allied  fleet  could  pass  in  and  out  of  the 
North  Sea.     It  is  to  be  expected  that  the  enemy  might  dispose  his  submarines  in 
appropriate  positions  in  the  neighborhood  of  such  gate,  that  he  would  then  send  his 
main  fleet  into  the  North  Sea  to  make  a  demonstration  and  try  to  draw  the  British 
and  allied  forces  into  an  ambush.    The  important  question  arises,  therefore,  as  to 
whether  the  British  and  allied  fleets  could  reasonably  expect  to  cope  with  such  a 
situation.    It  seems  reasonable  to  expect  that  by  means  of  patrols  and  sweepers  a 
large  area  of  sea  adjacent  to  the  proposed  gate  could  be  kept  under  control  and  made 
fairly  safe-  for  the  fleet.    However,  denial  to  the  German  submarines  of  access  to  the 
Atlantic  would  intensify  submarine  activities  in  the  North  Sea.     The  enemy  would 
also  be  likely  to  attempt  to  raid  and  sweep  or  destroy  parts  of  the  barrier.    This  would 
necessitate  constant  and  vigilant  patrol  by  fast,  light  cruisers  and  destroyers,  and  it 
is  to  be  expected  that  this  condition  would  bring  on  heavy  engagements  with  the 
enemy  if  not  a  main-fleet  action. 

27.  Further  tests  are  about  to  be  made  of  a  number  of  mines  to  demonstrate  their 
reliability  under  varying  conditions  of  service,  and  their  safety  in  handling,  but  as 
the  firing  gear  is  the  only  really  novel  feature  of  the  mines,  and  as  that  has  stood  every 
test  yet  applied  to  it,  there  appears  to  be  no  possibility  of  failure. 

28.  The  manufacture  of  10,000  mines  for  our  own  service  has  been  started.    This 
initial  lot  of  10,000  will  prepare  manufacturers  concerned  for  production  of  larger 
quantities. 

T.  A.  KEARNEY,  Acting. 


28  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

As  will  be  subsequently  seen,  the  tentative  design  of  the  mine  had 
to  be  modified  as  a  result  of  experiments  and  more  mature  study  of 
the  project.  Notably,  the  use  of  a  lower  antenna  was  decided  to  be 
impracticable  or  inadvisable;  and  the  spacing  of  mines  had  to  be 
increased  to  300  feet  to  reduce  the  danger  of  countermining.  It  was 
found,  too,  that  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  had  been  too  optimistic  in 
its  forecasts  relative  to  early  completion  of  design  and  early  produc- 
tion, due  principally  to  the  lack  of  sufficient  experienced  personnel 
in  the  early  stages  of  the  project. 

The  foregoing  carries  the  history  of  the  northern  barrage  to  the 
point  of  its  formal  submission  to  the  British  Admiralty  by  the  Navy 
Department  through  Admiral  Mayo. 


CHAPTER  II. 
BRITISH  CONSIDERATION  OF  PROJECT. 


A  British  Admiralty  "History  of  Northern  Barrage"  states  that — 
Toward  the  end  of  August,  1917,  Commander  (Acting  Capt.)  Alan  M.  Yeats-Brown, 
D.  S.  0.,  R.  N.,  after  having  made  various  proposals  during  the  preceding  two  months 
with  regard  to  anti-submarine  measures,  produced  a  paper  entitled  "Anti-submarine 
Mining  Proposals."  This  paper  was  referred  to  the  plans  division.  This  division 
had  already  been  considering  these  matters  for  some  time,  and,  after  consulting  with 
Capt.  Yeate-Brown  on  several  points  which  he  had  brought  forward,  suggested  cer- 
tain modifications  to  the  proposals  and  wrote  an  appreciation  on  Capt.  Yeats-Brown's 
paper.  The  conclusions  arrived  at  were  brought  up  for  discussion  at  the  next  allied 
naval  conference  by  the  First  Sea  Lord,  who,  it  is  believed,  had  previously  discussed 
the  matter  with  Admiral  Mayo,  of  United  States  Navy. 

The  northern  barrage  project  was  taken  up  at  an  allied  naval  con- 
ference at  London,  September  4-5,  1917,  attended  by  Admiral  H.  T. 
Mayo,  United  States  Navy,  where,  as  reported  by  him  on  September 
8:  "The  British  Admiralty  put  forward,  as  an  alternative  to  a  close 
offensive  in  German  waters,  the  suggestion  that  the  activity  of  enemy 
submarines  might  be  restricted  by  the  laying  of  an  effective  mine- 
field or  mine-net  barrage."  The  mine-net  barrage  was  considered 
impracticable  and  "as  to  the  proposal  to  put  down  a  mine  barrage 
in  the  northern  part  of  the  North  Sea,  while  it  could  be  guarded 
against  enemy  sweepers,  certain  difficulties  exist  such  as  lack  of  free- 
dom of  movement  of  the  Grand  Fleet,  so  that  a  very  promising  de- 
gree of  success  should  be  indicated  before  such  an  undertaking  was 
begun."  Further,  "the  conference,  after  discussion,  agreed  that  the 
distant  mine  barrage  could  not  very  well  be  undertaken  until  an 
adequate  supply  of  mines  of  satisfactory  type  was  assured." 

The  British  Admiralty  history,  in  reference  to  the  proceedings  at 
this  conference,  states: 

Admiral  Jellicoe  put  forward  the  suggestion  of  laying  "an  efficient  barrage  so  as  to 
completely  shut  in  the  North  Sea." 

He  computed  that  100,000  mines  would  be  required.  He  remarked  (a)  "I  do  not 
think  we  get  many  German  submarines  by  mines";  (6)  "It  appears  that  the  result 
of  our  mine  fields  (in  the  Bight)  is  to  force  the  submarines,  or  a  very  large  proportion, 
to  go  in  and  out  of  the  German  bases  through  territorial  waters  or  Dutch  territorial 
waters";  (c)  "There  is  the  alternative  of  laying  a  mine  field  in  the  North  Sea  in  a 
position  where  the  enemy  sweepers  can  not  reach  without  running  very  considerable 
risk.  In  view  of  our  present  experience  I  do  not  think  that  would  have  much  more 
result  than  our  present  policy;  but  if  a  mine  is  produced  which  is  more  effective 
against  submarines  than  our  own  mines  the  matter  perhaps  becomes  somewhat  dif- 
ferent. *  *  We  get  our  mines  slowly.  Our  problem  is  then:  Is  it  better  to 
put  them  down  as  we  get  them  or  is  it  better  to  wait  until  we  get  a  very  large  number 

29 


30  THE   NORTHEKN   BARRAGE. 

and  lay  a  complete  barrage  across  the  North  Sea?  *  *  *  It  is  obvious  a  mine 
field  so  laid  would  have  to  be  at  some  considerable  distance  from  German  ports, 
because  it  would  require  to  be  watched.  *  *  *  A  great  deal  depends  upon  whether 
the  mine  is  a  satisfactory  one.  If  we  get  a  satisfactory  mine,  it  might  be  worth  while 
laying  a  barrage  when  we  get  a  sufficient  number." 

Admiral  Mayo  approved  the  idea  of  a  mine  barrage  involving  patrol  by  the  allied 
fleet,  provided  always  that  we  had.  confidence  in  the  efficiency  of  the  mine  which 
would  be  laid.  He  thought  that  this  promised  really  more  in  the  way  of  results  than 
the  proposed  operations  in  regard  to  the  convoy  of  ships. 

Vice  Admiral  Sims  said,  "It  must  be  successful  completely  or  it  is  not  successful 
at  all.  Either  the  barrage  is  successful  absolutely  or  it  fails  absolutely." 

Sir  Eric  Geddes  said,  "I  do  not  understand  from  the  remarks  of  the  First  Sea  Lord 
that  the  barrage  should  take  the  place  of  other  offensive  measures.  It  is  not  con- 
sidered that  the  barrage  can  be  sufficiently  relied  upon  to  take  the  place  entirely  of 
other  measures  for  hunting  and  destroying  submarines. ' ' 

As  for  Sir  Eric  Geddes's  statement,  he  was  in  exact  accord  with 
the  American  proponents  of  the  project,  who,  from  the  first  advo- 
cated it  in  addition  to  other  useful  antisubmarine  measures. 

The  results  of  the  conference  may  be  summed  up  as  indicating  a 
favorable  attitude  in  principle  toward  the  northern  barrage  project 
leavened  with  doubt  of  its  practicability.  The  reasons  for  this  doubt 
are  surmised  to  have  been  the  generally  unfortunate  experience  of 
the  British  in  the  development  and  use  of  mines.  At  the  outbreak 
of  war  in  1914  the  British  had  practically  no  mines,  and,  for  want  of 
a  better  one,  adopted  the  Vickers-Elia  type,  which  soon  proved 
unreliable  and  ineffective.  This  was  superseded  by  one  of  British 
Admiralty  design,  essentially  similar  to  the  Russian  and  German 
horn  mines,  but  with  a  distinctly  British  sinker  (anchor).  This 
British  horn  mine,  while  perhaps  an  improvement  on  the  Vickers- 
Elia,  was  not  entirely  satisfactory,  being  comparatively  dangerous 
to  hayndle,  too  susceptible  to  countermining,  unreliable  in  automatic 
depth  taking,  and  not  of  a  type  lending  itself  to  rapid  and  economical 
manufacture. 

•  For  some  reason,  perhaps  their  own  rather  slow  and  unsatisfactory 
progress  in  the  development  of  mines,  British  officials  apparently  were 
skeptical  of  the  ability  of  the  United  States  to  produce  quickly  a  more 
satisfactory  type.  This  attitude  first  became  apparent  to  the  Bureau 
of  Ordnance  on  June  2,  1917,  when  Admiral  Sims,  in  a  dispatch  to 
the  department,  reported:  *  *  *  "the  British  Admiralty  have 
concentrated  upon  the  construction  of  mines  to  such  extent  that  they 
now  anticipate  that  by  August  the  output  will  reach  10,000  a  month. 
They  consider  it  unwise  from  their  previous  experience  with  mines 
similar  to  those  which  we  now  have  on  hand  to  attempt  to  utilize 
our  present  available  supply.  They  now  consider  *  *  *  as  our 
output  of  a  different  type  mine  would  not  be  available  in  sufficient 
time,  that  we  can  more  profitably  concentrate  on  other  work." 

An  immediate  result  of  the  conference  was  the  production  on 
September  14,  1917,  by  the  Admiralty  plans  division  of  a  paper  for 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  31 

Admiral  Mayo  entitled  "  General  Future  Policy,  Including  Future 
Mining  Policy "  with  an  appendix,  "Mine  Barrage  Across  the  North 
Sea."  The  following  extracts  from  this  paper  bearing  on  the  barrage 
project  are  quoted: 

The  enemy  submarine  campaign  now  dominates  and  overshadows  every  other  consid- 
eration, and  any  increase  in  the  present  rate  of  sinking  might  bring  about  an  unsatis- 
factory peace. 

*  *    *    it  therefore  appears  that  our  future  policy  must  be  directed  toward  a  more 
concentrated  and  effective  control  in  the  areas  between  the  enemy's  ports  and  our 
trade  routes. 

Some  form  of  barrage  corresponding  to  that  which  was  formerly  established  by  the 
battle  fleet  *  *  *  must  be  reconstituted  in  such  a  form  that  the  enemy  submarines 
can  not  venture  into  it  without  considerable  risk  to  themselves. 

Broadly  speaking,  four  forms  of  barrage  may  be  considered — 

Firstly.  A  barrage  of  mines  only    *    *    *. 

Secondly.  A  combination  of  deep  mines  with  surface  and  aircraft. 

Thirdly.  Surface  and  aircraft  patrolling  a  wide  belt. 

Fourthly.  Sealing  the  submarine  exits    *    *    *. 

The  fourth  form  of  barrage  *  *  is  the  only  radical  cure  *  *  *  but  the 
difficulties  *  *  *  are  so  great  that  it  is  not  recommended  to  attempt  it. 

It  is  therefore  proposed  to  use  a  combination  of  the  first  three. 

*  *    *    The  enemy  submarine  would  thus  be  subject  when  on  the  surface  to  attack 
of  one  kind  or  another  from  shortly  after  leaving  their  bases  until  they  cleared  the 
Orkney-Shetland-Norway  line,  in  addition  to  passing  through  a  mine  barrage    *    *    *. 

The  paper  also  dealt  with  the  protection  of  the  barrage,  remarking  "*  *  *  with 
our  fleet  based  on  Rosyth  we  should  be  in  a  position  to  insure  protection  even  to  the 
area  between  the  notified  area  and  the  Norwegian  coast. ' ' 

The  use  of  neutral  waters  by  enemy  submarines  was  also  dealt  with.  "*  *  *  this 
can  only  be  overcome  by  converting  the  neutral  into  an  ally  or  by  ourselves  preventing 
the  enemy  submarines  from  using  these  waters  '•  *.  Should  Norway  come  in 

on  our  side,  Stavanger  *  *  *  could  be  used  as  a  base  for  a  fleet  or  for  the  light 
watching  forces,  as  desired .  Should,  however,  the  general  situation  render  it  undesira- 
ble to  include  Norway  among  the  Allies,  any  development  of  the  selective-type  mine 
would  enable  us  to  deal  with  the  passage  *  *  *." 

The  appendix  dealt  with  the  details  of  the  mine  barrage  which  it 
was  proposed  to  establish  on  the  Aberdeen-Ekersund  line,  and  was 
at  that  time  of  such  importance  to  the  further  consideration  of  the 
project,  particularly  to  the  Navy  Department,  that  it  is  quoted  in 
full  below: 

APPENDIX  I. 

MINE   BARRAGE   ACROSS   THE   NORTH   SEA. 

The  object  of  mining  the  North  Sea  is  to  prevent  the  enemy  submarines  from  getting 
out,  but  it  is  most  undesirable  that  any  mine  barrage  should  hinder  the  movements 
of  our  own  fleet  or  lay  our  coasts  open  to  attack,  if  it  can  be  avoided. 

Before  considering  the  line  to  be  selected,  the  requirements  of  an  effective  mine 
barrage  will  be  considered. 
The  requirements  are  as  follows: 

(1)  The  mine  field  must  be  guarded;  that  is  to  say,  it  must  either  be — 
(a)  At  such  a  distance  from  the  enemy  ports  that  he  can  not  sweep  it;  or 
(6)  We  must  watch  it  and  drive  off  any  sweeping  vessels  he  sends  out. 


32  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

Obviously  (a)  is  preferable.  It  is  also  an  advantage  to  be  far  enough  off  the  enemy 
aircraft  bases  to  prevent  interference  to  our  patrols  by  seaplanes  or  aeroplanes.  Zep- 
pelins can  be  dealt  with.- 

(2)  The  mine  field  should  be  as  far  from  the  enemy  ports  as  other  considerations 
will  permit  to  enable  our  patrols  to  intercept  any  submarines  damaged  but  not  sunk 
outright  by  our  mines. 

(3)  The  barrage  must  consist  of  both  deep  mines»and  mines  near  the  surface;  or,  if 
deep  mines  only  are  used,  the  barrage  must  be  patrolled  in  order  to  force  the  sub- 
marine to  dive  to  the  level  of  the  deep  mines. 

It  is  also  an  advantage  if  the  barrage  is  in  such  a  position  that  our  main  fleet  can 
be  based  on  the  enemy  side  of  it,  as  this  will  not  only  give  freedom  of  movement  to 
our  own  fleet,  but  in  addition  should  enable  us  to  intercept  any  enemy  vessels  which 
endeavor  to  interfere  with  our  barrage  or  the  vessels  patrolling  it. 

Consideration  of  the  line  to  be  selected. — The  line  from  Aberdeen  to  Norway  is  pre- 
ferred for  the  following  reasons : 

(a)  Its  great  distance  from  the  enemy  ports,  which  will  render  interference  from  the 
enemy  difficult.  Thus,  every  mine  laid  in  this  area  will  continue  to  be  a  menace  to 
the  enemy  submarines  until  the  end  of  the  war. 

(6)  The  line  is  shorter  than  any  other,  with  the  exception  of  the  Orkney  and  Shet- 
land-Norway line,  which  is  considered  impracticable  owing  to  the  depth  of  water  and 
the  strong  tides  in  the  Fair  Island  Channel. 

(c)  The  Grand  Fleet,*if  based  on  Rosyth,  is  on  the  enemy  side  of  the  line. 

(d)  Any  submarines  damaged  by  mines  will  have  a  long  way  to  get  home  and  should 
be  accounted  for  by  our  patrols. 

(e)  Whether  Norway  eventually  comes  in  on  the  side  of  the  Allies  or  not, -the  eastern 
end  of  the  line  will  be  far  easier  to  guard  than  the  northern  end  of  the  Goodwin-Jut- 
land line,  which  has  been  suggested. 

(/)  It  would  be  easier  to  bring  pressure  to  bear  on  Norway  to  induce  them  to  take 
steps  to  prevent  submarines  passing  through  their  territorial  waters  than  it  would  in 
the  case  of  Denmark  with  their  ever-present  fear  of  invasion. 

(<7)  The  line  Aberdeen-Norway  deals  with  submarines  using  the  Baltic  exits  as  well 
as  with  those  coming  from  North  Sea  port:. 

Proposed  mining  policy. — The  principles  governing  our  policy  to  be — 

(a)  Never  lay  a  mine  which  can  be  swept  in  such  a  position  that  the  enemy  can 
sweep  it. 

(6)  Lay  mines  which  can  not  be  swept  as  close  off  the  entrance  to  the  enemy  harbors 
as  possible. 

The  practical  application  of  this  policy  to  take  the  following  form  : 

(I)  Mine  the  Straits  of  Dover  with  deep  mines  and  patrol  the  mine  field  to  force  the 
submarines  down  on  to  the  mines. 

(II)  Prescribe  a  mined  area  on  the  Aberdeen-Norway  line. 

(III)  Lay  deep  mines  between  the  notified  area  and  Aberdeen  and  patrol  this  line 
so  as  to  force  the  submarines  down. 

IV.  Lay  deep  mines  between  the  prescribed  area  and  Norway  when  mines  become 
available;  in  the  meantime  this  area  to  be  watched  by  hydrophone  vessels. 

V.  Mine  close  in  to  the  German  harbors  with  destructor  mines. 

The  British  Navy  to  be  responsible  for  mining  the  Straits  of  Dover  and  the  entrances 
to  the  German  rivers. 

The  American  and  British  Navies  to  cooperate  in  mining  the  Aberdeen-Norway 
route. 

It  is  absolutely  essential  that  the  whole  of  the  mines  laid  in  the  Aberdeen-Norway 
barrage  should  be  SD  constructed  that  they  automatically  become  safe  should  they 
break  away  from  their  moorings. 

Details  of  the  Aberdeen- Norway  mine  barrage. — Reference:  Chart  No.  2182  B. 


U.S.  MINE  BASES 

IN 

SCOTLAND 


PHOTOSTATIC   CHART.   SHOWING    LOCATION   OF  U.  S.   MINE   BASES   IN   SCOT- 
LAND, BASE  17  AT  INVERGORDON  AND   BASE  18  AT  INVERNESS. 


Fi§.  20 


U.S  NAVAL   BASE  N8  IS 
INVERNESS,  SCOTLAND 


PHOTOSTATIC  CHART  SHOWING   BASE  18  AT  INVERNESS,  SCOTLAND. 

(Page  65.) 
32-2 


32-3 


32-4 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  33 

The  total  length  of  the  barrage  may  be  taken  as  280  miles  over  the  greater  part  of 
which  the  depth  of  water  is  less  than  50  fathoms. 

To  mine  any  belt  of  water  effectively  there  should  be  three  lines  of  mines  at  each 
depth  of  5  fathoms  (e.  g.,  the  vertical  distance  between  lines  of  mines  will  be  30  feet). 

One  line  of  mines  at  each  depth  will  be  referred  to  as  a  " system."  Thus  the  com- 
plete barrage  will  consist  of  three  systems. 

It  is  not  considered  necessary,  however,  to  lay  mines  at  a  greater  depth  than  200 
feet  (33  fathoms),  as  submarines  will  not  willingly  go  below  this  depth. 

2.  The  barrage  is  divided  into  three  parts: 

Area  A,  the  notified  area.  This  area  has  to  be  made  dangerous  from  the  surface 
to  200  feet  below  it. 

Area  B,  area  C,  deep  mines  with  surface  vessels  and  aircraft  patrolling. 
The  above  areas  will  be  considered  separately.  X 

3.  Area  A: 

It  is  necessary  to  make  this  area  impassable  to  submarines  whether  diving  or  on 
the  surface.  Three  "systems"  of  mines  will  be  required.*  If  British  mines  are  used, 
each  system  will  have  lines  of  mines  at  seven  different  depths,  whereas  if  American 
mines  are  used,  each  system  will  only  require  lines  of  mines  at  two  different  depths. 

It  is  therefore  proposed  that  Americal  mines  should  be  used  for  the  area. 

The  barrage  will  consist  of  three  systems  of  lines  each,  e.  g.,  six  lines  of  mines  in  all. 

Suggested  method  of  laying  the  mines. — (a)  The  northern  edge  of  area  A  would  be 
mined  first  in  order  to  restrict  the  movements  of  our  fleet  to  the  southward  as  little  as 


(6)  The  depth  of  area  A  is  56  miles  which  will  allow  of  the  mine  field  being  extended 
in  a  southerly  direction  without  a  further  notification  to  neutrals. 

(c)  It  is  of  great  importance,  however,  to  absorb  as  little  of  this  space  as  possible  on 
each  occasion  of  laying  mines,  and  for  this  purpose  three  lines  of  spar  buoys  will  be 
laid  in  area  A,  as  shown  on  chart  2182  B. 

(d)  Only  one  line  of  buoys  will  be  required  for  laying  the  first  and  second  systems, 
the  third  system  being  laid  to  the  north  of  the  center  line  of  buoys.    The  presence  of 
three  lines  of  buoys  will  confuse  the  enemy  as  to  the  actual  position  of  the  mines. 

(e)  The  spar  buoys  will  be  laid  at  intervals  of  10  miles  and  will  be  numbered  so  that 
the  minelayers  can  ascertain  where  to  commence  laying  on  each  occasion. 

(/)  The  operation  of  laying  the  mines  might  be  carried  out  as  follows: 
Two  minelayers  to  proceed  to  No.  2  buoy  and  lay  lines  A.  1,  A.  2,  as  shown  on  chart. 
These  lines  would  form  part  of  the  first  system.    The  lines  A.  1  and  A.  2  would  be  11 
miles  in  length,  the  first  mine  being  dropped  when  2  milesf  rom  No.  2  buoy. 
NOTE. — The  object  in  not  laying  mines  until  2  miles  aw-ay  from  the  buoy  is  twofold: 

(1)  It  enables  the  buoys  to  be  approached  if  it  is  desired  to  remove  them  later  on. 

(2)  The  buoys  will  give  no  information  as  to  the  exact  position  of  the  ends  of  the 
lines  of  mines. 

On  the  next  occasion  the  mine  layers  would  proceed  well  to  the  eastward  of  No.  2 
buoy,  then  steer  south  until  they  reached  the  line  of  buoys,  shape  course  for  No.  3 
buoy  and  lay  lines  A.  1,  A.  2. 

The  second  system  of  mines  (lines  A.  3,  A.  4)  would  be  laid  in  a  similar  manner  but 
to  the  southward  of  the  line  of  buoys. 

NUMBER  OF  AMERICAN   MINES    REQUIRED. 

It  is  assumed  mines  will  be  laid  40  yards  apart. 

First  system=Length  of  the  line  X  number  of  line  X  number  of  mines  to  the  mile. 
=(11XH)  X2X50. 
=12,100. 
Complete  barrage,  three  systems= 3x12, 100 

=36,300 
181063°— 20 3 


34  THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

4.  Area  B. — The  barrage  will  consist  of  three  systems.    Each  system  will  have  a 
line  of  mines  at  each  of  the  five  following  depths:  65  feet,  95  feet,  125  feet,  155  feet, 
185  feet. 

It  is  proposed  that  the  mining  of  this  area  should  be  undertaken  by  the  British. 
Each  system  will  require  22,500  mines. 
Thereiore  complete  barrage  = three  systems. 
=67,500  mines. 

5.  Area  C. — It  is  desirable  that  American  mines  should  be  used  for  this  area  as 
*he  number  of  sinkers  required  is  thereby  reduced  considerably.    A  decision  on  this 
point  can  only  be  arrived  at  when  it  is  known  what  type  of  sinker  can  be  used  with  the 
American  mine. 

NUMBERS    REQUIRED. 

If  American  mines-are  used: 

Complete  barrage=three  systems=3X2  lines 

=6  lines. 

Number  of  mines  in  each  system=length  of  lineXnumber  of  linesXnumber  of 
mines  to  the  mile. 

=60X2X50=6,000. 

Complete  barrage=threesystems=3X6,000=18,000. 
If  British  mines  are  used: 
Complete  barrage,  three  8ystems=3X5lines 

=15  lines. 
Number  of  mines  in  each  system =60X5X50 

=15,000. 

Complete  barrage=45,000. 
NOTE. — This  number  would  be  considerably  reduced  if  the  X  attachment  is  used. 

The  copy  of  the  above-quoted  Appendix  I,  which  was  given  to 
Admiral  Mayo  for  the  Navy  Department,  bore  the  following  notation 
on  its  face:  ''Admiralty  would  be  glad  to  learn  whether  Navy 
Department  concurs  in  the  plans  as  shown." 

The  Admiralty  " History  of  Northern  Barrage"  states  that  "as  a 
result  of  this  paper,  it  was  decided  to  proceed  with  preparations  for 
laying  a  barrage  on  the  Aberdeen-Norway  line,"  and  adds  that 
"the  date  of  this  decision  is  not  known." 

It  is  important  to  note  that  at  this  period  the  British  Admiralty 
was  apparently  quite  in  accord  with  the  Navy  Department  in  regard 
to  major  features  of  the  project,  but  differed  with  respect  to  some  of 
the  details.  Pending  the  return  of  Admiral  Mayo  to  the  United 
States  about  the  middle  of  October,  the  development  of  the  project 
was  almost  at  a  standstill  for  want  of  information  as  to  British  inten- 
tions, except  in  the  matter  of  design  and  manufacture  of  the  new 
mines;  but  the  British  Admiralty  proceeded  with  the  formulation 
of  policies  and  plans  based  on  the  decision  to  lay  the  barrage  on  the 
Aberdeen-Norway  line.  These  activities  will  be  referred  to  in  detail 
later. 

The  location  of  the  proposed  barrage,  with  the  proposed  area  which 
should  be  notified  (as  it  was  to  contain  surface  mines  as  well  as  deep 
mines),  together  with  the  suggested  arrangement  of  the  mine  sys- 
tems, is  shown  in  the  reproduced  chart  (fig.  4). 


CHAPTER  III. 
AMERICAN  CONSIDERATION  AND  ADOPTION  OF  PROJECT. 


Upon  the  return  of  Admiral  Mayo  to  the  United  States  a  conference 
was  held  in  the  office  of  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  on  October  15, 
1917.  The  following  officers  were  present:  Admiral  Benson,  Admiral 
Mayo,  Rear  Admiral  Earle,  Capt.  F.  H.  Schofield,  Capt.  R.  R.  Bel- 
knap,  Commander  Fullinwider,  and  Commander  King. 

.  At  this  conference  Admiral  Mayo  produced  for  consideration  the 
above-quoted  Appendix  I,  setting  forth  the  British  Admiralty  version 
of  the  plan  for  the  proposed  barrage.  There  ensued  a  general  exami- 
nation and  discussion  of  the  plan;  and,  the  consensus  of  opinion 
being  favorable,  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  Admiral  Benson, 
after  consultation  with  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  then  and  there 
directed  the  Chief  of  Bureau  of  Ordnance  to  proceed  with  the  pro- 
curement of  100,000  Mark  VI  mines.  This  action,  so  far  as  the 
adoption  of  the  project  was  concerned,  was  only  tentative  pending  a 
careful  study  of  the  British  version;  but  it  was  regarded  by  the 
Bureau  of  Ordnance  as  tantamount  to  a  decision  to  carry  out  the 
project  and  to  provide  all  necessary  material  therefor  without  further 
delay. 

Following  the  conference,  the  planning  section  of  the  office  of 
Naval  Operations  and  representatives  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  con- 
ferred informally  as  to  details  of  the  plan,  and  the  papers  in  the  case 
were  then  referred  to  the  general  board  for  consideration. 

On  October  17,  1917,  while  the  barrage  project  was  under  con- 
sideration by  the  general  board,  the  Chief  of  Naval  Staff,  British 
Admiralty,  addressed  the  following  dispatch  to  the  Chief  of  Naval 
Operations: 

It  will  be  necessary  to  increase  the  number  of  lines  of  United  States  mines  in  each 
system  in  the  North  Sea  barrage  from  two  to  three  if  there  should  be  any  difficulty  in 
using  the  lower  antennae  of  United  States  mines  for  first  supplies.  Could  you 
please  state  an  approximate  date  when  supply  of  complete  mines  and  sinkers  will 
begin,  stating  at  what  rate  the  supply  will  be  maintained? 

As  all  British  mine  layers  will  be  fully  engaged  in  laying  British  portions  of  the 
barrage  will  you  please  say  how  many  United  States  mine  layers  will  be  available 
'  and  the  output  of  United  States  mines?  It  is  estimated  that  each  ship  could 
make  five  mine-laying  trips  a  month.  As  a  base  for  United  States  mines  and  mine- 
layers, it  is  proposed  to  use  Cromarty.  The  question  of  facilities  for  assembling  ready 
for  use,  storage,  and  embarkation  is  being  investigated  on  the  spot.  It  is  suggested 
that  it  is  desirable  that  United  States  officers  should  confer  with  ours  on  this  question 
and  examine  proposed  arrangements  as  to  suitability  for  dealing  with  United  States 
mines  and  sinkers;  also  to  ascertain  as  to  whether  our  depot  system  will  be  suitable 

35 


36  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

for  application  to  United  States  mines.  It  is  proposed  that  the  necessary  assembling 
and  testing  of  United  States  mines  and  sinkers  on  receipt  and  before  issue  to  mine- 
layers should  be  dealt  with  by  depot  staffs,  provided  by  you  if  possible.  It  is  hoped 
that  you  will  be  able  to  agree  with  this.  United  States  officers  if  sent  over  can  report 
numbers  required. 

I  should  be  much  obliged  if  you  would  inform  me  as  soon  as  possible  whether  you 
can  supply  sinkers  for  United  States  mines. 

On  October  20,  on  the  recommendation  of  the  general  board,  the 
Navy  Department  cabled  Admiral  Sims  substantially  as  follows: 

The  department  requests  to  be  informed  whether  the  plan  for  the  placing  of  a  mine 
barrage  across  the  North  Sea  on  the  Aberdeen-Ekersund  line  has  the  approval  of  the 
Admiralty.  It  is  believed  that  the  great  experience  of  the  British  naval  forces  in 
North  Sea  operations  and  their  experience  in  naval  mining  during  the  present  war 
puts  them  in  the  best  position  to  decide  whether  the  proposed  scheme  is  practicable 
in  construction  and  maintenance  and  whether  in  the  opinion  of  the  Admiralty  it  is 
the  best  scheme  in  sight  for  limiting  the  operations  of  enemy  submarines,  provided 
that  the  Straits  of  Dover  can  be  efficiently  closed  to  the  passage  of  submarines,  which, 
if  possible,  in  the  opinion  of  the  department,  should  be  done  at  the  earliest  possible 
date. 

The  following  reply  in  substance  was  received  on  October  23  from 
the  Admiralty: 

The  mine  barrier  has  been  approved  by  Admiralty  and  the  Admiralty  now  con- 
firms approval.  The  preparations  are  rapidly  proceeding. 

Admiralty's  cable  of  17th  indicates  the  assistance  desired  from  the  United  States  of 
America.  This  scheme  is  considered  by  the  Admiralty  best  to  be  carried  out  at 
a  distance  from  the  bases  of  the  enemy.  The  Admiralty  are  working  on  a  supple- 
mental scheme  for  operation  close  inshore,  but  any  such  inshore  operation  has  the 
defect  that  a  passage  through  for  submarines  can  eventually  be  cleared  by  the  enemy. 

No  scheme  yet  tried  has  been  effective  in  closing  the  Dover  Straits  to  submarines, 
but  measures  are  being  constantly  improved  and  they  are  at  the  least  always  a  con- 
siderable deterrent.  Mining  operations  on  an  extensive  scale  against  submarines  in 
the  Straits  of  Dover  commence  in  November.  Owing  to  the  lack  of  effective  anti- 
submarine mine,  this  has  hitherto  been  delayed. 

The  general  board  completed  its  consideration  of  the  project  and 
submitted  its  report  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  on  October  24, 
1917.  A  complete  copy  of  this  report  is  appended,  but  a  summary 
of  its  " conclusions"  is  quoted  here: 

*  *  *  The  general  board  is  decidedly  of  the  opinion  that  of  the  measures 
discussed  *  *  *  the  scheme  of  closing  the  North  Sea  offers  the  best  chances  of 
success — that  is,  to  close  the  North  Sea  by  the  Aberdeen-Ekersund  barrier  approved 
by  the  British  Admiralty,  and  to  similarly  close  the  Dover  Straits. 

The  general  board  does  not  underestimate  the  practical  difficulties  that  must  be 
overcome  in  providing  the  necessary  material  and  transporting,  placing,  and  main- 
taining it  in  the  face  of  the  determined  efforts  of  the  Germans  to  render  the  barrier 
abortive.  Further,  the  barrier  even  when  placed  can  not  be  effective  without  an 
adequate  patrol.  The  general  board  is,  however,  encouraged  to  give  its  indorsement 
to  this  plan  because  it  has  the  approval  of  the  British  Admiralty;  it  is  proposed  by  it 
as  the  best  practicable  plan  to  meet  present  war  conditions;  the  Chief  of  Bureau  of 
Ordnance  stated  the  material,  mines,  anchors,  moorings,  etc.,  can.  be  surely  sup- 
plied; and  the  accompanying  memorandum  of  Capt.  R.  R.  Belknap,  United  States 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  37 

Navy,  who  has  been  actively  engaged  in  conducting  mining  operations,  points  the 
way  to  handling  the  details  of  transporting  and  planting. 

It  is  assumed  that  the  British  Admiralty  in  approving  this  plan  recognizes  the 
vital  importance  of  the  necessary  patrol — that  it  is  clearly  seen  by  it  where  the 
required  number  of  vessels  is  to  be  obtained,  and  that  the  extent  of  the  cooperation 
required  of  the  United  States  in  this  regard  will  be  communicated  to  the  United 
States  Navy  Department. 

If  it  is  decided  to  proceed  with  the  construction  of  the  Aberdeen-Ekersund  barrier, 
the*  general  board  recommends  that  the  preliminaries  be  arranged  at  once,  and  that 
suitable  officers  of  experience  in  mining  operations  be  sent  to  England  to  arrange  for 
our  participation  in  the  work. 

The  report  of  the  general  board  was  approved  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Navy  October  29,  1917,  and  on  the  following  day  the  northern 
barrage  project  was  favorably  acted  upon  by  the  President  at  a 
Cabinet  meeting. 

On  November  1  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  cabled  the 
Admiralty : 

Department  concurs  in  project  for  mine  barrier  Scotland  to  Norway  and  has  already 
taken  steps  to  fit  out  eight  such  mine  planters  to  sail  February  1.  *  *  *  Expect 
begin  shipment  of  mines  January  15.  Will  send  officers  to  confer  and  arrange  details 
in  a  few  davs. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
STATUS  OF  BARRAGE  PROJECT  ON  NOVEMBER  1,   1917. 


The  American  and  British  authorities  having  formally  adopted 
the  northern  barrage  project,  it  is  desirable  to  sum  up  its  major  fea- 
tures as  understood  by  the  Navy  Department,  and  more  particularly 
by  the  mine  section  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  whose  function  it 
was  to  procure  and  provide  the  mines  appropriate  to  the  project. 

Referring  to  the  previously  quoted  Appendix  I,  which  dealt  with 
the  details  of  the  proposed  barrage,  which  presumably  was  the  basis 
of  approval  by  the  Admiralty  as  well  as  our  Navy  Department,  and 
which  was  generally  in  accordance  with  the  original  proposition  of 
the  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  the  plan  embraced  the  following  features: 

(a)  The  British  Navy  to  be  responsible  for  mining  the  Straits  of  Dover.    *    *    * 
(6)  The  American  and  British  Navies  to  cooperate  in  mining  the  Aberdeen-Norway 
route. 

(c)  On  the  initiative  of  the  British  Admiralty,  the  northern  barrage  was  divided 
into  three  parts: 

Area  A:  The  "Notified  area."  This  area  to  be  made  dangerous  from  the  surface 
to  200  feet  below  it. 

Area  B;  Area  C:  Deep  mines  with  surface  vessels  and  aircraft  patrolling. 

(d)  Area  A:  Middle  area  about  160  miles  long.    To  be  mined  by  United  States  with 
American  mines  (antenna  type).     Barrage  to  consist  of  three  systems,  each  system  to 
have  a  line  of  mines  at  each  of  two  depths — 100  and  200  feet.    Total  requirement 
36,300  mines. 

(e)  Area  B:  Western  area,  about  60  miles  long.    To  be  mined  by  British  with 
British  mines  (horn  type).     Barrage  to  consist  of  three  "systems,"  each  system  to 
have  a  line  of  mines  at  each  of  5  depths — 65,  95, 125, 155,  and  185  feet.    Total  require- 
ment 67,500  mines. 

(/)  Area  C:  Eastern  area,  about  60  miles  long.  The  British  plans  paper,  Appendix 
I,  stated:  "It  is  desirable  that  American  mines  should  be  used  for  this  area,  as  the 
number  of  sinkers  required  is  thereby  reduced  considerably.  A  decision  on  this 
point  can  only  be  arrived  at  when  it  is  known  what  type  of  sinker  can  be  used  with 
the  American  mine."  This,  taken  in  connection  with  the  British  inquiry  of  October 
17  as  to  whether  the  United  States  could  supply  sinkers  for  United  States  mines, 
which  was  answered  in  the  affirmative,  left  no  doubt  in  the  minds  of  department 
and  Bureau  of  Ordnance  officers  concerned  that  the  United  States  would  mine  Area 
C.  Required,  18,000  American  mines. 

The  following  additional  points  set  forth  in  the  above-mentioned 
British  paper  were  taken  at  their  face  value  by  American  officers, 
especially  since  these  points  were  in  accordance  with  the  original 
American  proposition: 

(g)  The  mine  field  must  be  guarded. 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  39 

(h)  The  mine  field  should  be  as  far  from  the  enemy  ports  as  other  considerations 
will  permit  to  enable  our  patrols  to  intercept  any  submarines  damaged  but  not  sunk 
outright  by  our  mines.  This  implies  the  maintenance  of  a  patrol. 

(i)  The  barrage  must  consist  of  both  deep  mines  and  mines  near  the  surface;  or,  if 
deep  mines  only  are  used,  the  barrage  must  be  patrolled  in  order  to  force  the  sub- 
marine to  dive  to  the  level  of  the  deep  mines. 

(j)  It  is  also  an  advantage  if  the  barrage  is  in  such  a  position  that  our  main  fleet 
can  be  based  on  the  enemy  side  of  it,  as  this  will  not  only  give  freedom  of  movement 
to  our  own  fleet,  but  in  addition  should  enable  us  to  intercept  any  enemy  vessels 
which  endeavor  to  interfere  with  our  barrage  or  the  vessels  patrolling  it. 
(ifc)  The  line  from  Aberdeen  to  Norway  is  preferred  for  the  following  reasons: 
(a)  Its  great  distance  from  the  enemy  ports. 

(6)  The  line  is  shorter  than  any  other,  with  the  exception  of  the  Orkney  and 
Shetland-Norway  line,  which  is  considered  impracticable,  owing  to  the  depth 
of  water  and  the  strong  tides  in  the  Fair  Island  Channel. 

(c)  The  grand  fleet,  if  based  on  Rosyth,  is  on  the  enemy  side  of  the  line. 

(d)  Any  submarines  damaged  by  mines  will  have  a  long  way  to  get  home 
and  should  be  accounted  for  by  our  patrols. 

(e)  Whether  Norway  eventually  comes  in  on  the  side  of  the  Allies  or  not,  the 
eastern  end  of  the  line  will  be  far  easier  to  guard  than  the  northern  end  of  the 
Good  win- Jutland  line,  which  has  been  suggested. 

(/)  It  would  be  easier  to  bring  pressure  to  bear  on  Norway  to  induce  them  to 
take  steps  to  prevent  submarines  passing  through  their  territorial  waters  than  it 
would  in  the  case  of  Denmark  with  their  ever-present  fear  of  invasion. 

(g)  The  line  Aberdeen-Norway  deals  with  submarines  using  the  Baltic  exits 
as  well  as  with  those  coming  from  North  Sea  ports. 

The  British  version  of  the  plan  differed  from  the  American  propo- 
sition in  one  most  important  particular,  namely,  that  the  eastern 
part  of  the  barrage,  Area  C,  was  to  be  deep  mined  only,  leaving  the 
surface  safe  for  traffic  and  depending  upon  patrols  to  prevent  the 
passage  of  enemy  submarines.  This  part  of  the  plan  was  fore- 
doomed to  failure,  since  it  was  obviously  impossible  for  patrols  to 
effectively  guard  such  a  large  area,  as  had  been  demonstrated  by 
British  experience  in  the  much  smaller  area  of  the  Strait  of  Dover; 
but  for  the  time  being  the  plan  was  accepted  by  American  officials, 
with  the  understanding  that,  in  case  this  part  of  the  plan  should 
prove  ineffective,  surface  mining  could  be  extended  through  Area 
C  later. 

It  was  on  the  basis  of  the  above  understanding  of  the  project  that 
the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  proceeded  with  the  design  and  procurement 
of  the  required  mining  material  and  that  the  Navy  Department 
undertook  all  other  necessary  preparations  for  the  project.  The 
planting  of  the  barrage  was  to  begin  as  soon  as  possible  in  the  fol- 
lowing spring,  1918,  to  assure  its  completion  during  favorable  weather 
of  the  summer  or  early  fall.  Therefore,  there  was  little  time  in 
which  to  complete  the  details  of  design  of  the  new  mines,  launch  the 
huge  manufacturing  project,  and  obtain  production  in  adequate 
quantities  not  later  than  February,  which  was  necessary  in  order 
that  the  mines  could  be  shipped  abroad,  assembled,  and  made  ready 
for  use  by  April,  1918. 


CHAPTER  V. 
COORDINATION  OF  PREPARATIONS. 


To  insure  a  proper  coordination  of  all  necessary  preparations  for 
the  northern  barrage  project,  Capt.  R.  R.  Belknap  of  the  Office  of 
Naval  Operations  was  placed  in  immediate  charge  in  that  office  of 
the  plans  for  the  entire  operation,  which  involved  in  greater  or  less 
degree  all  bureaus  of  the  Department.  The  Bureau  of  Ordnance 
was  to  furnish  the  mines  and  mining  material;  the  Bureau  of  Con- 
struction and  Repair  was  chiefly  concerned  in  the  structural  con- 
version of  certain  merchant  ships  into  minelayers;  the  Bureau  of 
Navigation  had  to  furnish  the  officers  and  men  Jo  man  the  new  mine 
squadron;  the  Naval  Overseas  Transport  Service  was  to  allocate 
sufficient  cargo  tonnage  to  maintain  adequate  and  regular  ship- 
ments of  mining  material;  the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts  was 
to  take  measures  to  handle  the  shipments  of  mines  and  other  mate- 
rial; and  so  on. 

All  the  above  and  other  preparations  constituted  only  one  of  the 
major  naval  operations  then  in  hand;  and  there  was  the  possibility 
that  some  essential  part  of  the  preparation  might  not  be  given  its 
due  precedence,  either  within  the  department  or  at  some  navy 
yard,  unless  the  various  activities  were  carefully  watched  and  their 
importance  kept  constantly  to  the  fore.  -This  was  all  the  more 
necessary  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  the  new  mine  and  its  objective 
use  were  shrouded  in  mystery,  very  few  officers  being  let  into  the 
secret,  which  it  was  hoped  could  be  kept  from  the  enemy  until  we 
were  ready  to  begin  actual  mining  operations  in  the  North  Sea. 

Throughout  these  preparations  the  project  was  mentioned  in 
writing  as  little  as  possible,  information  and  instructions  to  those 
concerned  being  communicated  orally  so  that  secrecy  might  be 
assured. 

It  was  principally  by  means  of  informal  conference  between 
officers  concerned  that  the  many  bureaus  and  offices  quickly  and 
effectively  solved  the  multitudinous  problem  incidental  to  such 
a  project.  "Red  tape"  and  formal  routine  methods  were  for  the 
time  being  abolished,  and  those  officers  immediately  charged  with 
the  work  of  preparation  were  practically  accorded  carte  blanche. 
40 


•  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  41 

In  this  connection,  it  is  pertinent  to  note  that  the  Secretary  of 
the  Navy,  at  the  time  of  the  project's  adoption,  stated  that  it  had 
the  strong  interest  and  approval  of  all  in  high  authority;  that  he 
himself  desired  every  effort  made  to  expedite  it;  that  all  who  might 
be  called  upon  for  assistance  should  be  informed  of  his  wishes  hi  this 
regard  so  that  they  should  cooperate  to  the  fullest  extent;  and  that 
he  should  be  immediately  resorted  to  in  any  case  where  his  action 
or  influence  might  be  needed. 


CHAPTER  VI. 
DESIGN  OF  THE  MINE. 


The  possibility  of  the  northern  barrage  depended  upon  the  suc- 
cessful design  of  the  new  mines  to  a  far  greater  degree  than  is  usual 
in  such  matters.  Had  nothing  better  than  the  ordinary  type  of 
mine,  such  as  that  used  by  the  British,  been  available,  the  northern 
barrage  project  would  have  been  utterly  impossible  of  execution 
within  the  time  allowed  by  reason  of  the  enormous  number  of  mines 
required  for  a  barrage  280  miles  long.  The  combined  resources  of 
the  United  States  and  the  Allies,  especially  in  the  matter  of  high 
explosives,  could  not  have  produced  the  required  number  of  mines, 
nor  could  the  combined  mining  forces  have  planted  them  in  a  single 
year.  By  the  use  of  mines  of  the  American  (antenna)  type,  the 
number  required  was  reduced  to  approximately  one- third;  and  the 
project  became  possible,  provided  always  that  the  design  of  the  new 
mine  was  right. 

On  November  1,  1917,  after  the  barrage  project  had  been  finally 
and  definitely  adopted,  the  only  parts  of  the  "Mark  VI  mine  that 
had  been  completely  designed  were  the  firing  mechanism  and  the 
mine  case.  However,  the  mine  section  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance, 
under  the  immediate  direction  of  Commander  Fullinwider,  felt  no 
doubt  of  its  ability  to  complete  a  satisfactory  development  of  the 
new  mine  and  to  get  it  into  production  in  due  time,  its  optimistic 
view  of  the  situation  being  based  on  the  facts  that  the  only  radically 
new  element  of  the  mine  was  the  firing  mechanism,  which  had 
been  fairly  well  tested;  that  the  war  experience  of  the  British  had 
evolved  a  satisfactory  type  of  mine  anchor  which  doubtless  could 
be  adapted  to  the  American  mine;  and  that  the  remaining  features 
were  matters  of  mechanical  detail  certainly  susceptible  of  quick 
solution.  In  the  circumstances,  it  was  absolutely  necessary  to 
take  chances,  else  the  project  would  be  delayed  a  full  year  and 
therefore  be  too  late.  It  was  fortunate  that  Rear  Admiral  Earle, 
the  Chief  of  Bureau,  was  willing  to  accept  the  final  responsibility  in 
this  matter  and  that  he  had  sufficient  confidence  in  the  mine  sec- 
tion to  give  it  practically  a  free  hand. 

If  the  Bureau  had  been  at  all  conservative  in  the  matter  of  de- 
veloping the  design  and  placing  contracts  for  the  mines,  the  north- 
ern barrage  would  never  have  been  laid.  It  is  a  well  known  fact 
42 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  43 

that  no  mechanism  as  complicated  as  a  mine,  or  even  a  much  simpler 
one,  can  be  confidently  expected  to  function  as  designed  until  com- 
plete models  have  been  tested  under  service  conditions  and  the 
usual  minor  defects  have  been  discovered  and  remedied.  Ordi- 
narily, it  requires  at  least  a  year  to  prove  out  such  a  design  before 
it  is  considered  wise  to  put  it  hi  to  production.  Judged  by  ordinary 
standards,  the  action  of  the  Bureau  in  bringing  about  the  adoption 
of  this  great  project  before  there  was  any  certainty  of  the  efficiency 
of  the  new  mine,  thereby  committing  two  Governments  to  very 
large  expenditures,  was,  to  say  the  least,  hazardous.  The  Bureau 
accepted  the  hazard  advisedly,  as  the  only  thing  to  be  done  in  the 
circumstances,  and  well  knowing  the  odium  that  would  attach  in 
case  of  failure. 

The  problem  confronting  the  Bureau  was  to  build  a  mine  around 
an  entirely  new  principle  in  minuig,  and  around  a  firing  gear  out- 
lined but  not  perfected.  This  mine  must  be  efficient  and  yet  must 
be  capable  of  manufacture  and  assembly  in  great  quantities,  with  as 
little  expense  of  money  as  practicable,  and  necessarily  with  as  little 
expenditure  of  time  as  absolutely  possible.  The  bureau  had  departed 
from  the  usual,  or  contact,  mine  with  its  new  firing  gear,  and  had 
then  proceeded  to  wipe  the  slate  clean  and  make  radical  develop- 
ments in  the  entire  mine. 

Practically  all  mines,  except  the  later  German  types,  had  been 
made  up  to  that  time  with  the  explosive  in  separate  charge  cham- 
bers, which  were,  after  loading,  placed  within  the  mine  case  proper. 
This  presented  the  triple  disadvantage  of  additional  weight;  cost  of 
time  and  money  in  manufacture,  loading,  and  assembly;  and,  most 
serious,  the  interposition  of  an  air  cushion  surrounding  the  charge 
chamber  between  the  first  explosive  force  and  the  water,  thereby 
greatly  reducing  the  force  of  the  water  hammer  blow  caused  by 
the  explosion,  which  blow  was  that  relied  upon  to  damage  the 
submarine  touching  the  antenna.  These  difficulties  were  all  obviated 
by  selecting  an  explosive,  T.  N.  T.,  which  could  be  readily  cast  and 
cooled,  and  casting  this  direct  into  the  completed  mine  case,  using 
no  separate  charge  chamber. 

In  addition,  similarly  the  practice  of  carrying  the  detonator 
fixed  in  the  explosive  was  a  source  of  great  danger  in  case  of  accident 
or  fire  or  in  case  the  minelayers  were  engaged  in  action  with  the 
mines  on  board.  The  safety  chamber  device  of  service  fuses  was 
adopted,  so  that  the  detonator  might  not  be  in  contact  with  the 
main  explosive  until  after  the  mine  had  been  launched  and  sub- 
merged. 

The  design  of  antenna  gear  presented  a  problem  that  had,  as  far 
as  was  known,  no  precedent  in  the  military  or  commercial  arts,  and 
required  considerable  initial  design  ability  and  experimentation. 


44  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  officers  responsible  for  the  mine  freely 
admitted  to  themselves  the  certainty  that  the  design  would  have 
to  be  modified  more  or  less  after  service  tests,  and  therefore  shaped 
the  design  so  that  any  one  of  its  features  could  be  modified  during 
production  with  little  or  no  effect  on  the  others.  In  other  words, 
every  possible  precaution  was  taken  against  possible  loss  of  time 
and  money.  The  result  was  very  satisfactory.  Very  few  changes 
were  necessary  after  getting  into  production,  and  when  the  first 
complete  mines  were  assembled  and  tested  under  service  conditions 
in  March,  1918,  they  functioned  as  designed,  and  only  very  minor 
improvements,  involving  no  delay  in  the  project,  were  found  to  be 
desirable  or  necessary. 

During  thex  initial  plans  for  the  mine,  the  mine  section  of  the 
bureau  consisted  of  Commander  S.  P.  Fullinwider,  Lieut,  (subse- 
quently Commander)  J.  A.  Schofield,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F.,  and,  acting  as 
the  experimental  officer  of  that  section  by  virtue  of  his  experimental 
duties  in  the  bureau,  Lieut.  T.  S.  Wilkinson,  jr.  As  the  project 
began  to  take  shape  and  became  approved,  the  bureau  added  to  the 
mine  section  certain  line  and  reserve  officers,  who  will  be  mentioned 
hereafter  as  their  duties  appear. 

In  the  initial  stages  of  design,  Commander  Fullinwider  assumed 
cognizance  of  the  mine  case,  anchor,  and  antenna  gear,  leaving 
Lieut.  Wilkinson  the  firing  gear,  the  extender,  and  the  mine  loading; 
that  is,  explosives  and  detonator.  With  the  advent  of  other  officers 
these  duties  were  further  subdivided  as  follows:  To  Commander 
Schofield,  the  mine  case;  to  Lieut.  O.  W.  Bagby,  U.  S.  Navy,  and 
Lieut.  S.  W.  Cook,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F.,  the  mine  anchor,  in  conjunction 
with  Lieut.  Commander  H.  Isherwood,  R.  N.  V.  R.  (noted  below); 
to  Lieut.  Commander  W.  A.  Corley,  U.  S.  Navy,  the  antenna  gear; 
to  Lieut.  C.  H.  Wright,  U.  S.  Navy,  the  firing  gear  and  extender; 
to  Lieut.  B.  W.  Grimes,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F.,  the  explosives.  This  division 
of  responsibilities  held  through  the  design  stage  and  through  the 
production  of  the  parts  of  the  mine,  as  described  in  the  succeeding 
chapter  of  this  history. 

At  various  times  during  the  period  of  design  and  experimentation, 
the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  had  the  advantage  of  the  advice  and  assist- 
ance of  three  experienced  mining  officers  of  the  British  Navy.  On 
May  5,  1917,  Lieut.  Commander  H.  O.  Mock,  R.  N.  V.  R.,  arrived 
in  the  bureau,  having  been  thus  assigned  by  the  British  Admiralty, 
to  assist  and  advise  in  matters  pertaining  to  mines.  This  was  in 
accordance  with  a  plan  adopted  immediately  upon  the  entrance  of 
the  United  States  into  the  war,  whereunder  each  of  the  two  naval 
departments  undertook  to  furnish  the  other  with  information  to 
their  mutual  advantage.  Lieut.  Commander  Mock  brought  to  the 
Bureau  of  Ordnance  the  latest  information  and  experience  regarding 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  45 

the  British  mines  and  mining,  more  particularly  information  con- 
cerning mine  anchors. 

During  Lieut.  Commander  Mock's  stay  in  the  bureau,  the  Mark 
VI  mine-firing  device  (K-l  device)  was  evolved;  and  he  was  present 
during  much  of  the  experimental  work  in  connection  therewith, 
although  he  did  not  assist  in  the  evolution  of  the  design.  He  was 
an  early  convert  to  the  value  of  the  new  device;  and  upon  his  return 
to  England  in  October,  1917,  a  model  of  the  new  device  was  trans- 
mitted by  him  for  the  Admiralty's  information,  the  question  of 
whether  or  not  the  British  would  join  the  Americans  in  the  barrage 
project  being  then  under  consideration.  Lieut.  Commander  Mock 
considered  the  K-l  device  of  great  promise,  and  looked  upon  the 
new  mine  then  in  process  of  evolution  as  being  superior  for  purposes 
of  anti-submarine  warfare  to  any  other  then  existing  type. 

Lieut.  De  Salis,  R.  N.,  arrived  September  3,  1917,  having  been 
sent  to  this  country  to  examine  the  Mark  VI  mine  and  report  to 
the  British  Admiralty  as  to  its  probable  value  for  the  proposed 
North  Sea  barrage.  He  was  sent  to  this  country  on  the  initiative 
of  the  British  Admiralty  and  apparently  with  a  view  to  satisfying 
the  Admiralty  that  our  Navy  Department  really  had  what  it  had 
previously  stated  it  had — a  mine  superior  to  existing  types  and 
peculiarly  adapted  to  antisubmarine  warfare.  In  short,  the  British 
Admiralty  took  this  means  of  confirming  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance 
opinion  and  estimate  of  its  own  design  and  product  before  agreeing 
to  cooperate  in  the  establishment  of  a  barrage. 

After  Lieut.  De  Salis  had  reported  to  the  Chief  of  Bureau  on  the 
above-mentioned  date,  the  chief  of  the  mine  section  explained  to 
him  the  characteristics  of  the  new  mine  firing  device,  and  accom- 
panied him  that  evening  to  the  naval  torpedo  station,  Newport, 
R.  L,  to  witness  tests.  These  tests  were  carried  out,  with  inade- 
quate preparation  and  facilities,  on  the  two  following  days,  Septem- 
ber 4  and  5.  Lieut.  De  Salis  was  soon  convinced  that  the  new  device 
had  merit.  On  September  7  he  cabled  the  Admiralty  in  part  as 
follows: 

The  mechanism  is  safe  and  simple.  Still  in  trial  stage.  It  has  worked  perfectly 
for  safety  and  bumping.  No  vessel  really  suitable  was  present,  so  trials  were  rather 
crude.  Trial  of  countermining  was  not  very  satisfactory,  but  the  faults  revealed  can 
be  remedied. 

Mine  designed  is  33-inch  diameter,  and  could  be  used  with  B.  E.  or  Mark  VI  sinker. 
A  38-inch  diameter  mine  would  be  designed  if  desired.  No  sinker  is  yet  designed 
and  it  is  intended  to  copy  ours. 

U.  S.  officials  state  that  delivery  of  a  thousand  mines  and  mechanisms  per  diem  is 
anticipated  to  commence  December  1. 

Proposals  are  that  combined  operations  should  be  worked  out  for  use  of  these  mines. 
They  would  provide  the  mechanisms  and  mines,  while  the  British  provide  mine- 
layers and  sinkers. 


46  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

They  offer  a  hundred  thousand.  Details  of  strategical  proposals  are  known  to 
Admiral  Mayo. 

It  is  recommended  that  American  offer  should  be  accepted,  our  own  output  not  being 
decreased  in  consequence. 

The  questions  to  be  settled  subsequently  are  manufacture  of  sinker,  size  of  mine, 
and  supply  of  explosive.  They  have  sufficient  crude  T.  N.  T.  and  are  willing  to 
supply  it. 

I  still  adhere  to  the  opinions  expressed  September  3,  but  advantages  to  outweigh 
them  are:  Simplicity,  certainty  of  firing,  large  danger  zone,  and  the  element  of  sur- 
prise if  the  secret  is  kept. 

On  September  10  the  Admiralty  cabled  Lieut.  De  Salis: 

Greatly  appreciate  offer  of  U.  S.  Fully  recognize  the  value  of  the  increased  danger 
zone  near  mines,  but  fear  is  expressed  that  if  antenna  only  can  fire  mine,  life  in  this 
climate  would  be  limited  by  durability  of  antenna,  which  is  necessarily  short. 

Reply  forthwith  if  antenna  principle  can  be  applied  to  horned  mines,  whose  plans 
are  now  in  America;  or,  conversely,  if  American  mines  can  be  fitted  with  a  firing 
arrangement  thoroughly  reliable,  or  with  horns  so  that  effectiveness  as  complete  mines 
would  remain  after  antenna  has  parted. 

Lieut.  De  Salis,  after  consulting  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  replied, 
September  11: 

Americans  propose  to  fit  fixed  insulated  projections  of  copper  on  mine  case  in 
parallel  to  antenna,  so  that  mine  will  remain  effective  on  same  principle  if  it  is  hit 
whether  the  antenna  is  in  place  or  not.  Firing  battery  will  then  determine  life  of 
mine.  It  is  sealed  up,  and  no  current  is  taken  from  it  until  moment  of  firing. 

On  September  12  Lieut.  De  Salis  again  cabled  the  Admiralty,  in 
part  as  follows: 

United  States  officers  are  extremely  confident  as  to  life  of  battery.  In  addition, 
halfway  down  antenna  a  float  will  be  fitted,  in  which  case  wave  action  should  not 
much  affect  lower  half. 

Acceptance  of  the  offer  as  it  stands  is  strongly  recommended. 

Design  could  subsequently  be  altered  for  fitting  horns  should  endurance  trials, 
which  are  now  in  hand,  prove  unsatisfactory. 

Admiral  Benson  wishes  to  be  informed  of  the  proposed  strategical  use  which  may  be 
decided  on  if  offer  is  accepted,  and  of  the  numbers  required. 

The  Bureau  are  requesting  that  a  mine  designer  may  be  lent  them  to  cooperate  and 
insure  fitting  of  mine  on  sinker. 

Lieut.  De  Salis,  during  his  connection  with  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance, 
was  an  observer  for  the  British  Admiralty  and  probably  had  much  to 
do  with  the  Admiralty's  favorable  consideration  of  the  proposed 
joint  project.  In  addition,  Lieut.  De  Salis  furnished  the  bureau 
information  of  a  general  nature  regarding  British  mines,  mining 
equipment,  and  mining  practice.  He  did  not,  however,  have  any 
influence  on  the  design  of  the  Mark  VI  mine.  Lieut.  De  Salis  spent 
much  of  his  time  at  the  naval  torpedo  station,  Newport,  where  he 
conducted  some  tests  with  floats  and  antennae.  He  returned  to 
England  in  December,  1917. 

In  the  original  proposition  for  a  joint  American  and  British  bar- 
rage operation,  it  was  proposed  by  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  that  the 


THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  47 

British  should  furnish  the  anchors  and  that  the  United  States  should 
supply  all  the  mines.  This  proposition  was  put  forth  for  several 
reasons:  First,  there  was  a  shortage  of  tonnage  available  for  the 
shipment  of  the  material  abroad,  and  this  shortage  was  growing  more 
and  more  serious  from  day  to  day  as  the  result  of  the  great  activity 
at  that  tune  of  the  enemy  submarines.  The  dead  weight  of  the  an- 
chors alone  required  for  the  barrage  was  estimated  at  about  40,000 
tons.  Second,  the  British  had  a  quite  satisfactory  type  of  anchor, 
which  had  been  proved  out  during  the  war,  and  which,  with  minor 
modifications,  could  be  adapted  to  fit  the  American  mine.  Third,  it 
was  originally  contemplated  that  British  mine  planters  would  assist 
the  United  States  mine  force  in  the  planting  of  mines,  and  therefore 
the  mine  tracks  and  mining  equipment  in  general  should  be  stand- 
ardized hi  the  two  services.  Fourth,  it  was  considered  only  fair  that, 
if  the  barrage  was  to  be  a  joint  operation,  the  British  should  bear  a 
share  of  the  cost  and  production  of  material. 

After  much  delay  in  arriving  at  an  understanding,  it  was  finally 
decided  to  produce  all  the  anchors  as  well  as  the  mines  hi  this  country. 
To  facilitate  the  design  of  the  anchor,  and  particularly  with  a  view 
to  making  it  standard  with  British  mine  layers'  equipment,  the 
British  Admiralty  was  requested  to  send  an  officer  to  the  Bureau  of 
Ordnance  who  was  competent  to  modify  the  British  design  of  anchor 
to  adapt  it  to  the  Mark  VI  mine.  The  admiralty  properly  acceded  to 
this  request,  and  Lieut.  Commander  Isherwood,  R.  N.  V.  R.,  arrived 
hi  the  Bureau  early  in  October,  1917.  He  brought  with  him  the  de- 
tailed design  of  the  British  Mark  VIII  sinker  (mine  anchor) ,  and  this 
was  found  upon  examination  to  require  very  little  modification  to 
suit  the  Mark  VI  mine.  Lieut.  Commander  Isherwood,  with  the 
assistance  of  Bureau  of  Ordnance  draftsmen,  completed  the  redesign 
of  the  British  sinker,  referred  to  hereafter  as  the  anchor,  Mark  VI; 
and  on  November  10  the  design  was  ready  for  submission  to  the  pro- 
spective bidders. 

While  the  Mark  VI  anchor  was  very  similar  to  the  British  Mark  Vlll 
sinker,,  it  differed  in  detail  sufficiently  to  have  warranted  thorough 
tests  before  its  adoption,  had  the  tune  been  available.  However,  as 
not  a  day  could  be  lost  without  correspondingly  delaying  the  execu- 
tion of  the  project,  it  was  decided  after  very  careful  study  of  the  de- 
sign that  it  would  be  reasonably  safe  to  proceed  with  production; 
and  contracts  were  placed  immediately  with  three  prominent  auto- 
mobile concerns  in  Detroit,  Mich.  Lieut.  Commander  Isherwood 
remained  in  the  United  States  until  the  anchors  were  well  along  in 
production  and  until  after  practical  tests  with  complete  mines  had 
been  carried  out  by  vessels  of  the  mine  force  just  prior  to  their  depar- 
ture for  the  North  Sea.  The  anchor  proved  most  satisfactory  hi  every 
respect,  being,  it  is  now  believed,  superior  hi  its  functioning  to  the 
British  Mark  VIII  sinker  from  which  it  was  adopted. 


48  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

The  mine  case  was  entirely  a  Bureau  of  Ordnance  design.  It  was 
formed  of  two  hemispheres  of  steel  welded  together  at  the  equator. 
It  had  an  opening  in  the  top  7  niches  in  diameter  to  receive  the  firing 
gear,  and  a  smaller  opening  in  the  bottom  to  take  the  booster  cfharge 
and  the  detonator  extender  mechanism.  Built  into  the  lower 
hemisphere,  in  the  axis  of  the  case,  was  a  steel  tube  which  housed 
the  booster  charge  and  extender  mechanism.  The  charge  of  300 
pounds  of  grade  B  trinitrotoluol  was  cast  directly  into  the  lower 
hemisphere  of  the  case,  it  being  found  by  experiment  that  the  charge 
was  sufficiently  anchored  in  place  by  the  bond  between  it  and  the 
surface  of  the  case  and  central  tube  and  by  four  stay  braces  which 
supported  the  tube.  This  simple  form  of  construction  saved  con- 
siderable weight  and  permitted  of  the  mine,  case  being  kept  within 
comparatively  small  dimensions — 34  inches  diameter.  The  British 
mine  had  a  diameter  of  38  inches.  The  buoyancy  of  the  Mark  VI 
mine  was  285  pounds,  which  is  ample  for  mines  to  be  used  where  the 
current  is  not  greater  than  three  knots.  The  mine  case  had  welded 
to  it  a  lifting  eye,  also  hooks  for  securing  the  antenna  system  and  the 
anchor.  Four  small  holes  in  the  case  about  2  inches  above  the  equator 
were  provided  for  attaching  firing  "horns"  in  parallel  with  the 
antenna. 

The  extender  mechanism,  which  carried  the  detonator  in  a  retracted 
or  safe  position,  relative  to  the  booster  charge,  and  which,  under  a 
hydrostatic  pressure  corresponding  to  a  depth  of  25  feet,  extended  the 
detonator  to  its  firing  position  hi  the  axis  of  the  booster  charge,  was  a 
lazy-tongs  device,  which  also  was  originated  and  designed  in  the 
mine  section.  This  mechanism  provided  an  excellent  safety  device, 
since  a  mine  which  floated  or  which  was  submerged  to  a  depth  less 
than  25  feet  would  be  safe. 

A  similar  hydrostatic  safety  device  was  incorporated  in  the  firing 
mechanism;  and  both  of  these  devices  would  have  to  fail  to  make 
the  mine  dangerous  on  or  near  the  surface. 

The  antenna  floats,  the  fittings  in  connection  therewith,  and  the 
means  of  assembling  the  antenna  system  with  the  mine  proved  the 
most  troublesome  parts  to  design  though  they  appear  very  simple. 
Experiments  were  first  made  with  floats  of  water-proofed  wood, 
but  without  success,  since  it  was  found  impracticable  to  guard  against 
their  water-logging  when  subjected  to  deep  submergence  for  consid- 
erable periods.  Ultimately,  three  different  types  of  float  were  suc- 
cessfully produced  and  used.  For  mines  of  the  upper  level  a  thin 
walled  spherical  copper  float  was  used;  for  mines  submerged  150  to 
300  feet  a  spherical-cylindrical  steel  float  with  a  wall  thickness  of  0.1 
inch  was  used.  The  third  type,  which  finally  replaced  the  copper 
floats  was  made  up  of  balsa  and  skiUfully  waterproofed  to  withstand 
hydrostatic  pressure  safely  up  to  at  least  100  feet  submergence.  For 
mines  of  the  upper  level,  two  floats  were  fitted  on  each  antenna,  the 


48-1 


48-2 


48-3 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  49 

lower  one  being  placed  a  little  above  the  middle  point  of  the  antenna, 
so  that,  hi  the  event  of  the  upper  float  carrying  away,  no  part  of  the 
antenna  could  possibly  come  into  contact  with  the  mine  case  and 
fire  the  mine. 

The  antennae  of  the  lower  level  mines  were  provided  with  a  single 
steel  float.  These  mines  were  at  such  depth  as  to  be %  entirely 
unaffected  by  wave  motion,  and  one  float  could  be  depended  upon 
for  an  indefinite  life. 

The  mechanism  by  means  of  which  the  antenna  and  floats  were 
secured  to  the  mine  case  until  the  mine  reached  a  predetermined 
depth  and  then  permitted  their  release  in  such  a  way  as  to  avoid 
fouling,  gave  much  difficulty,  but  the  problem  was  very  satisfac- 
torily solved  with  the  assistance  of  the  Baltimore. 

Discussion  of  many  of  the  items  of  design,  including  that  of  the 
K-l  device,  or  firing  mechanism,  is  omitted  here  as  unnecessary 
and  because  they  are  still  regarded  as  confidential. 

One  of  the  most  important  and  indispensable  of  the  preparations 
was  the  trying  out  of  the  new  mine  under  service  conditions.  In  the 
earlier  stages,  complete  mines  were  not  available;  and  they  did  not 
become  available  until  March,  1918.  In  the  meantime,  however,  the 
Baltimore,  which  had  been  designated  to  carry  out  tests,  performed 
such  experiments  as  could  be  had  with  improvised  material,  and 
assisted  in  the  design  of  some  parts  of  the  gear,  notably  the  means  of 
assembling  the  antenna  floats  with  the  mine  and  their  release  gear. 
This  work  continued  until  about  December  20,  1917,  when  it  became 
necessary  for  the  Baltimore  to  go  to  the  yard  for  fitting  out  for  service 
abroad.  It  had  been  intended  that  this  vessel  should  resume  experi- 
ments and  practice  with  the  completed  mines  in  March,  but  before 
that  tune  it  became  necessary  to  send  her  abroad  to  assist  in  a 
British  mining  operation. 

The  mine  trials  were  taken  up  by  the  San  Francisco  in  March 
when  the  first  mines  were  ready.  Trials  were  carried  out  in  the  lower 
Chesapeake,  later  in  Narragansett  Bay,  and  finally  off  Cape  Ann. 
The  results  of  these  trials  were  all  that  could  be  expected.  With 
the  exception  of  a  very  few  minor  mechanical  faults  which  were 
readily  corrected,  the  mine  and  anchor  functioned  as  designed; 
and  the  action  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  in  having  proceeded  with 
the  manufacture  of  100,000  mines  in  advance  of  such  tests  was  thus 
validated.  A  most  important  result  of  the  trials  was  the  confidence 
engendered  in  the  personnel  of  the  mine  force  in'  the  value  and 
safety  of  the  new  mine. 

It  may  be  remarked  in  passing  that  the  result  of  the  trials  lifted  a 
heavy  load  from  the  minds  of  those  officers  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance 
who  had  staked  all  on  a  " paper  design"   and  proceeded  with  an 
enormous  manufacturing  program  in  advance  of  complete  tests. 
181063°— 2( 


CHAPTER  VII. 
THE  MANUFACTURING  PROJECT. 


The  firing  mechanism  for  the  new  mine  was  in  quantity  production 
before  any  other  part  of  the  mine  had  been  designed.  The  mine 
section  had  made  tentative  sketches  of  the  several  principal  fea- 
tures of  the  mine,  but  none  of  the  details  had  been  decided  upon. 
One  reason  for  this  was  the  fact  that  until  the  firing  mechanism  had 
been  conclusively  tested  and  adopted,  late  in  July,  there  was  insuf- 
ficient information  and  data  on  which  to  proceed  with  the  other  points 
of  design.  Another  point  was  that  until  November,  1917,  there  was 
insufficient  personnel  in  the  mine  section  to  perform  the  duties  of  the 
Bureau  pertaining  to  mines  and  mining,  depth  charges,  submarine 
nets,  etc. 

The  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  having  anticipated  the  favorable  outcome 
of  the  mine  barrage  proposition  had  placed  a  contract  for  10,000  mine- 
firing  mechanisms  (K-l  devices)  as  early  as  August  9,  1917,  and 
another  contract  for  90,000  additional  devices  on  October  3,  1917, 
nearly  a  month  before  the  barrage  project  was  definitely  adopted. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  there  were  so  many  uncertainties  entering 
into  the  design  of  the  mine,  it  was  decided  that  the  only  safe  plan 
was  to  follow  the  practice  which  is  quite  common  in  the  automobile 
industry — that  is,  to  divide  the  mine  into  groups  of  parts,  each  group 
being  quite  a  separate  design  problem,  all  so  standardized  that  the 
several  groups  would  assemble  into  a  complete  mine.  Thus  the  mine 
was  separated  into  the  following  groups:  Firing  mechanism,  extender 
mechanism,  mine  case,  anchor,  antenna  and  floats,  horn  device,  and 
release  gear. 

Each  group  was  designed  and  tested  out  quite  independently  of 
the  others,  a  very  definite  general  plan  for  the  mine,  of  course,  being 
kept  in  view.  This  method  permitted  of  modifications  of  any  one 
group  without  detriment  to  the  others. 

Another  reason  for  following  this  method  of  design  was  that  it 
would  facilitate  manufacture.  There  was  no  plant  in  the  United 
States  that  had  had  experience  in  the  manufacture  of  mines  except 
the  Norfolk  Navy  Yard,  which  yard  was  overwhelmed  with  other 
work  after  the  outbreak  of  the  war  and  could  not  be  depended  upon 
for  any  considerable  manufacture  of  mine  material.  By  designing 
the  mine  as  an  assembly  proposition,  its  many  parts  could  be  manu- 
factured in  commercial  plants  with  great  rapidity;  and  by  carefully 
50 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  51 

standardizing  all  parts,  they  could  finally  be  brought  together  and 
satisfactorily  assembled. 

The  general  economic  conditions  of  the  country  were  such  that  at 
the  time  when  it  became  necessary  to  manufacture  the  Mark  VI  mine 
the  passenger  automobile  industry  became  available  for  war  work 
through  a  gradual  decrease  in  output  of  automobiles.  It  is  believed 
that  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  was  the  first  of  the  war  agencies  to  take 
advantage  of  the  wonderful  resources  of  the  automobile  factories; 
and  no  difficulty  whatever  was  found  in  obtaining  keen  competition 
among  these  factories  for  the  manufacture  of  parts.  Generally 
speaking,  the  automobile  plant  is  ideal  for  the  production  of  mine 
material  with  the  exception  of  the  firing  mechanism,  because  the 
plant  is  organized  for  quantity  production  and  the  character  of  work 
and  workmanship  is  practically  the  same  for  automobiles  and  mines. 

Still  another  reason  for  pursuing  this  method  of  manufacture  was 
that  only  by  this  means  could  secrecy  regarding  the  characteristics 
of  the  mine  be  preserved.  It  is  obvious  that  if  100  different  parts  of  a 
mine  are  manufactured  by  as  many  different  factories,  most  of  which 
are  kept  in  ignorance  of  the  fact  that  they  are  producing  mine  mate- 
rial, no  one  would  have  sufficient  information  on  which  to  visualize  the 
complete  mine,  and  therefore  no  one  could  possibly  betray  the  secret 
to  the  enemy.  This  idea  was  carried  still  further.  Even  at  the  point 
of  assembly  of  the  material  for  transshipment  abroad,  the  parts  were 
not  assembled  into  a  mine,  but  were  shipped  in  groups  to  the  overseas 
assembly  bases.  In  short,  no  mines  were  completely  assembled  in 
this  country,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  for  test  purposes  on  board 
vessels  of  the  mine  force  in  March,  1918.  It  is  therefore  believed 
that  the  enemy,  notwithstanding  his  many  sympathizers  in  the 
United  States,  and  his  secret  service,  had  no  inkling  of  the  character 
of  the  mine  until  long  after  it  was  placed  in  use  in  the  North  Sea. 
It  was  comparatively  unimportant  to  maintain  secrecy  after  the 
mines  were  once  in  use,  for  it  was  probable  that  the  enemy  could  not 
devise  any  means  of  effectively  counteracting  or  protecting  himself 
against  the  mine  within,  say,  a  year  after  he  gained  knowledge  of  it, 
by  which  time  it  was  expected  that  the  war  would  be  over.  In  this 
connection,  it  may  be  stated  that  a  number  of  American  mines  went 
adrift  in  the  North  Sea,  as  is  usual  in  such  operations,  and  were  cast 
up  on  the  coast  of  Norway,  where  they  were  recovered,  disassembled, 
and  examined  by  Norwegian  officials,  but  assurances  were  obtained 
that  information  regarding  these  mines  would  be  regarded  as  confi- 
dential. 

The  firing  mechanism  has  been  referred  to  above  as  a  unit  of  the 
assembled  mine;  but,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  it  was  subdivided  into  its 
component  parts  and  manufactured  by  more  than  a  score  of  different 


52  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

factories,  none  of  which  was  permitted  to  know  that  it  was  manu- 
facturing mine  material.  Only  certain  officials  of  the  private  plant 
that  assembled  the  firing  mechanism  knew  that  it  was  intended  for  a 
mine. 

The  Mark  VI  mine  was  designed  to  be  very  safe  in  handling;  and 
that  this  object  was  attained  is  well  demonstrated  by  the  fact  that 
85,000  of  these  mines  were  loaded  and  shipped  abroad  and  that 
about  57,000  of  them  were  planted  in  the  barrage  without  accident. 
This  result  is  the  more  extraordinary  for  the  following  reasons : 

(a)  The  mines  had  to  be  manufactured  by  quantity  production 
methods,  and  rigid  inspection  was  quite  impossible  under  the  then 
existing  conditions. 

(b)  The  inspection  force  was  inadequate  in  numbers,  and  it  was 
composed  largely  of  inexperienced  officers  and  men — inexperienced 
not  only  in  mine  material  but  in  inspection  work  in  general. 

(c)  The  manufacturers  were  inexperienced  in  munitions  work,  and 
almost  every  one  of  the  hundreds  of  plants  engaged  in  the  work  was 
an  unknown  quantity  as  to  reliability,  quality  of  product,  possibility 
of  sabotage,  etc.     Due  investigation  and  careful  " sizing  up"  of  the 
managing  personnel  of  each  plant  concerned  reassured  the  Bureau  in 
almost  every  case. 

(d)  The  mine  had  to  be  loaded,  shipped,  assembled,  inspected,  and 
tested  by  personnel  almost  entirely  without  previous  experience  with 
mines  and  explosives. 

It  was  owing  to  these  adverse  conditions,  together  with  the  fact 
that  the  mine  was  to  be  handled  by  the  minelayers  as  ' '  fixed  ammu- 
nition," that  it  was  designed  to  be  as  nearly  foolproof  as  possible. 

During  the  period  of  purchasing  supplies,  in  the  task  of  which 
there  was  a  multitude  of  details,  Lieut,  (j.  g.)  A.  B.  Peacock,  Supply 
Corps,  IT.  S.  Naval  Reserve  Force,  handled  the  purchasing  matters 
connected  with  this  vast  amount  of  divers  materials,  a  duty  that 
required  his  working  in  close  co-operation  with  the  mine  section  of 
the  Bureau. 

The  design  and  manufacture  of  the  various  elements  of  the  mine 
was  a  work  involving  an  immense  amount  of  detail,  which  it  is  un- 
necessary to  dwell  upon  here ;  but  a  few  points  are  of  special  interest 
in  their  bearing  on  the  success  of  the  project. 

It  has  been  mentioned  above  that  the  new  mine  was  designed  to 
be  issued  to  minelayers  as  "  fixed  ammunition."  This  was  a  radical 
departure  from  conventional  practice,  and  British  mining  officers 
attached  to  the  Bureau  apparently  never  became  reconciled  to  the 
Bureau's  view  that  practically  all  necessary  tests  and  inspection  could 
and  should  be  made  prior  to  the  receipt  of  mines  on  board.  The 
new  idea  was  adopted  primarily  because  of  the  obvious  necessity  for 
rapid  laying,  the  number  of  minelayers  being  limited.  After  having 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  53 

become  committed  to  this  plan,  it  was  fairly  easy  for  the  Bureau  to 
design,  manufacture,  and  inspect  accordingly.  For  example,  the 
mine  case  was  designed  to  be  as  simple  and  foolproof  as  possible, 
and  it  was  given  100  per  cent  inspection  at  the  factories  for  water- 
tightness;  so  there  was  no  good  reason  for  subjecting  the  case  to 
another  such  test  at  the  overseas  bases  or  after  its  receipt  on  board 
ship. 

Another  point  to  which  the  Bureau  gave  careful  attention  was  to 
insure  that,  in  the  event  of  a  premature  or  accidental  explosion  of 
a  mine,  it  would  necessarily  occur  only  after  a  safe  interval  after 
launching.  As  for  taking  mines  aboard  ship  with  the  detonators  in 
place,  the  bureau  adopted  this  plan  only  after  conclusive  tests  had 
shown  that  a  detonator  in  the  "safe"  position  could  not  explode  the 
charge. 

The  well-known  fuel  shortage  in  the  winter  of  1917-18,  the  almost 
unprecedented  severity  of  the  weather,  the  freight  embargoes  on  the 
railroads  and  congestion  of  traffic  generally,  and  labor  troubles,  all 
operated  to  delay  the  production  of  mine  material  and  other  essen- 
tial preparations  for  the  project.  The  situation  was  very  critical  for 
some  weeks,  largely  because  these  conditions  affected  several  hundred 
plants  engaged,  and  the  failure  of  any  one  of  them  to  produce  its 
share  would  have  resulted  in  possibly  disastrous  delay  to  the  whole 
project.  Some  delay  did,  in  fact,  result,  but  as  there  was  a  nearly 
corresponding  delay  in  the  completion  of  vessels  of  the  mine  force 
and  of.  the  overseas  bases,  the  failure  to  meet  the  manufacturing 
schedule  proved  of  no  particular  consequence.  It  is  estimated  that 
the  above-mentioned  adverse  conditions  resulted  in  delaying  the 
beginning  of  quantity  production  of  complete  mines  about  six  weeks. 

During  the  period  of  railroad  freight  congestion  an  immense 
quantity  of  mine  material  was  handled  by  express  shipments,  in 
some  cases  whole  trainloads  being  handled  on  passenger  schedules 
from  Detroit  to  the  seaboard.  It  is  believed  that  every  known 
expedient  was  utilized  to  maintain  production  and  expedite  ship- 
ment— armed  guards  and  traffic  agents  accompanied  shipments ;  motor 
trucks  were  used  when  other  service  was  unavailable;  freight  em- 
bargoes were  lifted  after  great  effort  in  special  cases;  tracing  of  missing 
shipments  was  a  constant  work;  and  shortage  of  fuel  was  met  and 
overcome  in  many  ways. 

There  was  only  one  real  failure  of  an  important  contractor  to 
deliver  material  on  time,  and  this  resulted  in  a  slight  delay  in  mining 
operations.  It  was  an  almost  invariable  rule  of  the  Bureau  to  divide 
the  order  for  any  one  part  of  mining  material  between  at  least  two 
contractors,  in  order  to  guard  against  a  possible  failure  on  the  part 
of  a  contractor  and  consequent  shortage  of  essential  material.  In 


54  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

the  one  case  in  which  this  rule  was  deviated  from,  the  article  being 
a  comparatively  simple  one  and  the  contractor  being  apparently 
more  than  able  to  meet  his  obligations,  the  contractor  failed  to 
deliver  the  specified  production,  and  it  then  became  necessary  to 
tool  up  three  other  plants  and  cancel  the  original  contract. 

The  Bureau  planned  for  a  production  of  1,000  mines  a  day,  and  it 
was  found  soon  after  getting  into  production  that  this  rate  could 
easily  be  exceeded  if  desired.  In  fact,  it  became  difficult  to  hold 
the  production  of  anchors  and  mine  cases  down  to  this  figure.  In 
other  words,  the  Bureau  could  have  produced  mines  at  any  rate  de- 
sired, except  possibly  in  the  matter  of  mooring  cable,  the  wire  rope 
manufacturers  being  heavily  burdened  with  orders  for  wire  for  air- 
craft, shipping,  coal  mines,  etc. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
MINE-LOADING  PLANT,  ST.  JULIENS  CREEK,  VA. 


An  important  item  of  preparation  for  the  barrage  project  was  the 
creation  of  a  complete  mine-loading  plant  capable  of  receiving,  load- 
ing, and  shipping  1,000  mine  cases  a  day,  there  being  no  plant  in 
the  United  States  at  that  time  capable  of  handling  any  considerable 
number  of  mines. 

The  design  of  a  plant  that  could  handle  the  situation  had  to  be  made 
by  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  and  the  Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks  in 
consultation.  Many  proposals  were  sent  out  in  order  to  obtain  ideas 
upon  automatic  machinery,  and  finally  a  plan,  modified  somewhat 
after  a  scheme  suggested  by  Boyle-Robertson  Construction  Co.,  was 
accepted  and  completed.  The  plant  was  built  by  the  Boyle-Robert- 
son Construction  Co.,  of  Washington,  D.  C.  Commander  Kirby 
Smith,  Civil  Engineer  Corps,  United  States  Navy,  was  responsible 
for  pushing  to  completion,  in  the  midst  of  many  difficulties,  both  in 
design  and  construction,  this  mine  loading  plant. 

It  was  decided  to  locate  this  plant  near  the  navy  yard,  Norfolk, 
Va.,  the  point  selected  for  the  assembly  and  shipment  overseas  of 
all  barrage  material:  and  the  only  immediately  available  site  being 
at  the  Naval  Ammunition  Depot,  that  point  was  chosen.  Ground 
for  the  plant  was  broken  on  October  25,  1917;  but  bad  weather  set 
in  early  hi  November  and  continued  with  unprecedented  severity 
until  spring,  so  construction  work  was  carried  on  under  most  adverse 
conditions.  Aggravating  the  situation,  there  was  a  labor  shortage. 
However,  the  plant  was  ready  for  work  in  March,  1918,  or  practically 
as  soon  as  needed,  there  having  been  delays  in  all  parts  of  the  project 
due  to  extreme  weather  conditions,  freight  embargoes,  fuel  shortages, 
labor  troubles,  changes  of  barrage  plan,  eto. 

This  plant,  with  its  accompanying  barracks  for  the  housing  of  its 
operatives,  covers  an  area  approximately  3,000  feet  by  800  feet, 
including  the  wharf,  and  consists  of  22  buildings,  including  a  mine 
case  storage  building,  600  by  100  feet,  capable  of  storing  5,000  empty 
cases;  a  melting  plant,  capable  of  melting  and  pouring  T.  N.  T.  for 
at  least  1,000  mines  a  day;  a  cooling  building,  where  the  loaded  mines 
were  permitted  to  cool  preparatory  to  shipment;  a  T.  N.  T.  ready- 
storage  building,  capacity  4,000,000  pounds;  a  heating  plant;  and 
a  wharf. 

55 


56  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

The  entire  plant  was  excellently  equipped  with  conveyors  and 
labor-saving  facilities;  and  all  parts  were  planned  and  constructed 
to  give  the  utmost  efficiency  consistent  with  safety.  The  rated  daily 
capacity  of  1 ,000  was  exceeded  by  about  50  per  cent  on  one  occasion; 
and  a  total  of  more  than  73,000  mines,  involving  the  melting  and 
handling  of  over  22,000,000  pounds  of  T.  N.  T.,  were  loaded  here 
without  accident.  In  addition,  17,000  mines  loaded  by  contract  at 
the  du  Pont  Co.'s  works  at  Barksdale,  Wis.,  were  received  here  and 
shipped  abroad. 

The  loading  plant  cost  approximately  $400,000,  and  its  operating 
,cost  was  at  the  rate  of  about  $412,000  per  annum.  About  400  en- 
listed men  were  required  to  man  the  plant;  and,  in  addition,  from 
200  to  400  were  employed  in  the  shipment  of  mines,  that  is,  in  load- 
them  into  mine-carrying  vessels. 

A  loading  plant  of  this  type  and  scale  had  hitherto  been  unknown, 
not  only  in  this  country,  but  abroad.  Difficulties  were  encountered 
in  the  construction  thereof;  and  prophecies  of  accident,  fortunately 
unfulfilled,  were  made  by  visiting  foreign  experts  skilled  in  amatol 
plants.  The  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  however,  took  every  precaution 
to  insure  that  the  operation  of  this  plant  should  be  attended  with 
the  minimum  amount  of  danger.  The  Chief  of  the  Bureau  took  upon 
himself  the  limiting  of  the  steam  pressure  to  a  maximum  which  he 
considered,  from  his  experience  with  explosives,  would  result  hi 
satisfactory  melting  of  T.  N.  T.,  and  thus  loading  the  mines,  but 
reduced  the"  danger  of  detonation  in  the  process  to  the  minimum  pos- 
sible. Exact  knowledge  upon  this  point  is  not  .yet  to  be  had,  as 
experience  with  this  explosive  has  been  too  short  to  permit  real  con- 
clusions. This  decision  was  one  that  was  very  serious,  as  he  had 
before  him  the  fact  that,  in  the  melting  of  high  explosives  abroad,  a 
detonation  that  destroyed  an  entire  plant  together  with  every  person 
in  the  same  had  occurred,  and  that  the  proposed  automatic  operation 
of  loading  mines  was  in  a  nature  exactly  similar  to  the  work  under- 
way in  that  plant. 

Petty  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Naval  Reserve  Force  were 
secured  for  the  operating  personnel  of  this  mine-loading  plant.  They 
accepted  the  risk,  which  they  knew  was  a  great  one,  together  with  the 
discomforts — such  as  working  hi  an  atmosphere  of  T.  N.  T.  dust, 
working  nights,  and  living  in  poor  quarters  in  a  very  bad  locality, 
so  far  as  health  is  concerned — cheerfully,  and  with  most  successful 
results  in  the  completion  of  the  material  for  the  northern  barrage. 

Commander  W.  L.  Pryor,  United  States  Navy,  was  in  command  of 
this  mine-loading  plant  in  addition  to  his  duties  in  charge  of  the  ammu- 
nition depot  at  St.  Juliens  Creek.  Much  work  in  connection  with 
loading  of  mines  upon  the  mine  carrier,  after  the  T.  N/"T.  had  been 
cast  into  the  mines,  devolved  upon  Commander  Pryor.  The  success 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  57 

and  general  efficiency  of  the  plant  was  brought  about  mainly  through 
the  untiring  efforts  and  care  of  Commander  Pryor  hi  dealing 
with  the  reserve  personnel,  making  them  acquainted  with  the  neces- 
sity for  care  and  the  reasons  they  were  called  upon  to  bear  so  many 
discomforts  and  undergo  the  risks. 

In  order  to  prevent  delay  in  delivery,  which  might  have  been  caused 
by  delay  in  completion  of  this  Navy  plant,  the  Bureau  arranged  with 
the  du  Pont  Co.  to  load  mines  direct  at  its  T.  N.  T.  plant  at  Barks- 
dale,  Wis.,  and  some  17,000  mines  were  loaded  there  during  the 
months  of  February  and  March,  1918. 

The  Army  had  plainly  informed  the  Navy  that  it  required  all  the 
toluol  hi  the  country  for  use  hi  the  manufacture  of  its  own  explosives; 
and,  for  this  reason,  it  was  imperative,  if  the  mine  barrage  was  to 
be  completed,  to  secure  some  other  explosive  for  use  in  the  mines. 
The  explosive  effects  of  amatol,  a  substitute  for  T.  N.  T.  hi  general 
use  abroad,  had  been  frequently  criticised  for  lack  of  effectiveness. 
Amatol  also  required  more  toluol  than  the  Navy  could  obtain  with- 
out asking  the  Army  to  reduce  its  requirements.,  E.  I.  du  Pont  de 
Nemours  &  Co.  proposed  to  the  Bureau  the  use  of  trinitroxylol,  which 
could  be  produced  by  the  nitration  of  xylol,  a  by-product  of  coal  tar 
distillations,  at  that  time  not  widely  used.  Further  investigation  by 
Lieut.  Commander  T.  S.  Wilkinson,  United  States  Navy,  in  collabora- 
tion with  chemists  of  E.  I.  du  Pont  de  Nemours  &  Co.,  finally  developed 
the  fact  that  trinitroxylol  was  an  explosive  substance  which  would 
serve  very  acceptably  as  a  diluent  for  T.  N.  T.,  and  that  the  use  of  a 
mixture  of  these  two  substances  in  mines  would  be  practically  as 
satisfactory  as  the  use  of  T.  N.  T.  alone  (the  mixture  adopted  con- 
sisted of  60  per  cent  trinitroxylol  and  40  per  cent  of  T.  N.  T.),  although 
the  mixture  was  not  quite  as  convenient  to  handle  as  T.  N.  T.  Trini- 
troxylol was  subsequently  known  as  T.  N.  X.;  and  the  mixture  of 
T.  N.  T.  with  T.  N.  X.  for  mine  charges  was  called  toxyl. 


CHAPTER  IX. 
ASSEMBLY  AND  SHIPMENT  OF  MINE  MATERIAL. 


Since  the  Mark  VI  mines  were  not  to  be  assembled  short  of  Bases 
17  and  18  in  Scotland,  and  since  all  component  parts  had  to  be  at  all 
times  available  at  those  bases,  it  was  essential  that  the  flow  of  all 
material  from  the  many  points  of  manufacture  to  the  overseas  ship- 
ping point,  Norfolk,  and  thence  to  the  bases  abroad  should  be  main- 
tained at  the  proper  rate.  Failure  in  this  respect  would  result 
either  in  a  shortage  of  material  and  consequent  delay  of  the  planting 
operations  or  in  a  congestion  of  an  undue  amount  of  material  which 
could  not  be  stored  and  properly  cared  for. 

At  the  inception  of  the  movement  it  was  decided  between  the 
Bureaus  of  Ordnance  and  Supplies  and  Accounts  that  it  would  be 
necessary  to  commandeer  one  of  the  large  export  terminal  piers  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  navy  yard>  Norfolk,  for  the  handling  of  mine  ship- 
ments; and  after  a  survey  of  the  situation  Southern  Railway  Pier 
No.  4  at  Pinners  Point,  Va.,  was  taken  over  by  the  Navy.  This 
pier,  which  is  875  by  270  feet  and  which  can  accommodate  seven 
cargo  vessels  of  the  "Lake"  type  at  a  time,  was  ideal  for  the  purpose. 
It,  of  course,  is  roofed  over  and  has  adequate  rail  facilities.  The 
rental  of  the  pier  was  $81,000  a  year,  and  the  annual  cost  of  operation 
was  about  $350,000. 

When  the  project  was  planned,  it  was  contemplated  shipping  all 
mine  material,  including  the  loaded  mine  cases,  from  this  pier;  but 
the  local  authorities  protested  against  the  handling  of  explosives  at 
this  point  because  of  the  danger  to  Norfolk  and  Portsmouth,  and  it 
became  necessary  to  load  the  explosive  elements  into  the  mine- 
carrying  vessels  at  the  mine-loading  plant  at  St.  Juliens  Creek,  about 
2  miles  above  the  navy  yard.  To  this  end  considerable  dredging 
had  to  be  done  at  the  mine  plant;  fixed  moorings  were  put  down; 
and  the  dock  facilities  at  the  mine  plant  were  enlarged  and  improved 
to  accommodate  the  carriers.  Provision  was  made  for  working  24 
hours  a  day  at  the  mine  plant  and  at  the  pier  when  necessary.  Only 
Navy  personnel  was  employed.  It  would  have  been  quite  impossible 
to  operate  satisfactorily  at  either  the  pier  or  the  mine  plant  with 
civilian  labor,  owing  to  the  irregularity  of  working  hours,  the  fre- 
quent necessity  of  night  work  in  order  to  get  vessels  loaded  in  time 
to  join  the  weekly  convoys,  and  also  the  necessity  of  good  discipline, 
safety,  and  secrecy. 
58 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  59 

Pier  4  was  used  for  storage  as  well  as  for  shipments.  It  had  a 
capacity  of  about  40,000  mine  anchors  and  other  nonexplosive  parts. 
A  naval  force  of  about  400  men  was  continually  employed  at  the 
pier. 

The  receipt  and  shipment  of  mine  material  at  the  pier  was  under 
the  cognizance  of  a  supply  officer  detailed  by  the  Bureau  of  Supplies 
and  Accounts  to  that  exclusive  duty;  but  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance 
also  had  its  representative  there  to  act  as  liaison  officer  between  the 
Bureau  and  the  supply  officer.  To  this  liaison  officer  were  com- 
municated by  telephone  complete  detailed  instructions  daily  as  to 
shipments,  not  only  from  the  pier,  but  also  the  mine-loading  plant, 
such  instructions  being  confirmed  to  the  supply  officer  in  writing. 
There  was  never  the  slightest  delay  or  confusion  in  the  handling  of 
the  business,  this  because  of  the  excellent  cooperative  spirit  and  zeal 
existing  among  all  concerned  in  the  project. 

In  the  mine  section  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  Lieut.  Commander 
H.  E.  Fischer  had,  as  his  principal  duty,  the  maintenance  of  the  flow 
of  material  from  its  source  to  its  final  destination.  By  means  of  tele- 
phone and  telegraph  he  was  in  constant  touch  with  the  material  situa- 
tion from  the  hundreds  of  factories  to  the  bases  overseas,  and  his 
records  at  all  times  showed  the  exact  condition  of  affairs.  In  all 
this  he  acted  in  close  cooperation  with  the  traffic  and  other  offices  of 
the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts  as  well  as  with  the  officers  of 
the  Mine  Section.  He  also  was  in  close  cooperation  with  the  Office 
of  Naval  Operations  regarding  the  loading  and  sailing  of  the  mine 
carriers. 

Weekly  inventory  sheets  and  monthly  reports  showing  receipts 
and  expenditures  of  mines  and  parts  at  Bases  17  and  18  were  re- 
ceived, but  were  not  of  much  value,  as  they  were  about  one  month 
old  when  received.  Therefore,  in  order  to  anticipate  shipments,  it 
was  necessary  to  resort  to  speculation  to  a  very  considerable  degree. 
The  results  were,  however,  quite  satisfactory. 

In  the  inception  of  the  project,  the  Navy  Department  secured  the 
allocation  of  a  fleet  of  24  cargo  vessels  of  the  "Lake"  class  for  exclu- 
sive use  as  mine  carriers.  These  vessels,  a  list  of  which  is  appended, 
were  armed  for  defense  against  submarines,  were  given  Naval  Reserve 
crews,  and  were  handled  by  the  Naval  Overseas  Transportation 
Service  (Operations).  They  were  rather  small,  averaging  about 
3,000  tons  dead-weight  capacity,  but  by  reason  of  their  light  draft 
were  well  suited  to  the  purpose,  since  larger  and  deeper  vessels  could 
not  have  been  so  readily  loaded  or  discharged  at  the  terminals 
selected;  in  fact,  the  harbor  of  one  of  the  discharging  points  desig- 
nated by  the  British  authorities  could  not  accommodate  ships  draw- 
ing more  than  20  feet.  The  carriers  were  selected  also  with  a  view 
to  carrying  a  comparatively  small  number  of  mines  in  each  hull,  so  as 


60  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

to  minimize  the  effect  on  the  whole  project  in  the  event  of  a  vessel 
being  lost.  Among  other  preparations  requiring  navy-yard  work 
was  the  fitting  of  these  vessels  with  additional  crew  accommodations; 
the  provision  for  additional  cargo  coal  for  themselves,  as  they  were 
originally  short-radius  ships,  and  provision  of  facilities  for  carrying 
300  to  500  tons  of  fuel  oil  cargo  for  naval  vessels  overseas. 

In  general,  a  cargo  was  made  up  of  2,000  mines  with  anchors  and 
fittings  complete  and  of  about  500  tons  of  such  miscellaneous  naval 
supplies  as  were  safe  to  handle  in  conjunction  with  high  explosives, 
the  remaining  1,000  tons  of  cargo  space  being  assigned  to  extra 
bunker  coal  and  fuel  oil,  the  latter  carried  in  the  double  bottoms. 
The  mines  were  shipped  disassembled  to  economize  space;  but  it 
would  have  been  undesirable  in  any  event  to  ship  them  otherwise,  in 
view  of  the  fact  that  the  work  of  handling,  testing,  and  inspection  at 
the  overseas  bases  was  facilitated  by  shipping  them  disassembled. 

Sailings  of  the  carriers  averaged  about  two  ships  every  seven  or 
eight  days,  half  in  Norfolk  convoys  and  half  in  Halifax  convoys.  It 
took  a  ship  in  a  Norfolk  convoy  about  20  days  to  make  the  trip 
across,  and  in  a  Halifax  convoy  21  days.  From  65  to  70  days  were 
required  for  a  round  trip  or  complete  cycle. 

Of  the  24  carriers,  only  one,  the  Lake  Moor,  was  lost,  sunk  by  an 
enemy  submarine  off  the  coast  of  Ireland  on  April  11,  1918,  unfortu- 
nately with  the  loss  of  most  of  her  crew,  and  of  about  1,500  tons  of 
mine  material,  mostly  anchors. 


CHAPTER  X. 
OVERSEAS  MINE  BASES  17  AND  18. 


On  account  of  the  great  demand  for  shipping,  it  was  early  realized 
that  in  order  to  conserve  cargo  space,  and  for  other  reasons,  it  would 
be  necessary  to  ship  the  mines  for  the  North  Sea  barrage  disas- 
sembled. In  this  manner  it  would  be  possible  for  a  vessel  to  carry 
approximately  three  times  as  many  mines  as  she  would  have  been 
able  to  do  had  she  been  loaded  with  assembled  units.  On  the  other 
hand,  this  procedure  necessitated  the  erection  of  elaborate  assembly 
establishments  in  Great  Britain;  but  this  consideration  was  of  sec- 
ondary importance  when  compared  with  the  great  necessity  for 
economizing  shipping.  It  may  be  mentioned  in  this  connection  that 
there  were  no  mine  assembly  facilities  in  the  United  States,  since  all 
ammunition  depots  were  congested  with  other  work,  and  new  assem- 
bly plants  would  have  had  to  be  created  in  any  event,  either  at  home 
or  abroad. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  in  the  early  stages  of  the  consideration 
of  the  barrage,  one  of  the  proposals  made  was  that  Great  Britain 
should  furnish  the  men  necessary  to  assemble  the  American  mines. 
Accordingly,  a  board  was  appointed  by  the  Admiralty  on  October 
6,  1917,  which  has  generally  been  referred  to  as  the  Lockhart-Leith 
Committee,  to  investigate  and  report  on  the  various  suitable  locali- 
ties for  mine  depots  for  this  project.  The  report  of  the  committee, 
dated  October  26,  discussed  in  detail  the  possible  locations  for  such 
bases,  reviewed  the  transportation  facilities,  and  gave  as  then*  decision 
that  the  most  suitable  locations  were  the  Dalmore  Distillery,  at 
Dalmore,  Alness,  and  the  Glen  Albyn  Distillery,  at  Inverness.  The 
report  went  into  considerable  detail,  ou timing  exactly  what  buildings 
would  be  required  as  well  as  the  new  construction  and  machinery, 
and  estimated  the  personnel  requirements.  This  report  and  its 
recommendations  were  approved  by  the  Admiralty,  and  the  distil- 
leries at  Dalmore  and  Glen  Albyn  were  at  once  commandeered  for 
use  as  mine  bases. 

Under  date  of  October  26,  1917,  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  cabled 
Admiral  Sims,  informing  him  that  the  Bureau  was  preparing  to  manu- 
facture mines  in  sufficient  quantity  for  the  operation  contemplated, 
and  that  it  was  expected  that  the  shipment  of  these  mines  would 
commence  soon  after  the  1st  of  January,  1918.  This  cablegram 

61 


62         .  THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

further  stated  that  the  Bureau  desired  to  send  Commander  O.  G. 
Murfin  as  its  representative,  under  the  Force  Commander,  to  be  placed 
in  command  of  the  mine  depots  which  were  to  be  established  at  Cro- 
marty,  also  that  several  officers  from  the  Bureau  were  being  trained 
in  the  assembling  and  handling  of  mines  and  would  be  sent  to  assist 
him.  This  cablegram  was  followed  by  a  letter  from  the  Bureau  of 
Ordnance,  dated  October  31,  1917,  in  which  the  subjects  referred 
to  in  the  cablegram  were  commented  on  at  length. 

On  November  1,  1917,  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  cabled 
Admiral  Sims  to  the  effect  that  the  Department  concurred  in  the 
project  of  the  mine  barrier  from  Scotland  to  Norway,  and  was  taking 
steps  to  outfit  eight  minelayers  to  sail  about  February  1,  and  that 
they  were  also  expediting  the  completion  of  12  minesweepers. 
This  cablegram  further  stated  that  it  was  expected  that  the  shipment 
of  mines  would  begin  about  January  15,  and  that  officers  would  be 
sent  to  confer  and  to  arrange  details  within  a  few  days. 

The  report  of  the  Lockhart-Leith  Committee  was  transmitted  by 
the  Admiralty  to  Admiral  Sims,  in  London,  who,  in  order  to  give  the 
department  early  information  relative  to  the  selection  and  require- 
ments of  the  two  bases,  sent  the  following  cable  on  November  2: 

Admiralty  committee  has  investigated  bases  for  northern  mine  barrage  and  Admi- 
ralty 's  full  report  on  suggested  organization  of  bases  for  assembling  American  mines. 
is  being  forwarded.  Plan  calls  for  United  States  base  at  Invergordon  handling  2,000 
mines  per  week  and  at  Inverness  handling  1,500.  Combined  personnel  required  from 
United  States  approximately  182  mechanics,  620  skilled  laborers,  690  laborers,  40 
clerks,  and  for  dock  working  parties,  25  boatswains  mates,  25  coxswains,  400  seamen 
and  ordinary  seamen.  Most  important  that  all  these  be  enlisted  men  to  insure  military 
discipline  and  control  and  to  avoid  labor  complications  here.  Commanding  officers  at 
depots  should  be  rank  of  commander  and  each  should  have  five  or  six  other  officers  as 
assistants.  Large  distillery  buildings  will  be  taken  over  but  there  will  be  small  amount 
of  new  construction  required.  Shops  must  be  fitted  up.  Scarcity  machinery,  cranes, 
etc.,  in  this  country  would  make  very  welcome  arrangement  if  United  States  could 
furnish  some  of  these.  At  least  one  of  officers  sent  for  conference  mentioned  Opnav  925 
should  have  had  experience  in  manufacture  mines  in  United  States  naval  yards  as  Naval 
Constructor  Knox  has  had.  Some  of  depot  staffs  should  come  at  same  time  as  officers 
who  return  after  conference  so  they  will  be  in  touch  with  work  from  beginning. 
Intended  ship  some  mines  by  Lock  Alsh  and  rail  via  Dingwall  but  ships  for  Kyle 
must  not  exceed  280  feet  length  nor  20  feet  draft.  Other  mines  will  come  via  Fort 
William  and  by  barge  through  Caledonian  Canal.  British  Rear  Admiral  will  be  senior 
officer  in  general  charge  joint  operations  these  and  British  bases  in  Firth  of  Forth. 
Admiralty  desires  verify  immediately  understanding  that  sinkers  as  well  as  mines  will 
be  furnished  from  United  States.  Furnish  information  concerning  general  character 
eight  minelayers  sailing  February  1,  and  whether  any  other  craft  will  be  used  for 
minelaying.  Would  also  like  to  learn  approximate  number  and  kind  of  mine  carriers. 
Will  reply  concerning  Old  Colony  later".  For  localities  mentioned  see  B.  A.  charts 
115,  2182  B,  2167,  2635,  2676, 


In  reply    to    the   questions   contained   in   the   above   cablegram 
relative  to  the  United  States  supplying  enlisted  men  for  assembling 


THE  ^ORTHEKX  BARRAGE.  63 

the  mines  at  the  bases  instead  of  employing  British  civilians,  the 
Chief  of  Naval  Operations  cabled  on  8  November  that  drafts  of 
approximately  200  enlisted  men  per  week  would  be  sent  over  as 
soon  as  the  bases  were  ready  to  receive  them.  Upon  receipt  of  this 
information  the  Third  Sea  Lord  wrote  Admiral  Sims  as  follows: 

The  Admiralty  are  most  grateful  and  the  decision  of  the  Navy  Department  relieves 
us  of  very  great  anxiety  *  *  *. 

In  accordance  with  the  requests  of  the  Admiralty  and  the  desires 
of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  that  American  officers  who  would  be 
associated  with  the  establishment  of  the  bases  and  then*  operation 
should  be  sent  to  Great  Britain  as  soon  as  possible,  Commander 
O.  G.  Murfin,  United  States  Navy,  accompanied  by  Commander  T. 
L.  Johnson,  United  States  Navy,  sailed  from  the  United  States  on 
13  November,  1917.  The  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  cabled  Ad- 
miral Sims  on  November  18: 

Commander  0.  G.  Murfin,  under  orders  to  proceed  to  England.  Is  authorized  to 
speak  for  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  discussing  all  details,  depot  arrangements,  machine- 
shop  equipment,  unloading  and  transportation  arrangements,  with  British  Admiralty 
representatives,  and  make  decisions  in  these  matters.  Commander  Thomas  Lee 
Johnson  accompanies  to  assist  Commander  Murfin  in  plans  and  returns  here  with 
detailed  information. 

Commander  Murfin  and  Commander  Johnson  arrived  in  London 
on  November  23, 1917,  and  reported  to  the  Commander,  United  States 
Naval  Forces  Operating  in  European  Waters.  The  Force  Commander 
issued  orders  to  Commander  Murfin  assigning  him  to  duty  in  charge  of 
all  matters  relating  to  the  establishment  of  United  States  naval  mine 
depots  in  Great  Britain  and  to  duty  in  charge  of  such  depots  upon 
their  establishment;  he  was  further  ordered  to  make  his  headquarters 
in  London  during  the  preliminary  negotiations  in  connection  with 
the  bases. 

On  Novemoer  26,  1917,  Commander  Murfin  and  Commander 
Johnson  left  London  to  inspect  the  sites  selected  for  the  United 
States  mine  bases.  They  were  accompanied  by  Capt.  Lockhart- 
Leith,  R.  N.,  Engineer  Capt.  Gaisf ord,  R.  N.,  Mr.  Heap  from  the  Admi- 
ralty's controller's  office,  and  Surg.  Thompson,  United  States  Navy, 
from  the  United  States  naval  headquarters.  The  party  arrived  in 
Inverness  on  November  27,  spent  four  days  inspecting  the  base  sites 
at  Invergordon  and  Inverness,  and  the  two  shipping  points  at  Kyle 
of  Loch  Alsh  and  Corpach,  and  then  returned  to  London.  Commander 
Johnson  left  England  on  December  6,  1917,  for  the  United  States. 

At  the  time  of  this  inspection,  whisky  was  being  removed  from 
the  distillery  buildings  preparatory  to  proceeding  with  the  work  of 
establishing  the  bases.  At  Dalmore  ground  had  been  broken  for 
a  branch  railroad  line  to  connect  the  distillery  with  the  Highland 
Railway.  Other  work  was  being  held  up  pending  decisions  to  be 
made  by  Commander  Murfin.  These  decisions  having  been  given, 


64  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

plans  for  expediting  the  work  of  establishing  and  outfitting  the 
bases  were  proceeded  with. 

The  Navy  Department  designated  the  base  at  Inverness  as  Base 
18,  and  the  one  at  Invergordon  as  Base  17. 

The  work  of  preparing  and  outfitting  the  mine  bases  was  done 
by  contract  through  the  Admiralty.  The  construction  work  was 
done  under  the  immediate  supervision  of  the  superintending  civil 
engineer,  Invergordon  Dockyard;  and  the  tools  and  equipment 
were  supplied  through  the  controller's  department  of  the  Admi- 
ralty. Rear  Admiral  Clinton-Baker,  R.  N.,  was  the  Admiralty's 
representative  in  general  charge  of  the  work,  and  desired  alterations 
or  additions  to  buildings  or  equipment  were  ordered  on  his  approval. 
The  construction  was  somewhat  delayed,  due  to  inclement  weather 
conditions  and  to  lack  of  suitable  labor;  but  in  spite  of  these  handi- 
caps good  progress  was  made  from  the  beginning.  Commander 
Murfin  kept  in  direct  touch  with  the  work  by  correspondence,  by 
frequent  visits  to  Eear  Admiral  Clinton-Baker's  office  at  the 
Admiralty,  and  by  frequent  visits  to  the  bases  themselves. 

Much  of  the  material  for  these  bases  could  not  be  procured  in 
Great  Britain  because  of  the  drain  upon  that  country's  supplies 
made  by  the  war.  At  the  Bureau  the  mine  section  secured  the 
assistance  of  Capt.  (then  Commander)  G.  C.  Schafer,  Supply  Corps, 
United  States  Navy,  in  connection  with  providing  cranes  and  equip- 
ment of  all  kinds,  assembly  of  material,  and  assuring  delivery  to  the 
mine  bases  abroad,  remaining  in  Washington  until  deliveries  being 
assured,  he  proceeded  overseas  in  March,  1918,  and  resumed  this 
work  at  the  mine  bases,  as  a  member  of  the  staff  of  Rear  Admiral 
Joseph  Strauss,  United  States  Navy,  the  commander  of  the  operation 
of  laying  the  barrage. 

The  first  draft  of  men  arrived  in  Liverpool  on  the  S.  S.  Philadel- 
phia on  November  27,  1917.  Lieut.  Commander  Edwin  A.  Wolleson, 
United  States  Navy,  who  arrived  on  the  same  vessel,  was  put  in  charge 
of  the  37  rated  men  in  this  draft  and  sent  with  them  to  the  British 
mine  depot  at  Portsmouth  for  instruction  at  the  mining  school  at 
that  place.  The  remainder  of  the  men  in  the  draft  were  sent  to 
Queenstown  for  distribution  to  the  destroyer  flotilla,  owing  to  the 
fact  that  the  bases  were  not  yet  ready  to  receive  them. 

On  December  3  the  second  draft  arrived  at  Liverpool  on  the 
S.  S.  New  York.  Twenty  rated  men  from  this  draft  were  sent  to 
Portsmouth  to  join  the  detachment  there,  and  the  nonrated  men 
were  sent  to  Queenstown  to,  be  held  until  accommodations  could 
be  provided  at  the  mine  bases.  Lieut.  Commander  L.  M.  Stewart 
arrived  in  London  and  reported  at  headquarters  on  December  4, 
1917,  and  was  sent  to  Portsmouth  to  assist  with  the  instruction  of 
the  men  already  there. 


64-1 


D   w 

o  °° 

5 


LU   O 

z  "> 


.  cc 

3  LJ 


64-2 


EE 


64-3 


Ml  NtE  F^OOCr  g  j 


PHOTOSTATIC  CHART,  SHOWING  ORGANIZATION   OF  U.  S.   MINE  FORCE. 
64_4  (Page  8 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  65 

Lieut.  Thomas  Newhall,  U.  S.  N.  B,.  F.,  reported  at  headquarters, 
in  London,  on  December  10,  and  was  assigned  to  duty  as  assistant  to 
Commander  Murfin.  On  December  26,  Lieut.  Newhall  was  sent  to 
the  bases  as  Commander  Murfin's  representative  for  keeping  in  touch 
with  the  construction  work. 

On  January  7,  1918,  Lieut.  Commander  Stewart  with  23  men  was 
sent  to  Base  18,  and  Lieut.  Commander  Wolleson  with  22  men  was 
sent  to  Base  17.  These  parties  arrived  at  their  destination  on  Janu- 
ary 8.  These  small  forces  were  assigned  to  the  bases  to  assist  in  the 
arrangements  for  housing  the  personnel  at  the  bases  and  to  form  the 
nucleus  upon  which  the  organization  could  be  started.  As  the  men's 
living  quarters  at  the  two  bases  were  in  an  unfinished  state,  the  men 
at  Base  18  were  quartered  in  the  old  Muirtown  Hotel,  which  was  one 
of  the  buildings  taken  over  for  base  purposes  and  which  was  later 
made  into  the  sick  quarters.  The  men  at  Base  17  were  quartered  in 
the  residence  of  the  manager  of  the  distillery,  which  was  one  of  the 
buildings  taken  over  in  the  grounds  and  was  subsequently  converted 
into  the  sick  quarters  at  that  place. 

Commander  Murfin  left  London  January  25,  1918,  and  arrived  at 
Inverness  on  January  26,  taking  direct  charge  of  the  work  at  the 
bases  and  establishing  his  headquarters  at  Base  18  and  in  the  house 
which  had  formerly  been  the  home  of  the  manager  of  the  Glen  Albyn 
Distillery. 

The  United  States  national  ensign  was  officially  hoisted  over  the 
office  at  Base  18  on  February  9,  1918,  and  at  Base  17  on  February  12. 
The  raising  of  the  flags  at  the  two  bases  were  made  functions  at  which 
British  civil  and  military  officials,  as  well  as  the  officers  and  men 
attached  to  the  bases,  were  present  and  took  part. 

At  the  outset,  the  question  of  transportation  appeared  to  be  the 
greatest  problem  that  would  be  encountered.  The  estimated  weekly 
output  of  mines  required  for  the  minelayers  was  3,500.  The  rail- 
road from  Kyle  to  Base  17  could  only  handle  about  2,000  mines  per 
week,  and  the  Caledonian  Canal  running  from  Corpach  to  Base  18 
could  transport  approximately  1,500  mines  per  week.  This  made  it 
necessary  to  use  two  bases  instead  of  one  large  base,  for  Inverness 
Harbor  could  not  accommodate  the  full  minelaying  force,  nor  could 
the  mines  going  through  the  Caledonian  Canal  readily  be  shipped  to 
Invergordon.  Although  the  bases  were  separated  by  a  distance  of 
33  miles  by  rail  and  25  miles  by  water,  no  difficulty  was  encountered 
hi  unifying  the  efforts  of  the  two  establishments  and  coordinating 
and  directing  the  divided  mine  squadron  anchored  in  the  two  harbors. 

At  Corpach  mine  carriers  anchored  hi  the  stream  opposite  the  en- 
trance to  the  Caledonian  Canal.  Their  cargoes  were  discharged  into 
power  lighters  and  dispatched  to  Base  18.  The  work  of  discharging 
181063°— 20 5 


66  THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

the  cargoes  of  the  carriers  into  the  lighters  was  done  by  a  detachment 
of  65  men  from  Base  18  permanently  stationed  at  Corpach.  The 
lighters,  owned  by  the  British,  were  manned  by  British  ratings  and 
their  movements  were  directed  by  the  British  senior  naval  officer  at 
Inverness.  After  the  lighters  arrived  at  the  canal  quay  at  Base  18 
they  were  discharged  by  the  United  States  forces  at  that  base. 

Vessels  arriving  at  Kyle  were  taken  alongside  a  small  pier  and 
their  cargoes  discharged  directly  into  railroad  cars,  thence  taken  to 
Base  17  via  Dingwall.  The  work  of  discharging  the  cargo  into  the 
railroad  cars  and  shunting  them  across  to  the  main  line  from  the 
pier  was  done  entirely  by  the  65  men  from  Base  17,  who  formed  the 
detachment  at  Kyle.  After  being  placed  on  the  main  line,  the  cars 
were  delivered  on  the  siding  at  Base  17,  from  where  they  were  again 
handled  by  the  United  States  personnel. 

The  first  stores  forwarded  from  the  United  States  were  sent  via 
Liverpool,  and  were  received  at  the  bases  January  20,  1918.  The 
first  mine  carrier,  U.  S.  S.  Ozama,  arrived  at  Kyle  of  Loch  Alsh  on 
February  18,  with  stores  and  equipment  but  no  mining  material. 
The  second  carrier  arrived  at  Kyle  on  March  21,  with  general  stores  and 
equipment;  the  third  was  also  routed  to  Kyle,  arriving  there  April  3, 
with  mine  anchors  and  other  mining  material.  The  first  mine  car- 
rier routed  to  Corpach  arrived  April  5,  1918,  with  mine  anchors  and 
other  mining  material.  The  first  carriers  containing  mine  spheres 
were  the  U.  S.  S.  Ozama ,  which  arrived  at  Corpach  on  May  21,  and 
the  U.  S.  S.  Lake  Superior,  which  arrived  at  Kyle  on  the  29th. 

Officers  and  men  reported  for  duty  at  the  two  mine  bases  from  time 
to  time  until,  on  March  30,  1918,  there  were  18  officers  and  414  en- 
listed men  on  duty  at  Base  17,  and  23  officers  and  359  men  on  duty 
at  Base  18. 

On  March  1,  1918,  both  bases  had  reached  such  a  state  of  comple- 
tion that  mines  could  have  been  received  and  assembly  work  could 
have  commenced,  although  operations  at  this  time  would  have  been 
somewhat  handicapped  by  the  fact  that  a  considerable  part  of  the 
work  at  the  bases  was  still  in  an  unfinished  condition. 

By  April  1,  1918,  the  main  construction  work  was  practically  com- 
pleted and  the  bases  ready  in  every  respect  for  the  purpose  for  which 
they  were  established.  Actual  assembly  work  did  not  begin  until 
May  29,  1918,  the  date  upon  which  the  first  mines  were  received. 

In  general,  the  following  work  was  done  at  Dalmore  in  establishing 
Base  17:  The  Dalmore  Distillery  was  commandeered  and  taken  over; 
some  of  the  existing  distillery  buildings  were  refitted  and  made  into 
barracks  for  the  enlisted  personnel,  and  others  were  refitted  as  store- 
houses for  general  stores  and  mine  equipment;  buildings  were  erected 
for  workshops  for  mine  assembly,  for  storage  of  mines  and  mine 
material,  both  in  assembled  units  and  in  component  parts;  railroad 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  67 

tracks  were  laid  in  the  base  from  the  main  line  of  the  Highland  Rail- 
way and  from  the  base  to  the  pier  at  the  dockyard,  Invergordon; 
wagon  roads  were  built  connecting  various  buildings  within  the  base; 
fire  mains  were  laid,  water  systems  provided;  wash  rooms,  bath- 
rooms, and  other  sanitary  devices  were  installed;  and  commissary 
and  messing  facilities  provided.  An  electric  light  and  power  plant 
was  built,  and  other  necessary  equipment  and  adjuncts  to  a  base  of 
this  nature  were  provided. 

At  Base  18  the  same  provisions  were  made  as  at  Base  17,  with  the 
exception  of  the  light  and  power  plant — the  lighting  and  power  at 
Base  18  being  received  from  the  city  plant. 

At  Kyle  four  huts  were  erected  as  barracks,  mess  hall,  galley,  and 
storage  spaces  for  the  men  of  the  detachment  at  that  place. 

At  Corpach  a  large  private  residence  was  taken  over  and  converted 
for  use  as  barracks,  mess  hall,  galley,  and  storehouse  for  that 
detachment. 

After  unloading  the  mine  parts  from  the  railroad  cars  at  Base  17  or 
the  lighters  at  Base  18,  the  various  parts  were  sorted  and  placed  in 
bulk  store.  These  stores  were,  in  general,  adjacent  to  the  assembly 
sheds,  so  that  miscellaneous  parts  could  be  readily  supplied  as 
required. 

The  work  of  assembling  the  mines  was  a  highly  organized  process 
developed  in  accordance  with  the  present  standards  of  manufacturing 
efficiency,  wherein  each  man  performs  one  specific  task  over  and  over 
again  as  the  mines  are  moved  along  in  front  of  him  for  the  various 
stages  of  assembly. 

As  soon  as  the  commanding  officer  of  the  bases  was  informed  of  the 
quantities  and  types  of  mines  which  would  be  required  at  each  base 
for  the  minelayers,  the  work  of  assembly  began.  The  various  com- 
ponent parts  for  the  mines  began  to  pour  into  the  assembly  sheds 
from  the  bulk  storage  rooms.  The  two  principal  parts  constituting 
the  mine  were  the  anchor  and  the  mine  sphere.  As  the  anchors 
arrived  they  were  placed  upon  assembly  tracks  extending  across 
each  bay.  Along  these  tracks  were  stationed  groups  of  men,  each 
group  making  some  special  adjustment,  testing  the  brake  tension, 
release  mechanism,  etc.,  as  the  anchor  was  rolled  along  the  track. 
By  the  time  the  anchor  reached  the  end  of  the  track  the  mine  case, 
which  had  at  the  same  time  undergone  preparation  and  testing  while 
moving  along  a  traveling  table,  was  completed  and  the  two  parts 
were  ready  to  be  married  to  each  other.  This  done,  a  few  final 
adjustments  were  made,  and  the  mine  was  ready  to  be  placed  on 
board  a  minelayer.  From  here  the  completed  mines  were  either  rolled 
into  ready-issue  sheds  directly  opposite  the  assembly  bays  or  else  were 
loaded  directly  into  railroad  cars  to  be  sent  to  the  ships. 


68  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

From  the  railroad  cars  the  assembled  mines  were  carried  back  to 
the  canal  siding  at  Base  18  or  to  the  dockyard  at  Base  17 j  where  they 
were  loaded  into  barges.  The  barges  carried  from  50  to  60  assembled 
mines,  and  were  towed  out  to  the  ships  and  placed  alongside  while 
the  ship's  crew  whipped  the  mines  aboard  and  stowed  them  on  the 
tracks  ready  for  laying. 

The  original  estimates  prepared  by  the  British  as  to  the  rate  of 
transportation  from  Kyle  to  Base  17  and  from  Corpach  to  Base  18 
were  far  below  that  actually  accomplished.  The  rate  of  assembly 
and  the  possible  rate  of  laying  mines  also  much  exceeded  the  orig- 
inal expectations.  Therefore,  the  rate  originally  fixed  for  shipping 
3,500  mines  per  week  from  the  United  States  was  increased  to  6,000 
per  week.  In  spite  of  the  greatly  increased  amount  of  work  in 
assembly  which  developed  on  account  of  defects  discovered  in  the 
actual  mining,  the  rate  of  assembly  at  the  two  bases  was  increased 
from  the  original  estimate  of  500  mines  per  day  to  as  high  as  1,340 
mines  per  day.  Similarly,  the  time  required  for  the  minelayers  to 
refuel,  take  on  water,  embark  mines  and  necessary  supplies  had  been 
so  systematized  that  only  two  days  in  port  were  necessary  before 
they  were  ready  for  the  next  excursion.  This  made  it  possible  to 
carry  out  excursions  every  four  or  five  days,  depending  upon  the 
distance  it  was  necessary  for  the  vessels  to  proceed  in  order  to  lay 
their  mines.  As  will  be  seen,  delays  almost  heartbreaking  occurred 
which  kept  the  squadron  in  port  from  two  to  three  weeks  between 
excursions.  While  none  of  these  delays  could  be  foreseen,  the  mines 
from  the  United  States  continued  to  arrive  until  the  storage  facilities 
were  most  severely  taxed.  The  original  plan  of  the  bases  called  for  a 
total  storage  of  12,000  mines  at  both  places.  At  one  time  as  many 
as  20,500  had  accumulated.  Wise  foresight,  however,  on  the  part 
of  the  commanding  officer  of  the  bases  had  made  it  possible  to  stow 
them  all  under  cover,  protected  from  the  incessant  rain  of  northern 
Scotland. 

The  headquarters  of  Rear  Admiral  Joseph  Strauss,  Commander  Mine 
Force,  and  of  Capt.  Murfin  were  at  Base  18.  The  two  mine  bases 
were  so  organized  that  there  were  two  executive  officers,  representa- 
tives of  the  commanding  officer,  in  complete  charge  of  all  administra- 
tive and  industrial  activities  at  then:  respective  bases.  Each  base 
was  organized  with  military,  industrial,  supply,  medical,  and  trans- 
portation departments. 

The  industrial  officer  was  responsible  for  the  assembly  of  mines, 
which  work  was  organized  along  lines  similar  to  those  obtaining  in 
automobile  plants  in  the  United  States.  The  various  component 
parts  of  the  mines  were  received  and  stored  and  inspected  prelimi- 
nary to  assembly  separately.  In  the  assembly  process,  the  two  major 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  69 

parts,  the  mine  case  and  the  anchor,  moved  along  on  small  trucks  on 
rails,  the  various  minor  parts  being  assembled  progressively,  to  a 
point  where  the  mine  and  anchor  were  "  married "  together,  and 
thence  placed  in  the  "  ready-f  or-issue  "  sheds  or  loaded  into  cars  for 
delivery  to  the  mine  layers.  This  system,  under  which  separate 
groups  of  men,  highly  specialized,  performed  the  same  function  for 
each  mine  or  mine  anchor,  proved  most  efficient,  and  produced 
results  never  before  attained  in  the  rapid  handling  of  mines. 

Admiral  Mayo,  commander  in  chief,  Atlantic  Fleet,  inspected  the 
bases  September  25-27  and  October  5-7,  1918,  and  reported  most 
favorably  on  their  condition.  Quoting  from  his  report: 

The  personnel  throughout,  both  commissioned  and  enlisted,  appeared  to  be  satis- 
factory as  to  number  and  selection;  their  military  appearance,  bearing,  and  uniform 
made  a  favorable  impression.  The  men  are  granted  liberty  freely  and  their  relations 
with  the  natives  of  the  towns  and  surrounding  country  appeared  to  be  excellent. 

Quoting  further: 

Owing  to  the  relatively  late  start  of  the  operations,  it  has  been  necessary  for  the 
entire  force,  ashore  and  afloat,  to  work  at  high  pressure  in  order  to  complete  the 
original  and  later  plans  before  bad  weather  sets  in.  The  response  of  the  personnel 
has  been  excellent  and  is  considered  indicative  of  a  highly  satisfactory  state  of 
morale. 

Admiral  Mayo  concluded  his  report  with  the  remarks: 

(a)  The  arrangements  in  force  are  remarkable  for  their  conformity  to  the  plans 
prepared  at  home  before  the  mine  force  crossed  the  Atlantic. 

(6)  The  inspection  of  the  mine  force  and  bases  and  of  the  activities  in  connection 
with  the  work  incident  to  minelaying  in  the  North  Sea,  revealed  a  highly  satisfac- 
tory condition  and  reflects  great  credit  on  the  Commander  Mine  Force  and  on  his 
assistants. 


CHAPTER  XI. 

ORGANIZATION  OF  MINE  SQUADRON  AND  SELECTION 
OF  NEW  MINELAYERS. 


Prior  to  the  decision  to  proceed  with  the  northern  barrage  project, 
the  mine  force  of  the  United.  States  Navy  included  only  two  mine- 
layers fit  for  the  project,  the  San  Francisco  and  Baltimore.  This  force 
possessed  very  small  minelaying  capacity,  and  it  became  necessary, 
as  one  of  the  first  steps  in  preparation  for  the  project,  to  greatly 
enlarge  the  force  by  taking  over  a  sufficient  number  of  merchant 
ships  and  converting  them  into  minelayers,  to  obtain  and  train  the 
officers  and  crews  for  these  vessels,  and  to  secure  the  requisite  mer- 
chant tonnage  for  transporting  the  mines  and  other  material  to 
Europe. 

On  the  basis  of  an  estimated  output  of  5,000  mines  a  week  and  of 
one  minelaying  operation  a  week,  the  department  concluded  that 
the  mine  force  should  have  a  capacity  of  at  least  5,000  mines  ready 
to  lay,  which,  if  all  went  well,  would  insure  the  laying  of  the 
northern  barrage  in  three  months. 

The  San  Francisco  and  Baltimore  had  a  combined  capacity  of  only 
350  mines.  It  was  necessary,  therefore,  to  create  practically  a  com- 
plete new  mine  squadron  to  secure  the  requisite  capacity.  Vessels 
were  desired  of  ample  size,  yet  handy  in  tactical  formation;  service- 
able condition  as  to  engines,  boilers,  pumps,  etc.;  good  cargo- 
handling  equipment  adaptable  for  handling  mines;  internal  arrange- 
ment suitable  for  installation  of  mine  tracks  on  two  or  three  decks; 
speed  of  14  to  20  knots;  and  generally  seaworthy.  From  data  on 
file  in  the  Navy  Department  it  was  found  that  four  vessels  of  the 
Morgan  Line,  running  between  New  York,  New  Orleans,  and  Gal- 
veston,  were  generally  satisfactory  for  the  purpose.  They  had  been 
built  by  the  Newport  News  Shipbuilding  Co.  to  replace  vessels  of  the 
Prairie  class,  purchased  by  the  United  States  Navy  in  the  Spanish- 
American  War,  and  were  in  good  condition.  They  were  391  feet 
long,  48  feet  beam,  and  20  feet  draft  when  loaded  as  minelayers. 
They  were  capable  of  a  sustained  sea  speed  of  14.5  knots  and  had 
ample  bunker  capacity.  Their  capacity  was  estimated  at  800  to  850 
mines  each. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Navy  personally  informed  Mr.  Hurley,  pres- 
ident of  the  Shipping  Board,  about  the  projected  barrage  operation; 
70 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  71 

and  the  department's  request  for  the  four  Morgan  liners  was  promptly 
granted,  notwithstanding  the  prevailing  dearth  of  shipping  and 
despite  the  fast  mounting  demands  for  tonnage.  The  vessels  were 
delivered  to  the  Navy  as  soon  as  they  had  discharged  the  cargoes  then 
on  board  or  loading.  The  first  taken  over,  the  steamship  El  Did,  re- 
named RoanoTce,  was  delivered  November  16,  1917,  at  Tietjan  & 
Lang's  shipyard,  Hoboken,  N.  J.,  where  the  work  of  conversion  into 
a  mine  planter  was  promptly  undertaken.  El  Rio,  renamed  Housa- 
tonic,  followed  at  the  same  yard  November  25;  and  El  Siglo  and 
El  Cid,  becoming  the  Canandaigua  and  Cononicus,  respectively, 
arrived  at  the  Morse  shipyard,  South  Brooklyn,  November  22  and  24. 

Some  high-speed  vessels  were  desired  for  the  mine  force,  but  there 
were  few  such  vessels  under  the  American  flag.  On  the  Atlantic 
coast  there  were  only  three  of  suitable  size  and  build,  one  of  which, 
the  Old  Colony ,  had  been  promised  to  the  British  Navy.  The  others 
were  the  Massachusetts  and  Bunker  Hill.  These  last  two  were  taken 
over  by  the  Navy,  were  renamed  the  SJiawmut  and  Aroostook,  and 
were  delivered  at  the  navy  yard,  Boston,  November  6  and  10,  for  con- 
version. These  vessels  could  each  carry  about  300  mines  on  one 
deck.  They  had  a  speed  of  20  knots,  but  a  very  short  steaming 
radius,  about  2,300  miles  at  economical  speed. 

Two  more  vessels,  the  Jefferson  and  Hamilton,  of  the  Old  Dominion 
Line,  plying  between  New  York  and  Norfolk,  were  requisitioned  by 
the  Navy  and  taken  over  December  2  and  6,  1917.  They  were  re- 
named the  Quinnebaug  and  Saranac,  respectively,  and  the  work  of 
conversion  was  undertaken  at  Robbins  repair  yard,  Erie  Basin,  and 
James  Shewan  &  Sons'  repair  yard,  both  in  South  Brooklyn.  Their 
speed  was  about  16.5  to  17  knots  and  their  capacity  600  mines  each, 
carried  on  two  decks. 

Thus  a  total  of  eight  vessels  was  acquired  for  conversion  into 
minelayers,  which,  with  the  San  Francisco  and  Baltimore,  formed  a 
squadron  of  10,  with  a  total  capacity  of  about  5,500  mines. 

The  conversion  of  the  Morgan  minelayers  (Roanoke,  Housaionic, 
Canonicus,  and  Canandaigua}  was  an  undertaking  of  extensive  detail. 
It  involved  enlarging  the  forward  orlop  deck;  making  a  reserve 
bunker  in  the  hold  forward  of  the  boiler  room,  to  replace  the  existing 
upper  bunkers  which  were  cleared  off  the  third  deck;  making  a  sep- 
arate compartment  in  the  hold  for  the  elevator  pumps,  and  rearrang- 
ing smaller  compartments  for  the  dynamo  room  and  machine  shops; 
closing  the  cargo  ports  and  providing  chutes  for  coaling  over  all  with 
mines  on  board ;  cutting  stern  ports  for  launching  the  mines  through, 
and  raising  the  rudder  quadrant  to  give  the  needed  clearance;  repair- 
ing (largely  renewing)  and  resheathing  the  second  and  third  decks; 
enlarging  the  officers'  quarters  to  accommodate  the  more  numerous 
naval  complement;  providing  commissary,  messing,  and  berthing 


72  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

arrangements  for  a  crew  of  about  400,  including  bakery,  scullery, 
and  a  naval  galley — no  easy  matter  with  the  large  amount  of  interior 
space  to  be  reserved  for  the  mines;  building  storerooms,  magazines, 
water  tanks  for  storage  and  distribution,  washrooms,  and  closets, 
installing  a  fire  system  and  magazine  sprinklers ;  replacing  the  anchor 
engine  and  windlass  with  one  of  more  power  to  handle  larger  chain 
and  heavier  anchors,  stowing  on  billboards;  on  deck,  building  gun 
platforms  forward  and  aft,  lookout  stations,  and  navigating  and 
signal  bridges,  together  with  speaking  tubes  and  accessory  apparatus 
for  fire  control  and  other  communications ;  making  and  altering  hatch- 
ways for  crews'  use  and  for  mine  handling ;  altering  boat  stowage  and 
davits  for  heavier  boats;  and  installing  davits  and  booms  for  em- 
barking mines.  Watertight  subdivision  far  below  the  ordinary 
naval  standard  had  to  be  accepted,  on  account  of  the  limited  time 
available;  but  some  improvement  was  effected  by  making  existing 
bulkheads  stronger  and,  with  their  openings,  watertight  where  possi- 
ble, and  by  building  two  new  bulkheads,  one  forward  and  one  aft,  to 
divide  the  largest  compartments,  so  that  the  ships  would  have  a 
chance  of  keeping  afloat,  if  only  one  compartment  were  flooded. 

On  the  main  machinery,  the  work  to  be  done  was  chiefly  overhaul 
and  repair;  but  to  the  auxiliary  machinery  much  had  to  be  added. 
The  electric  plant  was  more  than  doubled.  An  evaporator  and 
distiller  for  fresh  water,  special  hydraulic  pump  installation  for  the 
mine  elevators,  refrigerating  machinery,  a  larger  radio  telegraphy 
plant,  a  considerable  number  of  additional  winches  for  embarking 
and  handling  the  mines,  a  steam  heating  system,  and  a  machine 
shop  were  all  new. 

The  provision  of  adequate  ventilation  was  a  problem.  In  these 
cargo  ships  it  was  entirely  lacking  where  the  crew  were  to  be.  In 
the  region  where  the  ships  were  to  operate,  keeping  the  large  hatches 
constantly  open  for  airing  out  below  decks  could  not  be  counted 
upon.  In  the  crowded  conditions  that  would  obtain  when  the  ships 
were  at  sea  with  mines  on  board,  considerable  supply  of  fresh  air 
and  exhaust  for  the  foul  was  very  important  to  ordinary  comfort, 
as  well  as  for  the  prevention  of  possible  spread  of  respiratory  infec- 
tion. The  principal  difficulty  encountered  was  to  obtain  ventilating 
blowers  in  number  and  capacity  to  meet  the  minimum  requirements. 
In  this  respect  the  conversion  of  these  ships  was  least  satisfactory. 

The  two  Old  Dominion  liners  (Saranac  and  Quinnebaug)  required 
somewhat  different  treatment  in  conversion.  Their  state  of  preserva- 
tion was  comparatively  poor,  and  their  original  construction,  in 
general  and  in  details,  much  inferior  to  that  of  the  other  ships  taken, 
A  considerable  part  of  the  light  upper  passenger  decks  had  to  be 
removed,  the  parts  retained  strengthened  by  extra  side  plating  and 
interior  stiffening.  Their  general  arrangement  as  minelayers,  how- 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  73 

ever,  differed  from  that  of  the  Morgan  liners  only  in  details  and 
in  their  carrying  mines  on  two  decks  only,  instead  of  three,  with 
correspondingly  fewer  elevators.  The  extra  space  above  the  main 
deck  made  better  provision  possible  for  officers  and  chief  petty  offi- 
cers, with  consequently  more  room  for  the  men  below,  and  gave  better 
ventilation  generally;  but  the  additional  height  above  water  was 
otherwise  of  no  advantage.  The  single,  low  mast,  which  was  all  they 
had  at  first,  was  afterwards  lengthened  by  a  topmast,  to  give  the 
necessary  hoist  for  signals  and  radio. 

In  common  with  all  other  ship  alterations  in  hand  at  the  time,  the 
original  plans  had  to  be  based  on  what  could  be  done  within  a  reasona- 
ble time  with  material  and  labor  scarce.  There  was  no  available 
data  for  mining  installations  on  the  scale  we  had  undertaken.  Some 
British  mining  memoranda  were  received,  and  later  a  few  blue  prints 
from  some  of  their  plans.  Also  Lieut.  De  Salis,'R.  N.,  placed  all  his 
experience  at  our  disposal.  But  as  other  nations  had  not  made  a 
success  of  mine  elevators  or  gone  in  for  mine-carrying  capacity  to 
the  same  extent  we  had,  little  of  their  data  proved  applicable.  The 
experience  of  the  San  Francisco  and  Baltimore  during  the  past  two 
years,  however,  was  invaluable,  enabling  the  decision  of  many 
questions  of  detail,  both  before  and  during  the  conversion,  to  be  made 
with  confidence  that  subsequent  results  confirmed  as  well  founded. 

The  plan  finally  arrived  at  for  the  mining  installation  of  the  new 
ships  consisted  of  two  tracks  for  mines  on  each  side  of  the  second  or 
launching  decks,  extending  about  three-fourths  the  length  of  that 
deck.  On  the  deck  below  there  were  likewise  four  long  tracks;  and 
inboard,  aft,  four  or  more  short  stowage  tracks.  In  addition  to 
these,  the  four  large  minelayers — RoanoJce,  Housatonic,  Canonicus, 
and  Canandaigua — each  had  stowage  tracks  on  the  enlarged  for- 
ward orlop  deck.  Cross  tracks  and  turntables  connected  all  tracks 
at  points  sufficiently  distributed  to  insure  against  a  breakdown  at 
any  point  cutting  off  the  mines  beyond.  Mines  were  transferred  from 
the  lower  stowage  decks  to  the  launching  deck  by  elevators.  This 
was  a  unique  and  typically  American  feature  of  these  vessels.  Ele- 
vators had  been  abandoned  by  other  nations  as  impracticable. 
After  considering  various  possible  methods  of  transferring  mines 
from  the  lower  decks  to  the  upper  decks  so  as  to  permit  the  whole 
cargo  of  mines  to  be  launched  in  one  continuous  string,  the  ele- 
vators were  chosen  in  preference  to  launching  from  two  decks,  or  to 
installing  inclined  planes,  conveyor  machinery,  or  ordinary  whips 
and  trolleys.  Rather  than  attempt  to  design  a  new  elevator,  the 
representatives  of  the  Otis  Elevator  Co.  were  called  in  at  the  out- 
set and  informed  of  the  requirements.  These  representatives  stated 
that  they  would  meet  the  necessary  requirements,  which  was  more 
than  borne  out  in  the  actual  installation.  The  elevators  were  of 


74  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

two  types,  electrical  and  hydraulic,  with  automatic  stop  and  level- 
ing devices,  capable  of  carrying  two  mines  and  designed  to  make  a 
round  trip  in  one  minute,  including  the  time  of  loading  and  unload- 
ing the  car.  This  rate  was  eventually  doubled  in  use. 

On  the  four  large  layers  there  was  only  room  for  one  launching 
port  on  each  side  of  the  deck.  It  was  therefore  necessary  to  install 
a  switch  so  that  the  mines  on  the  two  tracks  on  each  side  could  be 
planted  from  their  respective  ports  without  using  a  turntable.  This 
was  also  a  novel  feature  which  had  been  abandoned  more  or  less  as 
impracticable  by  the  British,  but  which  gave  most  excellent  service 
as  installed.  On  the  other  four  new  mine  planters  there  was  sufficient 
room  aft  to  cut  four  launching  ports,  one  for  each  track,  thus  eliminat- 
ing the  necessity  of  switches.  The  San  Francisco  and  Baltimore  had 
but  one  port  each,  and  due  to  the  limited  space,  it  was  impossible  to 
install  another.  All  ports  were  closed  by  a  substantial  water-tight 
door,  the  section  of  track  in  its  wake  being  hinged  back  when  the 
door  was  closed. 

In  the  process  of  planting,  the  mines  on  the  lower  decks  were 
brought  forward  to  the  elevators;  hoisted  to  the  launching  deck; 
then  hauled  aft  to  the  launching  trap  after  those  originally  stowed  on 
the  launching  deck  had  been  planted.  To  haul  the  mines  along  the 
tracks,  they  were  made  up  in  "  fleets "  of  30  to  40  mines,  and  moved 
by  means  of  a  wire  rope  rove  around  a  " bogie"  attached  to  the  end 
of  the  last  mine  anchor  and  thence  led  to  a  winch.  To  keep  the 
mines  moving  at  the  necessary  speed  on  all  sections  of  the  track 
required  an  installation  of  as  many  as  13  winches  on  the  largest 
minelayers.  As  the  mines  arrived  near  the  launching  trap,  the 
" bogies"  were  disconnected  and  the  mines  were  run  aft  into  the  trap 
by  hand.  The  trap  consisted  of  a  simple  lever  device,  designed  to 
release  one  mine  at  a  time,  allowing  it  to  roll  overboard  along  the 
slanting  section  of  the  track  extending  through  the  launching  port. 

The  mines  were  embarked  from  the  upper  decks,  using  the  regular 
cargo  booms  or  davits  specially  placed  for  the  purpose.  Small  hatches 
were  cut  for  embarking  the  mines  so  they  could  be  struck  down 
one,  two,  or  three  decks,  and  landed  on  tracks  from  which  they  could 
be  run  to  their  stowage  positions.  By  this  method  it  was  possible 
to  embark  mines  simultaneously  at  four  points  with  such  speed  as 
to  load  even  the  largest  layers  in  less  than  five  hours. 

Shortly  after  the  ships  had  been  taken  over  and  sent  to  the  various 
shipbuilding  yards  for  conversion,  the  commanding  officers  and 
executive  officers  were  ordered  to  their  ships  to  hasten  the  work  by 
keeping  in  constant  touch  with  the  various  items  on  which  least 
progress  was  being  made.  About  Christmas  the  San  Francisco  and 
the  Baltimore  were  sent  to  the  navy  yard  at  New  York  for  their 
final  outfitting  before  sailing  for  Europe. 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  75 

The  SliawmMt  and  Aroostoolc  having  been  constructed  mainly  for 
navigation  between  Boston  and  New  York  by  the  inside  route, 
there  was  doubt  of  their  structural  strength  for  the  open  seas. 
Thorough  examination  showed  that  then"  steel  hulls,  though  of 
shallow  depth,  were  well  built,  requiring  no  underwater  strengthen- 
ing, and  that  by  doubling  the  main  deck  stringers  and  sheer  strakes, 
running  a  light  plate  deck  and  stiffening  the  structure  above  the 
main  deck,  in  order  to  secure  longitudinal  stiffness,  they  could  be 
made  thoroughly  seaworthy.  These  ships,  of  4,500  tons  displace- 
ment, 375  feet  long,  52  feet  beam,  18  feet  extreme  draught,  were 
twin  screw,  oil-burning,  of  20  knots  speed  with  possibilities  under 
naval  management  and  good  fuel  of  making  21  or  more.  They 
could  readily  be  given  a  fuel  capacity  of  4,000  miles  at  lOlrnots  and 
1,000  miles  at  20  knots.  Through  unremitting  ^  efforts,  in  view  of 
the  tactical  value  of  these  ships  as  a  fast  wing  in  general  mining 
operations  or  for  "repairing  fences"  after  such  operations,  they  were 
taken  over  November  6  and  10,  purchased  outright,  and  their  altera- 
tion begun.  The  objection  to  the  inclusion  of  these  ships  hi  the 
force  was  directed  against  then"  seagoing  qualities  and  the  extent 
of  the  work  required  to  convert  them.  This  conversion  meant 
stripping  them  down  to  the  main  deck  and  rebuilding  upward  from 
that  point,  for,  as  passenger  ships,  their  entire  upper  structure  was 
of  wood. 

The  Shawmut  and  Aroostook  were  placed  in  commission  at  Boston 
Navy  Yard,  7  December,  1917,  and  the  assembling  and  organizing 
of  their  crews  proceeded  concurrently  with  their  conversion.  Upon 
removal  of  the  superstructures,  the  crews  were  scattered  to  available 
spaces  in  yard  shops,  and  subsisted  temporarily  on  various  ships. 
This  continued  during  a  most  severe  winter  with  the  thermometer 
many  degrees  below  zero  while  the  work  was  in  progress.  The  men 
were  finally  transferred  to  temporary  quarters  on  a  hospital  barge 
moored  near  by.  The  ships7  officers  were  established  in  a  part  of 
the  removed  superstructure  landed  on  the  dock  alongside.  This 
included  the  pilot  houses,  in  which  the  officer  of  the  deck  was  located. 
The  captains  organized  their  crews  in  industrial  gangs  for  structural 
work,  as  well  as  for  their  duties  in  the  ships.  These  gangs  were 
made  up  chiefly  of  members  of  the  crews  who  had  had  previous 
experience  in  the  industrial  trades  of  riveters,  calkers,  ship  fitters, 
carpenters,  and  were  placed  in  charge  of  officers  who  had  a  knowledge 
of  structural  steel  working.  They  conformed  strictly  to  yard  hours, 
including  overtime — a  normal  condition — except  that  for  their 
overtime  hours,  the  enlisted  men  received  no  additional  pay. 

Both  ships  were  completed  the  same  day,  June  10,  1918,  and  in 
all  respects  so  thoroughly  that  only  six  days  later  they  sailed  for 
Scotland. 


CHAPTER  XII. 

TRAINING  THE  PERSONNEL  AND  COMMISSIONING  THE 
SHIPS  OF  MINE  SQUADRON  ONE. 


The  sudden  expansion  of  the  mine  force  from  2  mine  layers  to  10 
entailed  a  proportionate  expansion  of  mining  personnel,  which 
offered  considerable  difficulty.  In  comparison  with  the  projected 
northern  barrage  operation,  the  United  States  Navy  had  had  very 
little  experience  in -mining,  and  this  experience  was  confined  to  a 
very  few  officers  and  men.  It  was  partly  for  this  reason  that  the 
Bureau  of  Ordnance  designed  the  Mark  VI  mine  in  such  a  manner 
that  it  could  be  handled  on  board  ship  practically  as  "  fixed  ammu- 
nition," so  that  a  minimum  of  experience  and  training  of  the  ships' 
crews  would  be  necessary  to  its  successful  use. 

The  officers  and  crews  of  the  San  Francisco  and  Baltimore,  together 
with  selected  officers  and  men  who  had  had  previous  experience  in 
our  small  mine  force,  afforded  a  nucleus  around  which  to  build  up 
and  with  which  to  train  the  new  force,  and  this  last  most  important 
work  was  promptly  taken  up. 

In  October,  1917,  when  the  northern  barrage  plan  assumed  definite 
form,  the  Dubuquc,  which  had  belonged  to  the  force  but  which  was 
too  small  to  be  of  much  use  in  extensive  mining  operations,  was  in 
use  as  a  training  ship  at  Annapolis;  and  the  tugs  were  temporarily 
attached  to  the  train,  Atlantic  Fleet,  leaving  only  the  San  Francisco 
and  Baltimore  for  work  in  connection  with  preparations  for  the  bar- 
rage operation. 

On  the  request  of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  the  Baltimore  was 
detailed  to  carry  out  certain  practical  experiments  involved  in  the 
evolution  of  design  of  the  Mark  VI  mine.  Thus  the  San  Francisco 
was  the  only  vessel  wholly  available  for  the  training  of  men  for  the 
crews  of  the  new  mine  planters. 

One  of  the  first  measures  taken  to  train  the  new  personnel  was  the 
establishment  by  the  Bureau  of  Navigation  of  a  mine  force  training 
camp  at  Cloyne  Field  Barracks,  Newport,  K.  I.,  a  part  of  the  canton- 
ments provided  for  the  second  district  Naval  Reserves.  Accommo- 
dations were  provided  here  for  1,050  men,  who  were  subsisted  and 
carried  for  pay  locally  but  were  under  the  Commander  Mine  Force 
in  other  respects.  This  camp  was  established  on  November  11. 

The  officers  who  were  detailed  to  conduct  the  training  at  this  camp 
had  had  duty  in  mine  ships.  The  men  for  each  of  the  new  ships  were 
76 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  77 

grouped  under  officers  of  their  respective  ships.  As  the  ships  went 
into  com  mission  their  crews  were  withdrawn  from  the  training  camp. 
Capt.  Belknap,  in  his  History  of  Mine  Squadron  1 ,  gives  the  following 
account  of  the  training  of  the  crews  and  the  commissioning  of  the 
new  ships : 

The  training  was  general,  including  seamanship,  mines,  gunnery,  signals,  infantry, 
and  boats.  For  five  weeks  the  San  Francisco  and  Baltimore  were  present,  giving 
practical  instruction  and  experience  in  mine  handling.  A  part  of  their  regular  crews 
were  transferred  to  the  barracks  and  replaced  by  new  men.  These  would  be  on  board 
for  a  week  or  10  days,  then  another  lot  would  come.  There  was  not  time  to  cover  all 
men  in  this  fashion,  but  it  was  expected  the  information  picked  up  would  spread. 
During  the  summer  of  1917  a  detail  of  150  reserves,  later  increased  to  400,  had  been 
sent  from  Newport  to  New  London,  Conn.,  to  work  with  the  mine  force  on  antisub- 
marine net  making  and  planting.  The  work  being  completed,  a  considerable  number 
of  the  first  150  were  obtained  for  the  new  mine  ships.  Along  with  the  net  making, 
they  had  been  given  a  regular  and  systematic  training  by  the  Dubuque's  officers,  which 
was  now  to  prove  of  direct  benefit  in  the  mine  force.  During  this  training-camp 
period  at  Newport,  the  weather  was  at  times  biting  cold,  but  the  results  were  well 
worth  while.  The  Sonoma  and  Ontario  helped  at  this  time  in  practical  seamanship, 
signals,  and  quartermaster  training,  until  withdrawn  to  assist  the  Shipping  Board  to 
get  vessels  out  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River  ice.  The  Patapsco  and  Patuxent  carried  on 
the  same  work  after  completing  repairs,  about  February  1  and  March  1,  1918. 

For  radio  instruction  a  class  was  established  in  mid  November  on  board  the  San 
Francisco,  consisting  of  likely  material  from  the  training  camp .  When  the  -San  Francisco 
went  to  Shewan's  yard,  December  18,  1918,  her  radio  force  was  largely  augmented 
by  the  best  men  from  this  class  and  instructions  were  continued  during  her  overhaul. 
This  included  visits  to  shops  and  to  the  radio  laboratory  at  the  navy  yard,  Brooklyn. 
The  remainder  of  the  original  class  continued  instruction  under  one  of  their  own  number 
at  the  training  barracks.  When  the  San  Francisco  was  about  to  leave  Shewan's  yard 
early  in  March,  her  excess  radio  men  were  distributed  among  ships  fitting  out  in  New 
York,  to  assist  with  the  installation  of  their  equipment  and  become  familiar  with  it. 
Later,  when  this  squadron  assembled,  training  in  British  procedure  was  taken  up, 
enabling  the  squadron  radio  force  to  adopt  it  within  a  day  after  arriving  in  Scotland. 

For  instruction  in  signals,  especially  British,  flags  and  procedure,  a  class  was  formed 
at  Newport,  January  29,  to  which  signal  quartermasters  and  signalmen  from  all  ships 
were  sent  for  about  a  month's  training.  To  these,  50  more  were  added  from  the  signal 
class  at  the  Newport  Training  Station.  All  were  divided  into  groups  by  ships  and 
given  an  intensive  course  in  all  kinds  of  signaling  and  quartermaster  duty.  Capt. 
E.  H.  Campbell,  commanding  the  Newport  Training  Station,  placed  all  desired 
facilities  at  the  disposal  of  the  force,  and  for  practice  afloat  first  the  Patapsco  and  then 
the  Patuxent  also  were  available.  The  value  of  this  preliminary  instruction  was 
later  demonstrated  by  the  excellence  of  the  signaling  during  the  mining  operations. 
Great  credit  is  due  to  the  leading  chief  quartermaster,  William  H.  Kerens,  of  the 
San  Francisco,  and  the  other  chiefs,  for  the  quick  and  accurate  communication  by 
signals  which  they  made  possible. 

The  importance  of  a  well  organized  and  trained  lookout  service  was  early  given 
attention,  resulting  in  an  excellent  arrangement  of  stations,  communications,  and 
procedure. 

For  various  reasons  the  full  number  of  1,050  for  which  training-camp  accommodation 
had  been  provided  was  at  no  one  time  complete,  but  the  training  was  supplemented 
elsewhere,  so  that  few,  if  any,  wholly  untrained  men  were  received  by  any  ship.  As 
soon  as  she  was  ready  for  them  three  gun  crews  trained  in  the  battleship  force  were 


78  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

drafted  to  each  ship.  Similarly,  the  engineer  department  personnel  were  assembled 
at  Philadelphia  and  kept  under  training  until  wanted.  The  quotas  of  experienced 
petty  officers,  artificers,  and  lower  ratings  began  to  be  assembled  on  board  the  receiving 
ship  at  New  York  in  January,  but  the  constant  demands  from  other  quarters  inter- 
fered much  here.  Permanent  association  of  men  with  ships  on  a  satisfactory  basis 
hardly  began  much  before  the  ships  went  into  commission. 

For  the  officers,  similar  measures  were  taken  to  put  them  in  touch  with  the  methods 
and  the  results  of  experience  in  the  mine  force.  A  conference  of  all  new  commanding 
officers  and  executives  with  Capt.  Belknap  and  Commander  Butler  was  held  on 
board  the  San  Francisco  in  Newport  on  December  3,  at  which  the  operation  in  hand 
was  described,  along  with  the  doctrine  and  other  matters  peculiar  to  the  force  and 
to  the  particular  service  of  the  ships.  The  mine  force  training  instructions  were 
reprinted  and  issued.  Matters  pertaining  to  training  and  organization  were  taken  up 
at  the  subsequent  conferences  held  at  New  York  and  Boston  through  the  winter, 
and  although  the  ships  were  as  yet  neither  assigned  to  the  mine  force  nor  in  commis- 
sion, the  acting  Commander  Mine  Force,  Capt.  Butler,  sent  them  for  guidance  copies 
of  all  letters  and  instructions  likely  to  be  of  useful  information.  In  addition,  the 
mining  officers  were  given  practical  instruction  on  board  the  San  Francisco  and 
Baltimore  in  late  November  and  during  the  mine  experiments  conducted  by  the  San 
Francisco  in  the  spring  in  Chesapeake  Bay,  at  Newport,  and  off  Cape  Ann. 

The  association  of  the  new  ships'  officers  at  New  York  with  one  another  and  with 
those  of  the  San  Francisco  and  Baltimore  during  January  and  February  made  for 
good  progress  in  working  out  the  organization  and  future  procedure  on  board  the 
new  ships  during  minelaying.  "  Study  of  the  blue-print  plans  made  the  officers 
fairly  familiar  with  the  ships'  installations,  so  that  by  the  time  they  moved  aboard 
and  began  actual  drills  and  tryouts  much  of  the  preliminary  work  had  already  been 
done.  To  facilitate  the  early  establishment  of  routine  on  a  regular  basis,  so  that  time 
might  sooner  become  available  for  specialty  training,  the  North  Dakota1  s  routine  book 
was  revised  so  as  to  be  suitable  for  the  new  minelayers,  its  adoption  in  whole  or 
part,  however,  being  optional  with  each  commanding  officer. 

The  first  ships  to  be  commissioned  were  the  Shawmut,  Capt.  W.  T.  Cluverius,  and 
AroostooJo,  Commander  J.  H.  Tomb,  at  Boston,  December  7,  1917.  Their  crews  had 
been  built  up  and  organized  comparatively  early,  their  own  labor  considerably 
hastening  the  completion  of  the  ships,  as  told  elsewhere.  The  popularity  of  their 
prospective  service  was  a  great  stimulus.  Many  applicants  of  all  ratings  from  ships 
visiting  the  Boston  yard,  keen  to  go  across  on  the  minelaying  expedition,  volun- 
teered to  the  captains  of  these  two  ships. 

Next  to  commission  were  Roanoke,  Capt.  C.  D.  Stearns,  and  Housatonic,  Commander 
J.  W.  Greenslade,  on  the  25th  of  January,  1918.  Conditions  in  the  neighborhood  of 
their  shipyard  and  on  board  the  ships  made  an  earlier  date  impossible  without  retarding 
their  conversion.  Living  conditions  were  extremely  rough  amid  the  dirt  and  dis- 
order, made  worse  by  the  slush  and  mud  in  the  unpaved  shipyards;  but  the  presence 
of  officers  and  men  on  board  exerted  constant  forward  pressure  on  the  work,  while 
they  at  the  same  time  were  becoming  acquainted  with  the  details  of  their  ships.  At 
the  Morse  yard  conditions  were  not  favorable  for  commissioning  until  March  2.  The 
decision  of  the  appropriate  time  for  commissioning  was  left  to  the  respective  com- 
manding officers,  who,  watching  the  work's  progress  from  day  to  day,  were  in  the  best 
position  to  choose.  The  Canandaigua,  Commander  W.  H.  Reynolds,  and  Canonicus, 
Commander  T.  L.  Johnson,  commissioned  March  2,  the  Quinnebaug,  Commander  D.  P. 
Mannix,  not  until  March  23,  but  most  of  her  crew  had  been  assembled,  organized, 
and  accustomed  to  the  ship  from  a  much  earlier  date.  Last  to  commission  was  the 
Saranac  Commander  Sinclair  Gannon,  April  9,  1918. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 
COMPLETION  AND  SAILING  OF  MINE  SQUADRON. 


The  date  of  departure  of  the  mine  squadron  had  been  fixed  ten- 
tatively at  February  1,  1918,  partly  because  it  was  believed  originally 
that  this  program  could  be  met  if  all  went  well  and  partly  because  it 
was  feared  that  other  work  no  more  important  might  be  given  pre- 
cedence. It  was  soon  found,  however,  that  the  date  for  completion 
would  have  to  be  postponed  because  of  unavoidable  delays,  and  con- 
sequently February  24,  March  15,  and  March  21  were  successively 
worked  for. 

Throughout  December  to  March,  crowding  in  the  shipyards, 
scarcity  of  material,  congested  transportation,  shortage  of  fuel,  and 
severe  weather,  made  a  combination  of  difficulties  especially  unfavor- 
able for  outside  work  on  the  minelayers,  of  which  there  was  a  good 
deal  to  be  done.  By  constant  urging,  anticipating  probable  causes 
of  delay,  and  persistently  following  up  behindhand  deliveries,  the 
work  as  a  whole  was  kept  always  progressing,  if  at  times  slowly. 
Work  on  the  Morgan  liners  was  undoubtedly  helped  by  having  them 
in  pairs  at  two  ship  yards,  a  good  arrangement  for  mutual  assistance 
and  emulation;  and,  as  the  time  for  completion  drew  near,  some  spirit 
of  competition  was  aroused  between  the  managers  of  the  two  yards. 
Of  the  other  two  ships  at  New  York,  which  were  placed  singly,  the 
Saranac  at  Shewan's  yard  was  greatly  delayed,  by  some  apparent 
disaffection  among  the  shipyard  employees,  and  by  partial  strikes. 
Special  measures  had  at  last  to  be  taken  in  her  case,  finally  getting 
her  to  sea  six  weeks  behind  her  sister,  the  Quinnebaug. 

A  great  deal  of  the  delay  was  undoubtedly  due  to  lack  of  interest 
on  the  part  of  workmen.  The  subsequently  successful  campaign  of 
addresses  to  the  workmen  by  good  speakers,  explaining  the  need  for 
the  ships  and  the  men's  own  interest  in  doing  their  best,  did  not 
begin  until  sometime  in  February  and  then  only  in  a  small  way. 
Another  serious  retarding  cause,  constantly  present,  was  insufficient 
supervision  of  the  work.  The  contractors  were  new  to  Government 
work,  the  vessels  were  of  a  type  for  which  no  model  existed,  and 
plans  were  not  forthcoming  as  fast  as  wanted,  nor  often  in  the  logical 
order.  Several  delays  or  losses  of  material  in  transportation  held 
up  other  work  and  one  of  the  trades — shipfitter — in  which  labor  was 
shortest  was  the  one  on  the  completion  of  whose  work  much  of  the 
other  work  was  dependent.  Finally,  by  the  end  of  the  first  week  in 

79 


80  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

April,  five  ships  had  been  sufficiently  completed  to  leave  the  ship- 
yards and  go  to  sea.  Yet  these  ships,  which  with  the  San  Francisco 
and  Baltimore  represented  three-fourths  of  the  total  mining  capacity, 
late  as  they  were,  were  not  behind  the  time  the  mines  were  ready, 
the  manufacture  of  these  likewise  having  suffered  from  the  prevailing 
unfavorable  industrial  conditions. 

First  away  from  the  shipyard,  4  April,  1918,  was  Roanoke.  She 
had  been  the  first  of  the  Morgan  liners  taken  over,  but  to  get  her 
away  even  then  it  was  necessary  to  take  her  to  the  Brooklyn  Navy 
Yard  for  a  few  days,  to  concentrate  on  her  electric  wiring.  Several 
items  were  incomplete,  but  a  break  had  to  be  made  away  from  the 
shipyards,  and  it  did  not  become  necessary  to  send  her  back.  The 
Housatonic  followed  close  afterwards,  6  April,  similarly  incomplete; 
then  Canandaigua,  8  April.  The  latter  had  a  long  list  of  unfinished 
or  poorly  finished  items,  including  the  ice  machine  and  partial  installa- 
tion of  the  ventilation  system.  Quinnebaug  and  Canonicus,  on  14 
and  16  April,  respectively,  made  a  total  of  five  ships  ready  about  the 
same  time.  Among  these,  the  shortest  time  under  alteration,  was 
4  months  and  12  days;  the  longest,  4  months  and  24  days. 

A  tentative  schedule  prepared  by  the  British  Admiralty  in  the 
early  part  of  December,  1917,  named  May  1  for  the  completion  of 
one  system  of  the  mine  barrage,  allowing  one  month  to  do  the  mine 
laying.  Subsequent  events  made  that  date  impossible  to  meet,  in 
spite  of  all  efforts;  but  the  ships'  officers  were  doing  all  they  could 
to  advance  their  preparations  for  active  service  without  retarding 
the  work  of  the  shipyards,  so  that  when  the  vessels  did  leave,  they 
should  be  coaled  and  stored  as  completely  as  the  state  of  the  supply 
market  permitted.  A  memorandum  had  been  issued  to  them  on 
28  February,  outlining  the  tentative  employment  of  time  prior  to 
going  across,  as  follows: 

(a)  On  leaving  the  yard,  each  ship  was  to  drop  down  to  Gravesend 
Bay  to  receive  50  Mark  IV  mines  to  be  used  for  training;  these  to  be 
turned  in  before  departure  for  abroad. 

(b)  Each  ship  was  to  proceed  to  sea  independently  for  one  week, 
for   a  shakedown,   general    clean-up,    and   preliminary  ship   drills, 
finishing  the  cruise  at  Hampton  Roads.     At  discretion,  ships  were 
to  go  into  Chesapeake  Bay  for  part  of  the  time,  keeping  clear  of  the 
rest  of  the  fleet. 

(e)  One  week  was  to  be  devoted  mainly  to  training  in  mining,  first 
taking  half  of  the  ship's  capacity  on  board,  for  working  out  the 
handling  of  winches,  parbuckles,  fleets,  elevators,  and  crossovers. 
During  the  following  week,  enough  more  mines  w&re  to  be  taken  to 
fill  to  capacity,  less  one  track  load  on  each  side  of  the  launching  deck. 
This  was  afterwards  changed  to  leave  one  deck  clear  of  mines,  to 
make  room  for  extra  men  carried  to  fill  the  mine  bases.  At  the  end 


NORTH    SEA  BftRRAGE 


PHOTOSTATIC  CHART,  NORTH  SEA  BARRAGE. 
Showing  first  proposed  location  after  shifting  barrage  from  Aberdeen-Ekersund  line. 


80-1 


(Page  92.) 


80-2 


80-3 


80-4 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  81 

of  two  weeks,  two  to  four  days  were  to  be  spent  in  coaling,  completing 
with  stores,  and  other  final  preparations. 

(d)  On  the  passage  across  there  were  to  be  tactical  and  gunnery 
exercises  and  ample  opportunity  for  moving  mines  about  as  desired 
for  training  on  board. 

The  final  aim  was  to  arrive  at  destination  ready,  after  loading  with 
mines  and  coal,  to  begin  planting.  It  was  estimated  that  45  days 
after  leaving  the  shipyard  would  suffice  for  the  competion  of  this 
whole  program.  The  squadron  was,  therefore,  working  without  a 
definite  date  but  within  a  definite  lapse  of  time.  Its  arrival  at  the 
mine  bases  in  Scotland,  during  the  night  of  25-26  May,  was  on  the 
fortieth  day  from  the  time  the  last  ship  left  the  shipyard.  On  arrival 
all  were  ready,  requiring  only  coal  and  mines. 

Having  completed  her  final  fitting  out  and  conducted  successful 
experiments  with  the  new  mine  in  Chesapeake  Bay,  March  13-15,  in 
Narragansett  Bay,  March  20-21,  and  off  Cape  Ann,  April  1-5,  the 
San  Francisco  returned  to  Hampton  Roads;  and  there,  on  Wednesday, 
April  10,  1918,  Capt.  R.  R.  Belknap,  having  been  detached  from  the 
Office  of  Naval  Operations,  assumed  command  of  the  Mine  Squadron, 
with  additional  duty  as  chief  of  staff  to  the  Commander  Mine  Force, 
Rear  Admiral  Joseph  Strauss,  who  had  already  proceeded  to  the  mine 
force  headquarters  at  Base  18,  Inverness,  Scotland. 

On  April  12,  1918,  the  first  of  the  new  minelayers,  the  Roanoke, 
stood  into  the  Roads,  followed  the  same  day  by  the  Housatonic,  and 
the  next  day  by  the  Canandaigua.  Immediately  upon  arrival,  these 
vessels  proceeded  to  take  their  complement  of  mines  from  the  mine 
carrier  Lake  Superior  and  from  Southern  Railroad  Pier  No.  4  at  Pin- 
ners Point. 

So  far  all  had  gone  smoothly;  but  early  Monday  morning,  the 
15th,  the  Housatonic,  in  getting  underway  from  Pier  4,  broke  the  side 
of  her  hot  well  casing,  completely  disabling  the  main  engine  beyond 
repair  ip  less  than- 10  days.  The  work  was  taken  in  hand  immediately 
by  a  forcafrom  the  Norfolk  Navy  Yard,  and  at  noon  Tuesday  she 
was  towed  to  the  yard,  where  every  effort  was  made  toward  early 
completion.  There  was  no  choice  but  to  wait  and  take  advantage 
of  the  time  in  completing  and  improving  such  work  as  had  not  been 
done  to  satisfaction  at  the  ship  yards.  In  this  respect,  the  enforced 
delay  was  a  benefit,  as  some  navy  yard  help  was  given  other  ships, 
too,  which  relieved  the  small  repair  gangs  of  the  ships  from  a  dis- 
couraging amount  of  pressing  work,  hopeless  of  accomplishment 
unaided. 

It  became  evident  by  Thursday,  the  18th,  that  the  unfinished  items 

on  board  Canandaigua,  which  was  the  worst  of  any  vessel  in  this 

respect,  could  not  be  completed  without  navy  yard  help  by  the  time 

the  Housatonic  would  be  ready.     The  commandant  at  the  Norfolk 

181063°— 20 6 


82  THE  ITORTHEK1T  BARRAGE. 

yard  was  applied  to  that  night  by  radio,  and  he  and  the  officers  of 
the  industrial  department,  appreciating  the  urgency  for  getting  this 
force  off  for  the  war  zone,  promptly  took  in  hand  every  item  of 
unfinished  work  that  could  be  completed  simultaneously  with  the 
work  on  the  Housatonic. 

On  Wednesday  afternoon  the  Quinnebaug  stood  in,  and  on 
Saturday,  April  20,  the  Canonicus,  both  reporting  themselves  ready, 
making  the  squadron  for  the  time  complete.  Except  the  Roanoke, 
no  ship  had  taken  advantage  of  a  full  week  for  preliminary  shake- 
down. The  last  two  ships  took  only  three  and  four  days.  All  of 
them,  however,  experienced  bad  weather,  which  tested  their  sea- 
worthiness rather  severely  for  so  early  in  their  new  career. 

It  had  been  planned  to  supplement  the  preliminary  specialty 
training  of  these  new  ships  by  giving  them  the  assistance  of  experi- 
enced petty  officers  and  men  from  the  San  Francisco  and  Baltimore 
during  the  two  weeks  period  before  sailing  for  abroad. 

An  urgent  request  had  come  from  the  British  Admiralty  about 
March  1,  however,  for  the  services  of  one  or  two  minelayers  to 
help  out  in  laying  a  field  in  the  North  Channel  to  the  Irish  Sea, 
using  British  mines.  The  Baltimore  was  sent  in  response  to  this, 
sailing  March  7  via  Halifax.  Consequently  a  double  burden  fell  upon 
San  Francisco  alone,  of  testing  the  completed  mines  and  giving  some 
assistance  to  new  ships  in  their  training.  Beginning  at  Hampton 
Koads,  two  instruction  parties,  of  experienced  gunner's  mates  with 
an  officer,  were  transferred  temporarily  to  the  new  ships  in  turn, 
for  practice  instruction  and  supervision  of  all  the  operations  of 
testing,  assembling,  and  preparing  a  mine  for  planting.  This  was 
supplemented  on  deck  by  sending  to  some  of  the  new  ships  one  or 
more  experienced  signalmen  from  San  Francisco,  in  temporary 
exchange  for  equal  numbers. 

A  change  in  plan  came  about  at  this  time  in  compliance  with  the 
wishes  of  the  Commander,  Mine  Force,  for  one  or  more  planters  to 
be  sent  in  advance  of  the  others  to  assist  the  Baltimore,  so  that  they 
might  together  complete  the  mine  field,  on  which  Baltimore  alone 
was  engaged,  in  time  to  join  the  squadron  for  the  northern  barrage 
operations.  For  such  an  early  departure,  the  Roanoke  was  the  only 
one  that  could  be  considered;  Capt.  Stearns  declared  his  ship  would 
be  ready  to  proceed  as  soon  as  some  practice  had  been  given  in  actu*al 
minelaying.  Inspection  of  the  crew  and  ship  by  the  Squadron 
Commander  confirmed  this.  Held  only  16  days  after  leaving  the 
shipyard,  the  inspection  showed  that  the  time  had  been  utilized  to 
the  best  advantage,  the  crew  and  the  ship  throughout  being  in  a  state 
most  creditable  to  Capt.  Stearns,  and  his  officers  and  crew. 

The  following  Monday  the  Roanoke  held  some  minelaying  exercises 
off  Cherrystone,  Va.  Returning  that  night,  she  transferred  to  other 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  83 

ships  all  but  160  mines,  retaining  these  for  drill,  and  at  noon  on 
Wednesday  she  sailed,  the  first  of  the  new  minelayers  to  proceed 
on  active  service.  At  Newport,  R.  L,  she  received  a  draft  of  250 
men  for  the  mine  bases  in  Scotland,  proceeding  thence  via  New 
York  for  the  Clyde.  As  it  turned  out,  all  this  was  fruitless  except 
for  getting  the  men  to  the  bases.  The  Roanoke  was  detained  a  few 
days  in  New  York,  waiting  to  join  a  convoy,  and  after  arrival  in  the 
Clyde  took  no  part  in  the  Baltimore's  mining  operation,  although 
prepared  to  do  so.  She  arrived  at  Base  17,  Invergordon,  Scotland,  a 
week  before  the  rest  of  the  squadron. 

By  Friday,  April  26,  as  promised,  Housatonw's  repairs  were  com- 
pleted and  she  went  alongside  the  Lake  Superior  at  the  explosives 
anchorage  to  obtain  her  loaded  mine  cases.  Next  day  at  noon  the 
Canandaigua  did  likewise,  and  by  Housatonic's  working  all  Saturday 
night  the  squadron  was  at  last  ready  for  the  first  cruise  in  formation 
at  sea. 

The  four  seagoing  tugs,  Sonoma :,  Ontario,  Paiapsco,  and  Patuxent, 
which  had  for  some  years  past  been  performing  the  duties  of  fleet 
tenders,  and  for  some  months  after  the  outbreak  of  war  been  engaged 
with  the  mine  force  in  submarine  net  planting  and  in  mining  experi- 
ments, were  fitted  out  to  accompany  the  mine  force  abroad.  The 
Patuxent,  Lieut.  J.  B.  Hupp,  commanding,  and  the  Patapsco,  Lieut. 
W.  E.  Benson,  were  temporarily  detached  to  escort  a  convoy  of 
submarine  chasers  abroad  via  Bermuda  and  the  Azores  to  Brest,  but 
finally  arrived  at  United  States  Naval  Base  18,  Inverness,  Scotland, 
June  24,  1918,  where  they  were  subsequently  employed  for  inspection 
and  observation  of  mine  fields  and  for  communications  between  the 
mine  bases.  The  Sonoma  and  Ontario  remained  with  the  mine- 
layers until  their  departure  for  Europe.  The  Sonoma,  Lieut.  J.  S. 
Trayer,  accompanied  the  mine  squadron  on  its  trip  across.  The 
Ontario,  Lieut.  Edmund  Delavy,  accompanied  a  group  of  submarine 
chasers  abroad  and  was  then  diverted  to  Queenstown  for  submarine 
-patrol  duty.  Although  it  was  originally  intended  to  have  16 
tugs,  including  the  four  above  mentioned,  attached  to  the  mine 
squadron  as  minesweepers,  it  developed  that  their  services  in  this 
capacity  were  not  needed.  Two  tugs  were  able  to  handle  the  miscel- 
laneous work  at  the  bases;  and,  in  view  of  the  valuable  wrecking 
equipment  on  the  Sonoma,  she  was  released  on  July  11,  1918,  and 
ordered  to  Queenstown  where  she  could  be  more  profitably  employed. 

Sunday  morning,  April  28,  Mine  Squadron  1,  consisting  of 
San  Francisco,  Quinnebaug,  Housatonic,  Canonicus,  and  Canandai- 
gua, got  underway  for  Provincetown,  Mass.,  where  standardization 
trials  ^and  mine  tests  were  carried  out.  On  Monday,  May  6,  the 
squadron  proceeded  to  Boston,  where  Mark  IV  drill  mines  were 
landed  and  the  quota  of  Mark  VI  mines  intended  for  the  SJiawmut, , 


84  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

AroostooJc,  and  Housatonic  were  disembarked.  That  same  night  the 
squadron  got  under  way  for  Newport,  R.  L,  the  point  of  final  depart- 
ure, conducting  subcaliber  practice  and  tactical  exercises  en  route. 
The  remainder  of  the  week  was  spent  in  fueling  and  provisioning  the 
ships  and  making  final  preparations  for  departure.  A  draft  of  500 
men  destined  for  the  mine  bases  in  Scotland  was  distributed  among 
the  four  large  minelayers.  The  fuel  ship  Jason  loaded  with  aviation 
stores  destined  for  Killingholme,  England,  was  ordered  to  cross  in 
company  with  the  mine  squadron. 

At  midnight,  May  11  and  12,  the  squadron,  consisting  of  the 
San  Francisco,  flagship,  Housatonic,  Canonicus,  Canandaigua,  Quinne- 
laugj  and  Sonoma,  got  under  way  for  Bases  17  and  18.  During  the 
forenoon  of  May  12,  the  Jason  joined  the  squadron.  On  the  first 
two  days  out  heavy  fog  was  encountered.  The  succeeding  days  were 
used  for  gunnery  exercises,  training  and  tactical  exercises.  Wednes- 
day morning,  May  15,  the  Quinnebaug  showed  the  breakdown  flag. 
She  was  taken  in  tow  by  the  Sonoma,  the  squadron  slowing  to  7 
knots.  At  the  end  of  24  hours  repairs  were  completed  and  the 
Quinnebaug  stood  on  under  her  own  power.  May  16,  gunnery  practice 
was  held  on  a  target  towed  by  the  San  Francisco,  in  which  all  of  the 
new  ships  were  enabled  to  exercise  their  guns.  On  Friday  the  wind 
and  sea  increased  until  by  4  o'clock  the  Jason  was  unable  to  keep 
in  formation,  having  to  head  off  the  course  in  long  zigzags.  Fortu- 
nately she  had  sufficient  reserve  speed  to  overtake  the  squadron  when 
the  weather  moderated,  regaining  her  position  at  about  7  p.  m.  the 
following  day.  She  was  again  lost  sight  of  on  May  22  during  another 
spell  of  bad  weather.  The  steering  gear  of  the  Housatonic  broke 
down  on  May  21,  disabling  her  approximately  for  one  hour,  and  again 
the  following  day,  necessitating  reducing  the  speed  of  the  squadron 
while  repairs  were  being  made.  In  the  meantime  the  Sonoma  was 
sent  on  independently.  By  the  original  plans  she  should  not  have 
been  in  company  with  the  squadron  but  should  have  turned  off  several 
days  before  to  the  Azores;  but  on  reaching  the  separating  point; 
she  had  proved  so  seaworthy  and  useful  that  it  was  decided  to  keep 
her  with  the  squadron  in  case  of  further  emergency.  In  making  this 
decision,  the  chance  had  to  be  taken  of  bad  weather  separating  her 
from  the  other  ships  on  account  of  her  not  being  able  to  make  the 
necessary  speed  or  hold  the  course.  She  was,  therefore,  sent  on 
ahead  while  the  rest  of  the  squadron  remained  with  the  Housatonic. 
Up  to  this  time  the  services  of  the  Sonoma  had  been  most  useful. 
In  addition  to  towing  the  Quinnebaug  while  she  was  broken  down, 
she  was  of  great  use  in  carrying  guard  mail  between  the  ships  while 
they  were  en  route  and  in  assisting  in  the  gunnery  exercises.  On 
Thursday  morning,  May  23,  the  Sonoma  was  overtaken  and  again 
joined  the  squadron.  On  this  day  the  weather  was  the  worst  of  any 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  85 

experienced.  The  wind  and  sea  on  the  quarter  caused  such  heavy 
rolling  that  the  San  Francisco  found  it  expedient  to  strike  mines  from 
the  main  to  the  second  deck  and  fill  her  boiler  and  engine  room  double 
bottoms  with  salt  water  to  improve  her  stability.  There  were  no 
accidents,  however,  all  ships  standing  the  test  very  well.  During 
the  night  and  early  morning  the  weather  moderated,  but  fog  had  set 
in  which  continued  until  noon  May  24.  At  daylight  Saturday 
morning,  the  Jason,  missing  for  four  days,  was  sighted  coming  up 
astern.  Fifteen  minutes  before  the  squadron  was  due  at  the  rendez- 
vous she  took  her  position  in  the  formation,  thus  making  the  unit 
again  complete.  At  4.52  a.  m.  four  British  destroyers  appeared  out 
of  the  haze  ahead,  then  two  to  the  southward  and  a  little  later  three 
more  to  the  northward,  nine  in  all,  with  H.  M.  S.  Anzac,  hah*  leader 
of  the  fourteenth  flotilla,  the  flagship.  This  flotilla  escorted  the 
squadron  past  Cape  Wrath,  through  Pentland  Firth,  and  down 
Moray  Firth  to  Cromarty,  where  the  squadron  arrived  at  12.40  a.  m., 
Sunday,  May  25.  Pilots,  charts,  and  mine  force  instructions  were 
placed  aboard  the  ships  at  the  whistle  buoy.  The  San  Francisco, 
Canandaigua,  Canonicus,  and  Sonoma  then  proceeded  to  Inverness 
Firth  and  anchored  off  United  States  Naval  Base  18.  The  Housatonic, 
Quinnebaug,  and  Jason  proceeded  into  Cromarty  Firth,  Base  1 7,  where 
the  RoanoJce  was  already  lying.  That  forenoon,  in  reporting  to  Com- 
mander Mine  Force,  the  squadron  commander  reported  that  all  ships 
were  ready  for  their  intended  duty. 

The  remainder  of  the  squadron,  consisting  of  the  Saranac,  Shawmut, 
and  AroostooJc,  cleared  the  yards  where  they  had  been  converted  on 
May  23  and  June  10,  respectively.  They  were  not  delayed  by  uncom- 
pleted work,  as  the  others  had  been ;  but  the  standardizing  runs  over 
the  Provincetown  course  proved  that  thsShawmut's  and  the  Aroostook's 
fuel  consumption  was  much  larger  than  had  been  reckoned,  making 
their  fuel  capacity  insufficient  for  the  passage  across.  This  threat- 
ened an  indefinite  delay,  but  the  difficulty  was  solved  by  Capt. 
Cluverius  and  Commander  Buhner  securing  enough  oil  hose  for  the 
Black  Hawk  to  fuel  the  ships  at  sea.  By  expeditious  management 
the  three  mine  planters,  together  with  Black  Hawk,  were  able  to 
sail  in  company  on  June  16.  The  only  oil  hose  obtainable  quickly 
was  of  4-inch  diameter,  nearly  twice  as  heavy  as  that  ordinarily 
used  for  fueling  at  sea.  The  first  fueling  was  done  in  a  gale  of  wind, 
and  it  was  a  novel  undertaking  for  all  concerned.  Yet  it  was  success- 
fully accomplished.  The  second  time  fueling  was  done  it  was  easier; 
and  without  further  noteworthy  incident  the  detachment  arrived  at 
Bases  17  and  18  in  the  evening  of  June  29.  The  Baltimore,  having 
finished  her  minelaying  off  the  north  of  Ireland  under  the  direction 
of  the  British  Admiralty,  joined  the  others  at  Base  18  on  June  2, 
thus  making  the  squadron  of  Minelayers  complete. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

COMMANDER  MINE  FORCE— APPOINTMENT,  ARRIVAL  IN 

EUROPE  -PREPARATIONS  FOR  COMMENCEMENT 

OF  MINELAYING. 


As  preparations  progressed  it  became  apparent  that  our  mining 
operations  were  developing  into  one  of  the  major  war  activities  of 
the  United  States  Navy,  and  it  was  desirable  that  it  should  be  com- 
manded by  an  officer  of  appropriate  flag  rank.  Accordingly,  Kear 
Admiral  Joseph  Strauss  was  appointed  Commander  Mine  Force, 
United  States  Atlantic  Fleet,  relieving  Capt.  R.  R.  Belknap  the 
middle  of  February,  1918. 

This  appointment  was  particularly  suited  to  the  capabilities  of 
Rear  Admiral  Strauss,  who  had  spent  a  large  part  of  his  service  in  the 
development  and  design  of  ordnance,  and  had  preceded  Rear  Admiral 
Ralph  Earle  as  the  chief  of  that  bureau.  The  minelaying  program 
now  in  hand  called  for  a  vast  expenditure  of  money  for  the  production 
of  mines  which,  as  a  type,  were  unknown  and  untested.  Minor  tests 
had,  of  course,  been  made  of  the  constituent  parts  and  were  indi- 
vidually gratifying,  but  in  any  complex  mechanism  such  as  a  mine,  a 
torpedo,  or  a  gun  mount,  an  actual  test  of  the  completed  unit  under 
service  conditions  is  the  only  true  proof  of  its  efficiency.  At  the 
outset  it  would  seem  that  a  mine  should  be  extremely  simple  to  design 
and  construct.  Such  is  far  from  the  case.  Prior  to  the  development 
of  this  mine  the  United  States  Navy  had  never  produced  a  really 
satisfactory  mine.  The  demand  for  immediate  antisubmarine  meas- 
ures was  so  urgent  in  order  to  prevent  the  loss  of  merchant  ships 
from  reducing  the  available  tonnage  below  that  required  to  success- 
fully prosecute  the  war,  that,  tried  or  untried,  it  was  necessary  to 
begin  at  once,  on  a  large  scale,  the  manufacture  of  this  new  American 
mine. 

After  receiving  his  appointment  as  Commander  Mine  Force,  Rear 
Admiral  Strauss  spent  several  weeks  in  Washington  on  temporary 
duty  in  the  Office  of  Naval  Operations,  familiarizing  himself  with  all 
information  bearing  on  the  operation  and  with  the  preparations  then 
in  hand,  also  reviewing  the  status  of  the  work  being  done  by  the 
Bureau  of  Ordnance  in  connection  with  the  production  of  the  mines. 
Several  days  were  spent  in  inspecting  the  new  minelayers  being  fitted 
out  at  New  York  and  Boston;  then  arrangements  were  made  to  pro- 
86 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  87 

ceed  to  Great  Britain  to  complete  the  preparations  necessary  to 
enable  minelaying  to  begin  immediately  upon  the  arrival  of  the 
squadron. 

After  reviewing  the  correspondence  in  Washington  relative  to  the 
nature  of  the  proposed  mine  barrage  as  then  agreed  upon,  which,  in 
addition  to  leaving  Pentland  Firth  open,  left  a  clear  passage  nearly 
10  miles  wide  between  the  Orkney  Islands  and  the  western  end  of 
the  barrage,  besides  some  110  miles  which  were  deep  mines  only, 
Admiral  Strauss  wrote  to  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  on  March  7  : 

In  considering  the  scheme  to  which  the  mine  force's  efforts  are  to  be  devoted,  I 
desire  to  invite  attention  to  the  following  necessary  conditions  to  insure  success: 

First,  every  outlet  to  the  broad  sea  must  be  closed  by  mine  barriers.  This  includes 
the  outlets  to  the  Atlantic  provided  for  in  the  proximate  plans,  as  well  as  those  to  the 
Mediterranean  through  the  Dardanelles  and  the  Adriatic.  There  must  be  no  leaks 
anywhere.  While  it  would  afford  a  serious  check  to  submarine  attack  were  our  enemies' 
submarine  bases  confined  to  the  Mediterranean,  nevertheless  an  enemy  so  enterprising 
must  not  be  given  even  so  restricted  an  opportunity. 

As  to  the  means  for  accomplishing  the  end  sought  (the  Mark  VI  mine),  I  think  it 
too  soon  to  predict  success  for  this  factor  of  the  problem.  I  believe  that  the  Bureau 
of  Ordnance  has  done  its  work  carefully  and  with  the  greatest  intelligence,  and  we 
can  only  hope  for  the  best  results.  I  am  prevented  from  a  feeling  of  assurance,  how- 
ever, by  the  fact  that  actual  experience  with  the  mine  is  very  limited.  Unfortunately 
faults  develop  in  every  new  mechanism,  no  matter  how  much  skill  and  precision  has 
been  employed  to  close  every  avenue  of  failure.  It  would  be  too  much  to  hope  for  the 
complete  success  of  the  new  mine,  and  we  must  be  prepared  to  make  alterations  in  the 
mines  at  the  operating  bases,  where  the  first  reports  of  extensive  tests  will  be  received. 
At  this  date,  as  nearly  as  I  can  learn,  no  complete  mines  have  yet  been  delivered  for 
shipment,  but  parts  have  been  delivered,  and  complete  mines  are  expected  shortly. 

On  March  12,  1918,  Rear  Admiral  Strauss,  accompanied  by  Lieut. 
Noel  Davis,  United  States  Navy,  who  had  reported  the  previous  day 
for  duty  as  aide,  sailed  from  New  York  City  on  the  S.  S.  New  York. 
Arriving  in  Liverpool,  England,  March  23,  he  proceeded  at  once  to 
London  and  reported  that  afternoon  to  Vice  Admiral  Wm.  S.  Sims, 
Commander  United  States  Naval  forces,  European  Waters. 

The  following  five  days  were  spent  at  London  headquarters  going 
over  the  recent  developments  in  the  status  of  the  barrage,  and  in 
calling  on  the  various  officials  at  the  British  Admiralty  interested  in 
the  enterprise. 

On  March  28  Admiral  Strauss  with  Lieut.  Davis  left  London,  arriv- 
ing at  Grangemouth,  Scotland,  the  same  day,  to  call  on  Rear  Admiral 
Clinton-Baker,  R.  N.,  who  commanded  the  British  minelaying  squad- 
ron, which  had  been  allotted  to  co-operate  with  us  in  the  North  Sea 
barrage.  Grangemouth,  which  is  situated  on  the  Firth  of  Forth, 
about  18  miles  west  of  Edinburgh,  was  the  British  mining  depot  from 
which  their  first  minelaying  squadron  operated.  The  afternoon  was 
spent  discussing  the  plans  for  minelaying  and  in  inspecting  the 
assembly  plant. 


88  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

The  following  morning,  March  29,  1918,  Admiral  Strauss  arrived 
at  Inverness,  where  he  was  met  by  Capt.  O.  G.  Murfin,  U.  S.  Navy, 
commanding  officer  of  United  States  Naval  Bases  17  and  18.  The 
day  was  spent  inspecting  Base  18,  and  establishing  the  headquarters 
of  Commander  Mine  Force  in  the  office  building  at  that  base. 

The  following  week  was  occupied  by  inspection  of  the  various  sta- 
tions under  the  jurisdiction  of  Commander  Mine  Force — Base  17, 
Kyle  of  Lochalsh  and  Corpach.  By  this  time  the  work  of  construc- 
tion at  the  bases  had  progressed  to  such  a  point  that  it  would  have 
been  possible  to  begin  the  assembly  of  mines  had  the  necessary  mines 
and  minelayers  been  ready. 

On  April  10  Admiral  Strauss  visited  the  Grand  Fleet  at  Scapa 
Flow  and  called  upon  Admiral  Beatty,  Commander-in-Chief ,  to  dis- 
cuss the  contemplated  mine  barrier.  It  was  apparent  that  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief was  anything  but  enthusiastic  about  a  mine  barrier 
across  the  North  Sea.  British  minelaying  had  begun  in  area  B,  and 
skimming  sweeps  had  showed  that  some  of  the  mines  had  not  taken 
the  designed  depth,  and  would  have  been  dangerous  to  surface  ves- 
sels crossing  the  field.  This  undoubtedly  alarmed  the  Commander- 
in-Chief,  and  considering  the  restrictions  on  the  freedom  of  move- 
ment of  the  fleet  imposed  by  such  a  barrage,  it  is  only  natural  that 
he  was  not  enthusiastic.  The  main  result  of  the  visit,  however,  was 
to  make  definite  arrangements  for  the  escort  of  our  minelayers  while 
out  at  sea.  No  American  destroyers  were  obtainable,  and  the  mine 
squadron  was  thus  totally  dependent  on  the  Grand  Fleet  for  escort 
and  could  not  leave  the  bases  until  such  escort  was  provided.  The 
number  and  type  of  escorting  vessels  was  to  depend  upon  the  dis- 
position of  the  German  Fleet  at  the  time  of  the  mining  operations. 
If  the  enemy  fleet  was  at  sea,  it  would  necessitate  sending  out  a 
portion  or  possibly  all  of  the  Grand  Fleet.  The  commander  in  chief 
requested  Admiral  Strauss  to  telegraph  him  48  hours  before  the 
squadron  was  ready  to  go  out  and  -escort  would  be  arranged. 

Capt.  H.  E.  Mulleneux,  K.  N.,  was  ordered  to  Inverness  as  liaison 
officer  between  the  two  services  and  as  the  representative  of  Rear 
Admiral  Clinton-Baker  at  Grangemouth.  Capt.  R .  E.  Chilcott,  R .  N. , 
was  ordered  to  Invergordon  in  a  similar  capacity.  While  the  bases 
were  under  construction  (which  was  largely  controlled  by  Admiral 
Clinton-Baker),  these  officers  were  of  much  assistance.  However,  as 
the  construction  drew  to  an  end  and  the  work  of  organization  and 
administration  became  the  predominant  factors,  the  usefulness  of 
liaison  officers  was  very  much  lessened.  One  of  the  fundamental 
stipulations  in  the  agreements  for  the  execution  of  the  barrage  was 
that  we  should  have  entire  freedom  as  to  the  manner  in  which  our 
mines  were  to  be  laid.  In  our  operations  we  were  associated  princi- 
pally with  the  following  British  officials:  Commander-in-Chief,  Grand 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  89 

Fleet;  Rear  Admiral,  Invergordon,  and  the  Senior  Naval  Officer, 
Inverness.  As  we  were  supplied  with  all  the  various  British  secret 
and  confidential  publications,  the  question  of  communications,  etc., 
became  in  a  few  weeks  equally  as  simple  as  our  own,  and  to  transmit 
all  requests,  communications,  etc.,  via  the  liaison  officer  simply  com- 
plicated matters  and  added  an  additional  link  to  the  chain.  The 
result  was,  obviously,  that  there  gradually  became  so  little  for  them 
to  do  that  they  were  finally  ordered  to  more  important  duty.  Just 
prior  to  the  arrival  of  the  minelayers  the  Admiralty,  at  the  suggestion 
of  the  Commander-in-Chief ,  Grand  Fleet,  kindly  offered  to  send  one 
or  two  experienced  officers  to  be  attached  to  the  staff  of  Admiral 
Strauss  to  assist  with  the  administrative  and  communication  work. 
Up  to  this  time  no'  difficulties  of  any  kind  had  been  encountered 
and  their  services  were  accordingly  declined. 

Much  concern  was  caused  when  the  U.  S.  S.  Lake  Moor,  the  fifth 
mine  carrier  dispatched  to  the  bases,  was  torpedoed  and  sunk  in  the 
North  Channel  to  the  Irish  Sea  on  April  11,  1918.  The  vessel  was 
attacked  about  11  p.  m.  and  sank  very  shortly  after  being  struck. 
The  night  was  dark  and  rescue  work  was  difficult.  Fifteen  survivors 
were  picked  up.  The  cause  of  alarm,  however,  was  from  a  totally 
unexpected  source.  When  the  torpedo  exploded  it  opened  up  the 
hold  in  which  the  firing  devices  for  the  mines  had  been  stowed.  The 
success  of  the  North  Sea  barrage  depended  in  a  large  measure  in 
maintaining  the  secrecy  of  this  device,  and  the  most  stringent  meas- 
ures had  been  followed  from  the  place  of  their  manufacture  until  the 
mines  had  actually  been  planted. 

Each  device  was  packed  in  a  separate  wooden  box  near  the  top  of 
which  handholes  had  been  provided  to  facilitate  handling.  The  top 
end  of  the  firing  device  was  heavier  than  the  bottom,  and  as  soon 
as  it  fell  into  the  water  it  toppled  over  with  the  heavy  end  down, 
and  the  air  trapped  in  the  bottom  of  the  case  kept  it  afloat. 

Four  of  these  cases  were  picked  up  by  a  patrol  vessel.  As  soon 
as  this  information  was  received  arrangements  were  made  to  have 
the  coasts  in  the  vicinity  searched  and  all  cases  found  shipped  to 
Base  18.  Besides  the  possibility  of  an  enemy  submarine  picking  up 
some  of  these  floating  boxes,  the  accident  occurred  close  to  the  Irish 
coast  and  just  at  a  time  when  the  Irish  situation  was  most  critical. 
Fortunately,  however,  it  appears  that  none  of  these  devices  fell  into 
improper  hands.  The  Germans,  at  any  rate,  did  not  learn  the  secret 
of  the  American  mines  until  possibly  months  later,  when  it  might 
have  been  obtained  from  mines  washed  ashore  in  Norway. 

In  response  to  a  cabled  request,  Lieut.  W.  K.  Harrill,  United  States 
Navy,  reported  at  Inverness  on  May  8  for  duty  on  the  staff  of  Admiral 
Strauss  as  force  radio  officer.  During  the  war  the  Grand  Fleet  had 
greatly  developed  radio  telegraphy  and  established  special  rules  for 


90  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

transmitting  messages  so  as  to  prevent  enemy  stations  from  ascer- 
taining by  radio  compasses  the  whereabouts  of  allied  men-of-war. 
Lieut.  Harrill  was  immediately  sent  to  the  Grand  Fleet  to  familiarize 
himself  with  the  current  practice  and  the  equipment  which  would 
be  required  for  our  vessels  in  order  that  they  might  be  brought  up 
to  the  necessary  standards  as  soon  as  possible  after  their  arrival. 
As  soon  as  possible  after  the  ships  arrived  each  radio  force,  including 
the  communication  officer,  was  given  one  to  two  days  thorough  in- 
struction by  the  force  radio  officer  assisted  by  Lieut.  Grant,  United 
States  Navy,  radio  officer  from  the  U.  S.  S.  Delaware,  with  special 
attention  to  the  numerous  confidential  publications  and  also  the  salient 
points  in  British  radio  procedure.  This  was  supplemented  by  a 
school  established  at  Base  18  for  ships  in  the  "harbor.  When  the 
squadron  sailed  on  its  first  excursion  June  7,  all  ships  were  equipped 
with  the  special  apparatus,  and  on  the  next  excursion  the  mine 
force  conducted  all  radio  communication  in  accordance  with  British 
procedure. 

The  work  of  establishing  a  suitable  organization  to  co-ordinate  the 
bases  with  the  vessels,  and  the  preparation  of  instructions  for  the 
force  was  the  most  important  task  of  Commander  Mine  Force 
during  the  months  of  April  and  May.  Mine  parts  were  beginning 
to  arrive  and  it  then  appeared  that  sufficient  would  be  on  hand  by 
the  time  the  squadron  arrived  to  enable  an  excursion  to  go  out 
immediately.  It  was  mandatory  therefore  that  no  administrative 
oversight,  such  as  insufficiency  of  provisions,  supplies,  current  recog- 
nition apparatus,  etc.,  should  cause  a  delay  in  the  operations. 

The  mine  force  instructions  were  drawn  up  to  include  not  only  the 
necessary  instructions  with  regard  to  liberty,  leave,  patrols,  repairs, 
routine  reports,  etc.,  which  commonly  comprise  such  a  publication, 
but  also  specific  instructions  for  passing  the  harbor  defenses  at 
Inverness  and  Invergordon,  obtaining  water,  coal  and  provisions, 
the  proper  means  of  obtaining  miscellaneous  supplies  from  Admi- 
ralty stores;  special  instructions  for  handling  the  various  classes  of 
mails;  censorship  regulations;  train  schedules;  arrangements  for 
handling  liberty  parties  by  British  drifters  allotted  for  this  purpose; 
the  various  recreation  facilities  on  shore  for  officers  and  men — in  fact, 
effort  was  made  to  include  in  the  one  set  of  instructions  all  possible 
information.  These  instructions  were  prepared  in  loose  leaf  form,  so 
that  when  it  became  necessary  to  make  changes  or  additions  it  might 
readily  be  accomplished  to  maintain  in  one  volume  practically  every- 
thing necessary  for  the  operations  of  the  force,  and  to  eliminate  the 
necessity  of  hundreds  of  miscellaneous  letters  on  equally,  as  many 
subjects  which  are  always  most  confusing  because  they  are  so  diffi- 
cult to  keep  in  touch  with. 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  91 

Special  contracts  were  arranged  by  the  force  supply  officer  with 
local  dealers  for  the  supply  of  meats,  vegetables,  and  other  fresh 
provisions  at  fixed  prices.  A  channel  was  dredged  in  Inverness 
Firth  to  permit  minelayers  to  go  further  up  the  Firth  to  Beauly 
Basin,  which  is  adjacent  to  Base  18.  The  Firth,  which  is  shallow, 
was  resurveyed  and  a  new  chart  published.  Moorings  were  laid  to 
accommodate  the  minelayers  in  the  more  restricted  anchorages. 

Taut  wire  measuring  gear  was  obtained  for  each  vessel  and  held 
in  readiness  for  installation  on  their  arrival.  This  gear  proved  most 
valuable  for  navigational  purposes.  It  consists  essentially  of  a  drum 
carrying  140  miles  of  fine  piano  wire.  A  suitable  weight  is  secured 
to  the  end  of  the  wire  and  dropped  overboard.  The  wire  as  it  is 
paid  out  is  measured  by  a  recorder  which  shows  with  remarkable 
accuracy  the  actual  distance  traveled  over  the  ground. 

Arrangements  were  made  for  Commander  Mine  force  to  act  as 
the  distributing  authority  for  all  United  States  and  Allied  secret 
and  confidential  publications.  British  chart  portfolios  were  ob- 
tained for  each  ship.  Special  apparatus  required  for  making  recog- 
nition signals  were  also  procured  and  held  ready  for  the  ships. 

By  the  time  that  the  squadron  was  due  to  arrive  all  preliminary 
work  had  been  completed.  The  mine  force  instructions  and  necessary 
harbor  charts  were  taken  on  board  by  the  pilots  sent  out  to  meet  the 
ships  and  bring  them  into  Invergordon  and  Inverness  upon  their 
arrival. 


CHAPTER  XV 
CHANGES  IN  THE  BARRAGE  PLAN. 


In  view  of  the  formal  approval  by  the  Navy  Department  and  the 
British  Admiralty  of  the  northern  barrage  plan  as  it  existed  on  Novem- 
ber 1,  1917,  the  Department,  and  more  particularly  the  mine  section 
of  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  naturally  assumed  that  such  changes  as 
might  become  necessary  during  the  operation  would  be  only  of  a 
minor  character  and  that  the  major  features,  notably  the  location 
of  the  barrage  on  the  Aberdeen-Ekersund  line  could  be  regarded  as 
definitely  fixed,  and  on  this  assumption  the  manufacture  of  the 
immense  quantity  of  material  required  was  taken  in  hand  and  pushed 
to  the  utmost.  This  assumption  soon  proved,  however,  to  be  in- 
correct, and  from  December  until  the  cessation  of  hostilities  there 
were  so  many  changes  in  plan  and  so  much  resultant  confusion  in  the 
manufacturing  and  shipping  projects  that  the  whole  operation  was 
seriously  delayed,  its  success  gravely  hazarded,  and  its  effect  undoubt- 
edly much  reduced  below  what  was  to  have  been  expected  from  the 
execution  of  the  original  proposition. 

A  communication  of  December  6  from  the  Admiralty  to  Admiral 
Suns,  written  after  the  subject  of  the  laying  and  patrol  of  the  barrage 
had  been  discussed  in  consultation  with  the  Commander-in-Chief, 
Grand  Fleet,  stated  that : 

It  has  become  clear  that  there  will  be  considerable  difficulty  in  patrolling  the  eastern 
portion  of  the  barrage  as  at  present  proposed,'  and  in  affording  support  by  light  cruisers, 
etc.,  if  no  Norwegian  port  is  available  as  a  base  *  *  *.  An  alternative  position  for 
the  barrage  has  accordingly  been  worked  out  on  the  line  Orkney-Bergen  in  place  of 
Aberdeen-Ekersund. 

The  various  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  this  change  were  out- 
lined and  the  suggested  change  submitted  to  the  United  States  for 
approval.  The  question  was  referred  by  Admiral  Sims  to  the  Navy 
Department  for  decision  as  soon  as  the  proposal  of  change  was  re- 
ceived (December  7)  which  replied  that: 

Unless  reasons  for  change  are  fundamental,  advantage  of  new  location  would  not 
offset  loss  and  delay  by  derangement  of  plan  for  mine  material. 

In  this  connection  the  British  "History  of  Northern  Barrage" 
states  that  the  Admiralty  in  its  communications  to  the  commander 
hi  chief,  Grand  Fleet  and  to  Admiral  Sims,  made  the -following  points 
among  others  relative  to  the  proposed  change: 

The  mine  barrage  is  of  no  value  unless  the  deep  portions  are  patrolled,  and  the  patrols 
must  be  adequately  supported  to  be  effective    *    *    *. 
92 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  93 

The  provision  of  the  42  destroyers  for  the  patrol  of  the  eastern  area  would  also  prove 
extremely  difficult  without  assistance  from  the  Grand  Fleet. 
The  material  will  be  equally  suitable  for  the  new  line. 
The  proposed  alteration  should  not  delay  completion. 

The  last  two  points  quoted  were  entirely  in  error  so  far  as  American 
mine  material  was  concerned,  since  the  proposed  new  location  of  the 
barrage  in  deeper  water  would  necessitate  increased  lengths  of  moor- 
ing ropes  and,  as  the  manufacture  of  material  was  well  along,  delay 
was  inevitable. 

The  proposed  change  was  based  on  broad  strategical  and  tactical 
grounds  and  the  Navy  Department  was  forced  by  circumstances  to 
agree  to  it,  though  most  reluctantly. 

In  reply  to  the  Admiralty  communication  of  December  6,  a  memo- 
randum was  prepared  by  the  planning  section  of  Admiral  Sims's  staff 
and  issued  January  1,  1918,  which  reviewed  the  entire  situation  and 
set  forth  the  views  of  the  United  States  in  part  as  follows : 

The  second  position  considered  in  this  memorandum  is  the  one  now  proposed  by  the 
British  Admiralty  and  accepted  in  principle  by  the  Navy  Department.  There  are 
many  factors  pro  and  con  that  entered  into  a  choice  as  between  the  two  positions,  but 
of  these  a  single  factor  controlled,  viz:  That  the  new  position  is  deemed  best  by  the 
Grand  Fleet,  upon  which  will  rest  the  responsibility  for  the  support  and  patrol  of  the 
barrage.  The  new  position  gives  greater  freedom  of  movement  and  greater  ease  of 
support  to  surface  vessels,  while  it  imposes  corresponding  difficulties  upon  the  opera- 
tions of  enemy  surprise  vessels.  The  change  in  position  accepts  the  handicap  of  an 
average  increase  in  depth  of  water  of  about  15  fathoms.  This  handicap  might  be 
considered  serious  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  the  whole  barrage  is  based  on  the  assump- 
tion that  an  effective  mine  field  can  be  laid  in  1,000  feet  of  water.*  If  this  assump- 
tion be  true,  then  whether  a  portion  of  the  mine  field  be  laid  in  40  or  in  60  fathoms  of 
water  is  not  material,  except  as  the  changes  in  plan  introduces  delay. 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  original  line  extended  from  mainland  to  mainland,  while 
the  new  line  extends  from  island  to  island  and  has  in  it  passages  completely  navigable 
to  submarines.  This  condition  is,  in  our  opinion,  undesirable. 

The  proposed  character  of  the  barrage  does  not  provide  for  the  full  accomplishment 
of  the  mission.  The  proposed  barrage  will  not  close  the  northern  exit  from  the  North 
Sea  because — 

(a)  The  barrage  is  not  complete  in  a  vertical  plane  in  ureas  B  and  C. 

(6)  The  barrage  is  not  deep  enough. 

(c)  The  Pentland  Firth  is  open. 

(d)  The  waters  east  of  the  Orkney  Islands,  for  a  distance  of  ten  miles,  are  open. 

(e)  Patrol  vessels  on  the  surface  are  not  sufficiently  effective  in  barring  passages 
to  submarines,  as  witness  the  Straits  of  Dover. 

The  barrage  is  to  be  a  great  effort.  It  is  our  opinion  that  nothing  short  of  a  sound_ 
design  will  justify  the  effort. 

The  requirements  of  a  sound  design  are,  the  extension  of  the  barrage  complete  in 
the  vertical  plane  from  coast  to  coast. 

The  necessity  for  an  opening  in  the  surface  barrage  is  recognized,  but  it  is  held  that 
this  opening  should  be  in  the  surface  barrage  only,  and  that  the  deep  barrage  should 
be  widened  so  that  the  difficulties  of  navigating  the  opening  submerged  may  be 
practically  prohibitive. 


94  THE  'NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

In  conclusion  it  was  tentatively  decided  (by  U.  S.  planning  sec- 
tion) : 

1.  To  accept  the  new  position  of  the  barrage  aa  outlined  by  the  British  Admiralty. 

2.  To  urge  that  the  barrage  be  completed  in  the  vertical  plane  from  coast  to  coast, 
except  an  opening  in  the  surface  barrage  at  the  western  end  and  in  Norwegian  terri- 
torial waters. 

3.  To  carry  the  barrage  to  295  feet  (British  plans  200  feet). 

4.  To  have  surface  mines  fitted  with  70  foot  and  other  mines  with  100  foot  antennae. 

As  then  proposed,  the  barrage  was  divided  into  three  areas  desig- 
nated and  located  as  follows: 

Area  B .  A  20  mile  wide  section  extending  50  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  Orkney 
Islands. 

Area  A.  A  section  50  miles  wide  extending  134  miles  to  the  E.  N.  E.  from  the  eastern 
end  of  the  area  "B  ". 

Area  C.  A  50  mile  wide  section  extending  from  the  east  end  of  area  "A"  60  miles 
E.  S.  E.  to  Norwegian  territorial  waters. 

The  United  States  was  to  furnish  the  mines  and  material  for  and 
lay  both  deep  and  surace  fields  in  Area  "A."  Great  Britain  was 
to  provide  and  lay  deep  mine  fields  hi  Areas  "B"  and  UC",  and 
furnish  trawlers  and  fast  vessels  to  patrol  these  two  areas. 

The  British  Admiralty  plans  division  answered  the  above  memo- 
randum with  the  opinion  that — 

The  stopping  power  of  the  mine  barrage  should  not  be  overrated.  It  is  the  patrol 
craft  armed  with  various  antisubmarine  devices  on  which  we  must  rely  to  kill  the 
submarines.  It  is  on  the  mine  fields  that  we  rely  to  give  us  intensity  of  patrol.  Un- 
til we  have  proved  the  efficiency  of  the  American  mine  field,  we  must  look  on  it  as  a 
bluff.  We  must  not  attempt  to  put  the  bluff  too  high  by  notifying  an  area  up  to  the 
3-mile  limit  of  Norway.  The  navigation  of  Pentland  Firth  by  submerged  submarines 
is  considered  impracticable.  As  it  is  the  patrol  craft  we  rely  on  to  destroy  the  sub- 
marine, it  is  not  considered  that  leaving  the  approach  to  Pentland  Firth  uncovered 
is  of  vital  importance. 

It  was  further  stated  that  it  was  not  considered  necessary  to  carry 
the  barrage  to  a  vertical  depth  of  300  feet,  that  there  was  no  reason 
why  the  American  portion  should  not  be  laid  in  accordance  with  the 
United  States  views,  but  that  the  Admiralty  would  be  prepared  to 
extend  their  barrage  to  a  greater  depth,  if  found  necessary,  and  to 
mine  the  surface  if  that  should  become  desirable. 

In  view  of  these  differences  of  opinion  the  U.  S.  planning  section 
prepared  a  memorandum  of  January  12,  containing  its  understand- 
ing of  the  status  of  the  mine  barrage  and  submitted  it  to  the  British 
planning  section  for  confirmation  in  order  to  reconcile  the  various 
points  and  further  unify  the  effort,  by  reducing  to  writing  a  concrete 
plan  which  would  be  acceptable  to  both  navies.  Further  than  the 
agreements  regarding  the  supply  of  ah1  minelaying  operations  and 
the  assignments  of  provision  and  laying  of  mines  in  the  areas  as 
previously  noted,  these  efforts  met  with  failure  hi  so  far  as  formal 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  96 

agreement  on  a  written  plan  was  concerned,  the  British  apparently 
desiring  to  reserve  'the  privilege  of  altering  the  plans  when  expe- 
diency so  dictated  while  considerable  scepticism  existed  as  to  the 
ability  of  the  Americans  to  execute  satisfactorily  their  part  of  the 
project.  The  above  mentioned  characterization  of  the  American 
mine  field  as  a  mere  "  bluff "  was  more  or  less  indicative  of  the  British 
attitude. 

The  Admiralty  did,  however,  accept  the  principle  of  surface 
mining  hi  Areas  "B"  and  "C"  should  experience  indicate  that  the 
surface  barrage  be  more  effective  in  preventing  the  passage  of  sub- 
marine than  the  surface  patrol. 

After  this  discussion  the  planning  section  of  the  Admiralty  not 
being  in  a  position  to  enter  into  any  definite  signed  agreement,  nor 
to  definitely  recommend  it  to  the  Admiralty,  Admiral  Sims  requested 
the  status  of  the  plans  in  so  far  as  the  Admiralty's  agreement  with 
them  was  concerned.  This  resulted  hi  a  statement  of  January  18 
which  included : 

United  States  to  be  responsible  for  provision  of  mines  and  minelayers  for  area  A. 
Great  Britain  for  areas  B  and  C.  Area  A  to  be  mined  from  10  feet  below  surface  to 
as  near  300  feet  as  the  American  mines  will  permit. 

Areas  B  and  C  to  be  mined  from  65  feet  below  the  surface  to  200  feet. 

When  this  belt  is  effectively  mined,  the  question  of  extending  the  mine  fields  to 
a  greater  depth  will  be  considered. 

The  desirability  of -extending  the  deep  mine  fields  to  the  surface  of  areas  B  and  C 
will  be  considered  when  the  situation  has  developed  further  *  *  *. 

Thus  early  in  January  the  character  of*  the  proposed  barrage 
became  so  modified  as  to  bear  little  resemblance  to  the  original  plan 
and  the  original  faith  of  its  proponents  in  its  effectiveness  was  no 
longer  felt  to  be  justified.  It  was  felt  in  America,  in  view  of  the 
attitude  of  the  Admiralty  and  the  Commander  in  Chief  of  the  Grand 
Fleet,  that  the  British  had  no  real  faith  in  the  American  mine  and 
were  not  whole-heartedly  supporting  the  project.  In  particular,  the 
allocation  of  both  ends  of  the  barrage  to  the  British  to  be  mined  with 
an  inferior  mine  hi  an  incomplete  manner,  and  the  further  decision 
that  the  American  part  of  the  barrage  was  not  to  be  patrolled  were 
most  discouraging. 

Not  the  least  discouraging  feature  of  the  situation  to  the  Bureau 
of  Ordnance  was  the  state  of  flux  of  the  barrage  plan  and  the  obvious 
reluctance  of  the  Admiralty  to  commit  itself  to  definite  plans.  The 
British  authorities  had  the  appearance  of  not  daring  to  give  up  the 
whole  operation  for  fear  of  possible  later  criticism  and  at  the  same 
time  of  not  being  willing  to  cooperate  to  make  it  successful. 

In  Admiral  Sims's  review  of  the  activities  of  his  command  it  is 
stated,  in  effect,  that  throughout  the  discussion  of  the  barrage  project 
it  became  apparent  that  the  Admiralty  was  influenced  by  two  con- 
siderations which  may  not  clearly  appear  in  the  correspondence  and 


96  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

records,  but  which  should  not  be  underestimated  in  considering  the 
mine  field  historically: 

First,  the  proposed  effort  on  the  part  of  the  United  States  Navy  Department  was 
such  a  handsome  offer  from  an  ally  that,  even  if  there  were  doubts  of  its  success,  it 
would  be  poor  policy  to  put  only  discouragement  in  the  way  of  those  who  were  willing 
and  anxious  to  go  ahead  with  the  project.  The  Admiralty  naturally  wanted  to  avoid 
any  possibility  of  not  having  tried  the  mine  barrage,  and  subjecting  themselves  to 
possible  later  criticism  on  the  score  that  it  was  necessary  and  would  have  worked 
had  it  been  tried.  In  other  words,  the  Admiralty  at  first  was  very  dubious  of  the 
success  of  the  field,  but  considered  the  proposals  for  the  above  reasons  more  seriously 
than  they  otherwise  would  have.  As  the  details  of  the  plans  developed  and  the 
reports  of  Mark  VI  mines  were  received,  there  was  a  very  notable  increase  in  the  enthu- 
siasm for  the  project.  At  the  start  there  was  no  enthusiasm  at  all.  Later  there  grew 
to  be  considerable. 

The  second  consideration  which  should  be  mentioned  in  explaining  the  Admiralty's 
policy  toward  the  project  was  its  effect  on  possible  fleet  actions.  The  Navy  Depart- 
ment considered  it  almost  entirely  in  the  light  of  an  anti-submarine  measure.  It  was 
apparent  that  although  nominally  under  the  Admiralty  in  London  the  planning  for 
the  Admiralty  in  such  matters  as  would  in  our  organization  be  dealt  with  by  the 
Office  of  Naval  Operations,  rested  almost  exclusively  with  the  officers  of  the  Grand 
Fleet  in  spite  of  the  existence  of  a  Plans  Division  in  the  Admiralty.  Naturally  they 
considered  it  largely  from  their  own  viewpoint,  and  in  studying  possibilities  of  the 
barrage  they  were  influenced  by  the  fact  that  even  if  it  did  not  work  it  might  be 
something  which  would  force  a  general  fleet  action.  If  there  were  a  serious  attempt 
made  by  the  Germans  on  the  mine  barrage  itself,  or  raids  on  the  vessels  engaged  in 
working  on  it,  cruiser  actions  at  least  would  be  probable  and  with  the  arrival  of  sup- 
porting units  it  was  quite  possible  that  the  two  fleets  might  meet.  They  thought 
that  even  if  it  did  not  work  as  a  mine  barrage  it  might  be  a  bait  for  a  fleet  action. 
It  would  make  it  harder  for- raiders  to  get  out.  So  long  as  the  Grand  Fleet  did  not 
have  its  freedom  of  movement  restricted  (and  the  fleet  was  by  no  means  so  thoroughly, 
convinced  of  the  safety  of  the  British  mines  in  the  deep  mine  fields  as  the  Admiralty 
was)  they  had  no  objection  to  it  and  were  rather  inclined  to  favor  it  for  the  reason 
that  it  might  help  them  meet  the  German  High  Seas  Fleet.  These  reasons  were  at 
times  mentioned  and  were  very  apparent  in  discussions,  but  are  hardly  evident  in 
the  records  and  were  certainly  not  emphasized  by  the  Admiralty  in  the  correspond- 
ence. It  appears  very  essential,  however,  to  a  good  historical  understanding  of  the 
northern  barrage  that  they  should  not  be  overlooked,  but  should  be  most  particularly 
mentioned. 

Another  thing  which  might  be  mentioned  in  this  connection  is  that  later  in  the 
discussion  when  the  policy  of  the  extension  of  surface  mines  into  the  end  areas  was 
considered,  this  project  was  proposed  and  pushed  by  the  United  States  planning 
section  and  was  always  fairly  well  considered  by  the  planning  section  in  the  Admiralty, 
but  an  extremely  large  percentage  of  what  opposition  there  was  to  it  came  from  the 
Grand  Fleet,  and  it  was  only  very  grudgingly  that  the  Admiralty,  considering  the 
views  not  only  of  its  own  planning  section,  but  also  the  recommendations  from  the 
fleet,  consented  to  the  modification  of  the  mine  barrage,  which  later  resulted  in  put- 
ting surface  mines  in  areas  which  were  at  first  intended  to  have  deep  mines  only, 
although  the  United  States  had  argued  for  surface  mines  in  these  areas  as  well. 

The  fundamental  idea  on  which  the  mine  section  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ordnance  designed  the  new  mine  and  proposed  the  northern  bar- 
rage was  that  the  barrage  would  be  complete  from  coast  to  coast 
and  that  it  would  be  patrolled  so  that  enemy  submarines  would  be 


96-1 


96-2 


96-3 


9C-4 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  97 

forced  by  the  presence  of  patrols  either  to  turn  back  or  to  risk 
almost  certain  destruction  by  trying  to  pass  the  barrage  submerged. 
Any  departure  from  this  principle  meant  ineffectiveness. 

The  following  remarks  quoted  from  a  memorandum  prepared  by 
an  officer  of  Admiral  Sims'  staff,  at  the  time  the  change  in  plan 
was  under  discussion,  are  interesting: 

Position. — The  more  northern  position  accepts  disadvantages  as  regards  depth  of 
water  in  order  to  obtain  certain  strategical  advantages.  This  statement,  however, 
is  no  more  true  now  than  it  was  when  the  southern  line  was  previously  decided  upon 
by  all  concerned.  If  we  are  disinclined  to  admit  that  a  mistake  was  made  in  the 
original  instance  by  choosing  the  southern  line,  we  must  now  show  that  the  reasons 
for  the  shift  to  the  northern  position  are  new  reasons  or  things  which  did  not  hold 
true  at  the  time  of  the  other  conference.  The  only  new  conditions  mentioned  are 
that  whereas  previously  it  had  been  hoped  to  obtain  a  Norwegian  base  one  is  now 
no  longer  considered  possible.  The  other  reason  is  the  increased  activity  of  enemy 
surface  craft.  Taking  the  first  of  these  reasons,  I  am  inclined  to  suspect  that  there 
is  not  much  to  it.  I  think  that  a  Norwegian  base  now  is  just  as  easily  possible  as  one 
previously  was.  I  base  this  on  a  recent  conversation  with  Col.  Breckinridge  who 
is  naval  attache"  in  the  Scandinavian  countries  and  who  had  just  been  in  Norway. 
There  is  probably  no  useful  point,  however,  to  trying  to  get  behino^this  reason  if  the 
Admiralty  really  sees  fit  to  advance  it.  The  second  reason  of  the  increased  activity 
of  enemy  surface  craft  looks  like  an  excellent  one  after  the  losses  of  the  two  Norwegian 
convoys  recently.  Steps  have  been  taken  to  improve  the  Norwegian  intelligence 
service  as  to  information  about  the  enemy  craft  coming  out  of  Skagerrak  but  this 
will  probably  be  offset  by  the  increased  incentive  for  the  Germans  to  send  out 
raiders. 

In  looking  over  all  the  papers  I  can  not  help  but  believe  that  in  the  early  con- 
ferences the  fleet  was  not  so  very  thoroughly  represented,  and  there  were  people  from 
the  mining  division  who  explained  that  sending  the  fleet  over  a  deep  British  mine 
field  was  nothing  to  hesitate  about.  The  fleet  was  in  Rosyth,  south  of  the  proposed 
barrage,  and  was  generally  expected  to  stay  there.  Now  with  the  fleet  back  in  Scapa 
I  believe  that  they  are  beginning  to  assert  their  views  to  a  greater  extent  and  that 
at  least  a  large  part  of  their  insistence  to  move  the  southern  end  north  to  the  Orkneys 
arises  from  their  disinclination  to  navigate  over  British  deep  mine  fields.  This  is 
not  a  reason  which  there  is  much  point  in  emphasizing  from  the  Admiralty's  stand- 
point, so  it  was  really  not  presented  but  the  argument  was  made  along  other  lines. 
Except  as  a  matter  of  being  perfectly  frank  with  us  I  do  not  think  that  it  matters  so 
very  much  whether  the  real  reasons  for  the  change  in  the  position  of  the  barrage  are 
those  which  they  mention  or  others,  equally  good  ones,  which  they  hesitate  to  talk 
about.  For  my  part,  I  believe  that  the  fact  that  Admiral  Beatty,  who  is  going  to 
support  this  mine  field,  says  that  it  must  go  in  the  northern  position  finished  the 
whole  discussion  and  is  something  that  we  need  not  go  behind. 

Character  of  barrage. — I  believe  that  the  width  of  the  "C  "  area  along  the  Norwegian 
coast  is  much  too  great.  Leaving  it  this  wide  seems  to  have  been  based  upon  the 
idea: 

(a)  It  is  not  good  policy  to  unnecessarily  crowd  the  Norwegian  coast  with  the 
notified  area  if  it  can  be  avoided. 

(&)  They  have  an  idea  of  wanting  to  do  the  whole  project  on  a  50-50  basis  and 
the  deep  mine  fields  of  this  width  are  symmetrically  arranged.  This  is  no  reason 
at  all. 

I  can  not  help  but  doubt  when  I  compare  the  width  of  this  area  with  the  Straits 
of  Dover  and  consider  all  conditions  existing  in  that  locality,  that  the  deep  mine 
181063°— 20 7 


98  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

field,  particularly  on  the  Norwegian  coast,  will  not  be  efficient  and  it  will  have  to 
be  later  modified  by  strengthening  with  surface  mines.  I  have  met  officers  in  the 
Admiralty  who  privately  expressed  the  same  opinion  and  stated  that  in  the  end 
they  would  be  proved  correct  by  the  addition  of  surface  mines  in  Area  "C. " 

Length  of  antenna. — Seventy  feet  for  the  top  mines  and  100  feet  for  the  other  rows. 
This  is  based  on  the  hope  that  at  greater  depths  100  feet  may  be  effective  and  that 
at  any  rate  it  will  probably  drive  the  boat  to  the  surface,  in  which  case  the  70  foot 
antenna  of  the  top  row  of  mines,  which  should  be  nearest  to  the  edges  of  the  field, 
should  get  the  boat  and  destroy  it.  Seventy  feet  all  around  would  be  better  perhaps,  but 
submarines  can  now  go  so  deep  that  it  becomes  a  necessity  to  try  to  stretch  out  the 
barrage  vertically,  even  at  the  expense  of  some  other  small  advantages. 

Character  of  mine  fields  on  the  Norwegian  coast. — The  whole  mine  barrage  scheme  is 
more  or  less  of  a  tentative  nature,  because  it  is  so  big  an  undertaking  that  it  can  not 
in  all  ways  be  perfectly  designed  to  meet  every  conceivable  counter  measure.  Also 
it  would  be  uneconomical  and  inefficient  to  try  to  plan  it  with  any  such  final  ideas 
in  mind.  The  final  appearance  of  the  barrage  before  the  end  of  the  war  is  something 
which  one  would  have  to  be  extremely  rash  to  care  to  prophesy.  There  are  a  few 
things  which  our  personal  opinion  leads  us  to  believe  will  be  the  most  urgent  modi- 
fications and  the  ones  which  we  will  see  first.  In  my  case  I  look  to  see  the  Norwegian 
end  of  this  field  protected  on  the  south  by  perhaps  one  system  of  antenna  mines  before 
any  great  time  has  elapsed  and  the  notified  area  appropriately  extended.  This  will 
relieve  patrol  craft  in  the  "C  "  area  of  part  of  their  difficulty. 

The  question  of  who  takes  the  "C  "  area  has  not  yet  been  decided.  We  have  gone 
ahead  and  made  mines  with  long  lengths  of  specially  small  diameter  mooring  line 
which  will  do  in  this  place.  I  foresee  that  we  will  eventually  have  to  do  something 
with  mines  of  this  nature,  and  think  it  would  be  a  very  good  thing  to  make  a  careful 
analysis  of  conditions  in  Area  "C,"  even  although  it  is  not  our  own  area,  with  the  idea 
of  seeing  whether  later  on  we  may  be  able  to  use  these  mines  additionally.  Mines 
intended  for  deep  water  like  these  can  be  laid  in  shallow  water,  but  mines  with  short 
lengths  of  wire  (and  the  diameter  of  the  wire  is  different)  can  not  be  used  in  deep 
water.  Can  we  not  compromise  in  our  present  disagreement  as  to  who  takes  the 
Norwegian  area  by  finding  both  kinds  of  mines  are  needed  and  helping  to  do  that  too? 
In  Area  "B"  the  necessity  is  by  no  means  so  great.  The  Fleet  does  not  want  any 
surface  mines  to  obstruct  its  passage,  but  after  finding  patrolling  rather  difficult  it  may 
look  favorable  upon  a  project  of  extending  the  surface  mine  area.  The  water  is 
not  deep  in  this  place.  We  will  need  no  surface  mines  here  until  after  Area  "C"  is 
taken  care  of.  It  is  not  safe  to  look  beyond  that  point  *  *  *. 

In  order  to  focus  attention  upon  the  various  points  still  unsettled 
there  was  then  prepared  by  Admiral  Sims  a  paper  dated  February  19, 
setting  forth  the  different  items  in  parallel  columns  and  this  was 
submitted  to  the  Admiralty.  This  was  answered  on  February  26, 
but  as  stated  in  a  letter  from  Admiral  Sims  to  the  Office  of  Operations 
on  March  2,  "It  appears  that  although  a  number  of  the  points  have 
been  cleared  up  *  *  *  there  still  remains  a  decided  difference  of 
opinion  in  regard  to  certain  important  points." 

It  is  believed  that  the  Admiralty's  disinclination  to  extend  the  Mark  VI  mines  to 
the  end  areas  until  their  efficiency  has  been  demonstrated  in  Area  "A  "  is  not  based 
on  sound  reasoning,  for  with  the  efficiency  of  the  mine  Area  "A  "  or  in  any  other  area 
the  whole  success  of  the  barrage  stands  or  falls  *  *  *.  If  the  more  efficient  min- 
ing of  these  end  areas  is  delayed,  until  the  inefficiency  of  patrols  in  these  areas  is 
demonstrated,  it  is  believed  that  much  valuable  time  will  be  lost  in  a  case  where  time 
is  a  most  vital  element. 


THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  99 

Anticipating  the  necessity  for  this  end  area  surface  mining  Admiral 
Sims,  on  April  9,  cabled  to  the  Navy  Department  requesting  prepa- 
ration of  mines  for  Area  "C."  Meanwhile  deep  mining  had  been 
commenced  by  the  British  in  Area  "B"  but,  owing  to  unexpected 
difficulties  with  the  British  mines  themselves,  the  operations  were 
suspended  before  one  complete  line  had  been  run. 

The  Commander  in  Chief  of  the  Grand  Fleet  was  much  disturbed 
by  these  unsatisfactory  results  and  the  Admiralty  felt  that  they 
could  not  continue  laying  the  barrage  in  Area  "B"  until  the  faults 
had  been  discovered  and  removed. 

Shortly  after  this,  in  a  letter  of  April  18,  1918,  to  the  Officer  of 
Operations,  Admiral  Sims  stated : 

Owing  to  the  apparent  uncertainty  in  the  Admiralty  as  to  the  further  execution 
for  the  plans  of  the  Northern  Barrage,  I  caused  the  matter  to  be  brought  up  at  the 
staff  meeting  this  morning  at  which  I  proposed  the  following:  We  lay  two  single  lines 
of  surface  mines  over  the  southern  portion  of  Area  "C.  "  British  to  lay  one  "system  " 
of  deep  mines  over  the  northern  portion  of  Area  "C. "  Area  "B  "  to  be  deep  mined 
as  already  planned,  except  that  the  mines  are  to  be  carried  close  up  to  the  coast  C  Is- 
lands) without  leaving  the  7  mile  channel  now  shown  on  the  chart. 

The  proposal  in  so  far  as  it  applied  to  Area  "C"  only  was  accepted 
by  the  Admiralty  formally  on  April  20. 

Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  the  original  contention  of  the  United 
States  authorities  in  regard  to  the  need  of  a  complete  barrage,  includ- 
ing surface  mining  in  the  end  areas}  was  not  allowed  to  rest  upon  the 
proof  of  ineffectiveness  of  surface  patrols,  for  this  particular  barrage, 
but  the  inefficiency  of  such  patrols,  as  amply  demonstrated  hi  pre- 
vious mining  efforts,  was  at  last  permitted  by  the  Admiralty  to 
outweigh  their  desire  for  wide  passages  for  the  Grand  Fleet. 

But  this  was  still  only  a  partial  conversion  to  the  idea,  for  Area 
"B"  still  remained  in  question.  Here  all  niining  was  stopped.  The 
failure  of  the  British  deep  mines  was  responsible  for  this,  and  although 
the  necessity  was  still  acknowledged  as  noted  in  the  Admiralty's 
letter  of  May  10  to  Admiral  Sims  it  was  said: 

The  deep  minefield  in  area  "B  "  can  have  no  effect  in  restricting  the  areas  through 
which  the  submarines  can  pass  and  should  not  therefore  be  considered  an  essential 
part  of  the  scheme. 

Although  a  verbal  agreement  was  made  that  as  soon  as  the  defects 
of  the  deep  mines  could  be  remedied  the  laying  of  Area  "B"  would 
proceed,  the  safety  of  ships  passing  over  the  field  could  never  be 
guaranteed  and  in  the  memorandum  of  the  deputy  chief  of  naval 
staff  (Admiralty)  received  by  Admiral  Sims  on  July  25,  the  conclu- 
sions were  that  either  Area  "B"  was  to  be  swept  and  left  clear  or 
that  it  should  be  completed  with  deep  and  shallow  mines.  Also  that 
if  the  latter  were  done  the  channel  between  the  western  extremity 


100  THE  NOETHEEN  BAEEAGE. 

of  Area  "  B  "  and  the  coast  line  would  be  so  narrow  that  it  would  not  be 
available  for  general  purposes. 

The  width  of  this  channel,  according  to  a  report  of  the  technical 
committee  (Admiralty),  "will  be  eventually  decided  with  the  Com- 
mander in  Chief,  Grand  Fleet,  but  in  view  of  experience  at  Dover  and 
difficulty  of  anti-submarine  patrolling  without  mines  it  should  not 
be  unduly  wide." 

To  further  the  desire  to  actually  complete  the  barrage  the  Bureau 
of  Ordnance  was  asked  on  July  31  to  prepare  American  mines  for  Area 
"B."  Then  as  a  result  of  a  consultation  between  the  Commander  in 
Chief,  Grand  Fleet,  and  Admiral  Freeman  tie  about  August  25  a  note 
was  addressed  to  Admiral  Sims  including  items  to  the  effect  that: 

It  will  be  seen^  that  the  Commander  in  Chief  is  very  averse  to  proceeding  at  a 
quicker  rate  than  step  by  step,  and  that  he  considers  that  the  next  step  should  be 
mining  up  to  the  10-mile  limit  (10-mile  channel  east  of  Orkneys).  There  is  a  natural 
reluctance  to  close  the  North  Sea  unless  it  can  be  actually  guaranteed  tight. 

It  is  suggested  therefore  that  we  commence  on  the  2d  of  September  to  mine  Area 
"B"  up  to  the  10-miles  without  declaring  the  area,  and  that  when  we  eventually  do 
notify  the  area  it  shall  include  right  up  to  the  coast.  Moreover,  the  fact  that  the 
northern  patrol  force  has  failed  as  a  killing  force  has  altered  the  situation. 

On  September  9  surface  and  deep  mines  were  actually  laid  in  Area 
"B"  on  a  combined  excursion  of  the  British  and  American  mine- 
laying  squadrons. 

With  the  gradual  closing  of  all  areas,  enemy  submarines  com- 
menced to  use  Norwegian  territorial  waters  to  make  the  passage. 
On  discovery  of  this  fact,  the  Norwegian  Government,  after  much 
negotiation  and  delay,  announced  September  29,  its  decision  to 
mine  Norwegian  territorial  waters,  which  had  the  effect  of  closing 
this  gap. 

Many  minor  changes  in  plan  and  material  occurred  from  tune  to 
time  as  will  be  noted  in  other  chapters  of  this  narrative,  but  the 
foregoing  is  sufficient  to  show  the  uncertainty  and  confusion 
prevailing  throughout  the  operation. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 
MINING   OPERATIONS. 


Early  in  March,  1918,  the  British  were  ready  to  begin  minelaying 
in  Area  "B."  Work  started  on  March  2,  and  successive  operations 
took  place  on  the  llth,  19th,  and  22d,  laying  a  single  row  of  mines 
in  the  southern  part  of  the  area  at  depths  of  65,  95,  and  125  feet. 

On  March  22  H.  M.  S.  Gailardia  was  sunk  in  the  vicinity  of  this 
field  while  engaged  in  the  work  of  laying  buoys  to  mark  tha  North 
Sea  barrage.  Minelaying  was  stopped  pending  investigation.  The 
loss  of  this  vessel  caused  considerable  alarm  in  the  Grand  Fleet,  and 
on  March  31  the  Comm ander-in-Chief  cabled  to  the  Admiralty: 
«*  *  *  the  chief  point  to  settle  is,  are  these  mines  safe  if  within 
45  feet  of  the  surface?  Unless  this  can  be  guaranteed  the  policy 
of  laying  mines  in  ricinity  of  principal  fleet  base  is  wrong." 

As  a  result  of  this  the  Admiralty  wrote  the  Commander-in-Chief 
on  April  24,  1918,  that  "It  is  not  at  present  proposed  to  lay  any 
more  mines  in  Area  'B.' ' 

From  the  United  States  point  of  view  this  was  a  most  unsatisfac- 
tory development,  for  it  was  our  firm  conviction  that  to  make  the 
barrage  a  success  it  was  absolutely  necessary  that  the  mines  should 
extend  completely  across  the  North  Sea  and  that  surface  mines  should 
be  laid  in  A^eas  "  B  "  and  "  C  "  as  well  as  in  Area  "A."  After  repeated 
representations  a  partial  concession  was  reached  on  April  20,  when  it 
was  agreed  that  we  should  lay  two  rows  of  surface  mines  in  Area  "  C  "  to 
the  southward  of  the  contemplated  lines  of  British  deep  mines.  This 
eliminated  the  necessity  of  patrols  in  Area  "C"  for  the  purpose  of 
forcing  submarines  down  into  the  deep  mines,  although  a  smaller 
patrol  was  still  desirable  hi  order  that  submarines  which  were  only 
partially  disabled  by  mines  might  be  destroyed  before  they  could 
reach  an  enemy  base.  The  announcement  of  the  Admiralty  that  no 
more  mines  were  to  be  laid  in  Area  "  B  "  was  most  serious.  Admiral 
"Strauss  recommended  that  unless  the  British  Government  definitely 
agreed  to  carry  out  the  plan  of  making  the  barrier  at  least  as  com- 
plete as  had  previously  been  agreed  to,  that  the  United  States  should 
withdraw  from  the  operation  entirely.  Our  views  in  regard  to  min- 
ing Area  "  B  "  were  presented  to  the  Admiralty  whenever  occasion  per- 
mitted, witn  the  result  that  a  verbal  agreement  was  at  last  reached 
that  as  soon  as  the  defects  of  the  mines  could  be  remedied  the  mining 

of  this  area  would  be  resumed. 

101 


102  THE  NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

-On  April  26  notification  was  issued  in  Notices  to  Mariners  that 
all  shipping  was  to  avoid  the  area  bounded  as  follows: 

(1)  Lat.  59°  12.5'  N.,  long.  4°  49'  E. 

(2)  Lat.  59°  29'  N.,  long.  3°  10'  E. 

(3)  Lat.  58°  25'  N.,  long.  0°  50'  W. 

(4)  Lat.  59°  20'  N.,  long.  0°  50'  W. 

(5)  Lat.  60°  21'  N.,  long.  3°  10'  E. 

(6)  Lat.  60°  00'  N.,  long.  4°  56'E. 

and  thence  along  the  western  limits  of  Norwegian  territorial  waters 
to  position  (1).  The  area  above  outlined  included  Areas  " A"  and  "C," 
but,  as  originally  intended,  Area  "B"  was  not  included. 

Prior  to  the  commencement  of  work  on  the  North  Sea  barrage  the 
British  had  been  carrying  out  minor  minelaying  operations  in  various 
localities.  In  the  early  spring  of  1918  the  enemy's  submarines  were 
very  active  in  the  Irish  Channel,  and  it  was  decided  by  the  Admiralty 
to  lay  a  deep  mine  field  off  the  North  Coast  of  Ireland  in  the  North 
Channel. 

As  all  British  minelayers  were  constantly  employed  elsewhere, 
the  Admiralty  approached  Vice  Admiral  Sims  on  the  subject  of 
lending  a  United  States  minelayer  for  this  purpose.  The  U.  S.  S. 
Baltimore,  Capt.  A.  W.  Marshall,  United  States  Navy,  was  promptly 
detailed  and  arrived  at  the  Clyde  on  March  8,  1918,  being  the  first 
American  minelayer  to  arrive  in  British  waters. 

The  Baltimore  remained  at  the  Clyde  for  about  three  weeks,  during 
which  time  she  was  fitted  out  with  paravanes  and  taut  wire  meas- 
uring gear,  and  opportunity  was  taken  to  send  parties  of  officers  and 
men  to  Grangemouth  for  instruction  at  the  mining  depot,  and  on 
board  the  British  minelayer  Princess  Margaret  in  the  British  H-2 
mine  and  Mark  XII  sinker. 

During  this  period  Capt.  Marshall  visited  Grangemouth  to  discuss 
matters  with  Rear  Admiral  L.  Clinton-Baker,  C.  B.,  R.  N.,  who  had 
been  ordered  by  the  British  Admiralty  to  arrange  all  details  in  con- 
nection with  laying  the  above-mentioned  mine  field. 

Capt.  Marshall,  United  States  Navy,  and  Capt.  Lookhart  Leith, 
D.  S.  O.,  R.  N.,  then  visited  Larne,  Buncrana,  Ardrossan,  and 
Lamlash,  and  discussed  the  procedure  for  carrying  out  the  mining 
operations  with  the  senior  naval  officers  at  those  ports. 

Lamlash  was  selected  as  the  base  from  which  the  Baltimore  should 
operate.  Mines  were  supplied  by  train  from  the  mine  depot  af 
Immingham.  These  mines  were  the  British  H-2  star,  with  Mark 
XII  shakers  (fixed  moorings).  They  were  fitted  with  deep  switches 
and  calibrated  so  as  to  be  inoperative  when  planted  nearer  the  sur- 
face than  50  feet.  No  sinking  plugs  were  used. 

The  field  was  designed  to  consist  of  one  line  of  mines  at  65  feet 
where  the  water  was  less  than  20  fathoms:  one  line  at  65  feet  and 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  103 

one  line  at  95  feet  in  water  between  20  and  30  fathoms;  one  line  at 
65  feet,  one  line  at  95  feet,  and  one  at  125  feet  in  water  of  30  fathoms 
and  above.  The  mines  were  to  be  laid  in  groups  of  four,  spaced 
100  feet  between  mines  in  each  group,  and  groups  to  be  300  feet 
apart. 

All  operations  were  carried  out  at  night,  the  Baltimore  being 
screened  by  two  destroyers.  The  operations  consisted  of  the  fol- 
lowing: 

13th-14th  April,  laid  179  mines  65  feet  below  L.  W.  O.  S. 

18th-19th  April,  laid  120  mines  95  feet  below  L.  W.  O.  S;  60 
mines  125  feet  below  L.  W.  O.  S. 

21st-22d  April,  laid  180  mines  65  feet  below  L.  W.  O.  S. 

27th-28th  April,  laid  180  mines  95  feet  below  L.  W.  O.  S. 

lst-2d  May,  laid  180  mines  125  feet  below  L.  W.  O.  S. 
The  following  extract  from  a  report  made  by  Hear  Admiral  Clinton- 
Baker,  R.  N.,  who  was  in  general  command  of  the  Baltimore's  opera- 
tions, is  quoted: 

It  is  considered  that  the  Baltimore  laid  the  lines  of  mines  (as  planned)  with  extreme 
accuracy;  this  reflects  the  greatest  credit  on  Capt.  Marshall  and  his  navigating  officer, 
Iming  in  view  the  strong  cross  tides  (3  to  4  knots)  that  existed  in  that  locality. 

On  the  6th  May,  minelaying  operations  were  discontinued  by 
orders  from  the  Admiralty  on  account  of  a  skimming  sweep  of  the 
mine  field  having  disclosed  several  shallow  mines  at  the  northern 
end  of  the  field,  due  in  all  probability  to  the  very  uneven  nature  of 
the  bottom.  This  skimming  sweep  was  made  at  a  depth  of  30  feet, 
giving  from  30  to  33  feet  at  the  cutters.  Actean  sweeps  were  used. 
While  the  sweeping  was  in  progress,  one  mine  was  swept  up  which 
had  60  fathoms  of  mooring  cable  attached.  As  all  mines  planted 
in  this  field  were  set  for  fixed  moorings  of  approximately  45  fathoms, 
tests  were  immediately  carried  out  at  Grangemouth  to'  ascertain 
the  reliability  of  the  locking  device  in  the  Mark  XII  sinkers.  The 
results  of  this  test  showed  the  possibility  of  the  locking  nut  stripping 
the  threads  and  allowing  the  full  length  of  the  cable  on  the  reel  to 
run  out.  These  sweeping  operations  began  on  May  1  and  continued 
until  May  5,  when  a  mine  was  exploded  by  the  sweep  in  position 
latitude  55°  33'  15"  N.,  longitude  6°  42'  45"  W.  Extensive  counter- 
mining immediately  took  place  in  lines  A,  B,  and  C,  lasting  for  a 
period  of  between  15  and  30  seconds,  and  apparently  detonating  all 
mines  in  these  three  rows.  As  described  by  the  officer  in  command 
of  the  sweepers : 

There  was  a  continuous  series  of  explosions  as  rapid  as  the  fire  of  a  Maxim  gun,  with 
occasional  pauses,  in  which  separate  and  distinct  reports  could  be  heard,  followed 
by  a  period  of  intensified  sounds,  in  which  separate  explosions  were  indistinguishable. 

Sweeping  operations  were  resumed  in  the  North  Channel  on  the 
20th  of  May,  when  the  southwestern  portion  of  D  line  was  skim 


104  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

swept  at  a  depth  of  36  feet — nothing  found.  The  following  day 
sweeping  continued,  but  again  nothing  was  found.  These  sweeping 
operations  continued  until  the  29th  May,  when  the  entire  North 
Channel  deep  mine  field  had  been  swept  at  a  depth  of  approximately 
36  feet.  A  few  shallow  mines  were  found  in  lines  D  and  E,  but  not 
nearly  so  many  as  were  found  in  the  other  lines.  Soundings  obtained 
by  the  vessels  engaged  in  making  the  skimming  sweep  showed  con- 
siderable irregularity  in  the  bottom  and  much  variation  from  the 
survey  soundings  which  were  used  for  setting  the  fixed  moorings. 
This  was  particularly  true  of  the  northeastern  part  of  the  field. 

Prior  to  the  discontinuation  of  the  laying  operations  by  the  Bal- 
timore, it  appeared  as  though  it  would  be  impossible  for  her  to  com- 
plete this  mine  field  in  time  to  join  the  mine  squadron  for  the  first 
operation  in  the  North  Sea  barrage.  Accordingly,  the  Navy  Depart- 
ment was  requested  to  send  either  one  or  two  of  the  new  mine- 
layers which  were  most  nearly  completed  to  assist  her  in  order  that 
all  vessels  might  be  available  as  soon  as  operations  could  begin  in  the 
North  Sea. 

In  response  to  this  request  the  Eoanoke  sailed  from  the  United 
States  on  May  3.  Before  her  arrival,  however,  the  Baltimore's 
operations  in  the  North  Channel  had  been  discontinued.  The 
Roanolce  remained  several  days  at  Lamlash,  then  sailed  for  Base  17, 
where  she  arrived  a  week  ahead  of  the  other  minelayers. 

The  Baltimore  remained  on  the  west  coast  for  several  weeks  in 
order  to  perform  experiments  for  the  British  in  connection  with 
minelaying  and  minesweeping,  then  proceeded  to  Base  18,  where  she 
arrived  on  June  2,  1918. 

In  the  meantime  preparations  for  the  commencement  of  mine 
laying  had  been  completed.  Early  Sunday  morning,  May  26,  1918, 
the  San  Francisco,  flagship  of  Mine  Squadron  One,  accompanied 
by  the  Canonicus,  Canandaigua,  Housatonic,  and  Quinnebaug, 
arrived  at  Bases  17  and  18.  The  Squadron  Commander  reported 
that  all  vessels  would  be  ready  to  commence  minelaying  as  soon  as 
as  they  had  been  watered  and  refueled.  The  delivery  of  mine  parts, 
however,  had  not  come  up  to  expectations  and  prevented  the  begin- 
ning of  operations  at  once.  All  of  the  necessary  mine  parts  were  on 
hand  except  the  antenna  floats  for  mines  planted  at  the  lower  levels, 
and  it  was  necessary  to  wait  until  a  mine  carrier  had  arrived  before 
sufficient  of  these  floats  were  on  hand  to  enable  the  necessary  num- 
bers of  mines  to  be  assembled  for  the  first  excursion. 

The  first  excursion  was  to  be  a  joint  operation  between  the  British 
minelaying  squadron,  which  had  been  designated  by  the  Admiralty 
as  the  first  mine  laying  squadron,  and  our  vessels  which  they  had 
named  the  second  mine-laying  squadron.  We  reported  that  our 
squadron  would  be  ready  to  go  out  on  June  6,  but  it  was  necessary 


THE  NORTHEEN   BARRAGE.  105 

to  wait  one  day  while  the  British  completed  the  assembly  of  their 
mines.  The  United  States  squadron  left  the  bases,  rendezvoused 
outside  Cromarty  Firth  with  the  British  destroyers  sent  to  escort 
them,  then  proceed  via  the  swept  channels  and  across  the  North  Sea 
until  Udshire  Light  was  sighted  on  the  coast  of  Norway.  This  was 
used  as  the  point  of  departure,  being  the  nearest  point  of  land  to  the 
position  in  which  the  mine  laying  was  to  commence. 

No  difficulties  were  encountered  by  any  of  the  vessels  with  their 
mining  installations  or  the  lack  of  experience  of  their  crews.  The 
mines  were  laid  with  accuracy  and  precision  and  the  ships,  in  spite 
of  the  various  types  which  constituted  the  squadron,  maneuvered 
well  together. 

When  the  mine  field  was  first  proposed  it  was  intended  to  plant 
the  mines  at  intervals  of  150  feet,  but  tests  conducted  by  the  San 
Francisco  while  in  the  United  States  showed  this  distance  to  be  im- 
practical on  account  of  the  damage  done  to  adjacent  mines  when  one 
mine  exploded.  As  a  result  of  these  experiments  it  was  finally 
decided  that  250  feet  was  the  minimum  distance  at  which  mines 
could  safely  be  planted,  and  this  spacing  was  used  on  the  first 
excursion. 

Shortly  after  minelaymg  had  commenced  mines  began  to  explode 
prematurely.  This  continued  as  long  as  the  squadron  was  in  touch 
with  the  mine  field,  but  the  frequency  of  the  explosions  decreased 
rapidly  after  the  laying  was  completed.  By  counting  the  explosions 
it  was  estimated  that  between  3  and  4  per  cent  of  the  3,385  mines 
laid  had  blown  up.  Some  of  these  explosions  took  place  almost 
immediately  after  the  mines  went  overboard,  severely  shaking  the 
vessels  from  which  they  were  laid.  Others  did  not  explode  until 
days  after  they  had  been  in  the  water.  These  explosions,  which 
occurred  after  each  excursion,  presented  the  most  baffling  problem 
which  the  mine  force  was  called  upon  to  solve.  Although  a  loss  of 
4  per  cent  of  the  mines  did  not  seriously  reduce  the  efficiency  of  the 
barrage  as  a  whole,  such,  a  condition  was,  nevertheless,  undesirable 
and  every  effort  was  immediately  applied  to  ascertain  the  cause. 

There  appeared  to  be  some  doubt  as  to  whether  the  spherical- 
cylindrical  buoys,  which  were  dropped  upon  completion  of  mine 
laying  to  mark  the  end  of  the  field  so  that  the  next  excursion  could 
commence  as  close  as  possible  without  danger,  would  survive  the 
weather  until  the  ships  again  went  out.  The  Commander-in-Chief, 
Grand  Fleet,  was  therefore  asked  to  send  two  sloops  or  trawlers  to 
stand  by  these  buoys  and  assist  the  squadron  in  finding  them  when 
taking  their  departure  on  the  following  operation.  These  vessels 
while  performing  this  duty  were  able  to  supply  much  valuable  infor- 
mation to  the  Commander  Mine  Force,  as  most  of  them  were  fitted 
with  listening  devices  which  enabled  them  to  hear  and  record  the 


106  THE  NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

explosions  occurring  between  successive  operations.  From  1  to  11 
explosions  were  noted  daily  for  seven  days.  By  that  time  prac- 
tically all  explosions  had  ceased.  This  seemed  to  indicate  that  slow 
leakage  was  probably  causing  these  later  mines  to  fire. 

Of  the  12  marker  buoys  which  were  dropped  at  the  end  of  the  field 
only  three  broke  adrift  during  the  following  three  weeks.  Their 
endurance  was  sufficient  for  the  purpose  intended  and  the  Commander- 
in-Chief  was  informed  on  July  27th  that  vessels  would  no  longer  be 
required  to  keep  watch  on  the  buoys. 

The  British  minelaying  squadron  proceeded  separately  to  Area  C 
where  then*  mines  were  laid  on  the  same  date  that  ours  were  put 
down. 

As  a  result  of  the  joint  studies  of  the  American  and  British  plan- 
ning sections,  a  somewhat  radical  but  beneficial  change  in  the  nature 
of  the  field  in  Area  "A"  was  adopted  shortly  after  the  commencement 
of  active  mine  laying.  As  originally  agreed  upon  the  American  mine 
field  in  this  area  was  to  consist  of  three  systems,  each  system  com- 
prising one  line  of  mines  at  80  feet,  one  at  160  feet,  and  one  at  240 
feet.  This  arrangement  gave  an  equal  density  of  mines  from  the 
surface  to  the  bottom  of  the  barrage.  Since,  however,  there  was  to 
be  no  patrol  in  Area  "A,"  submarines  attempting  to  cross  the  field 
would  undoubtedly  do  so  on  the  surface  where  the  damage  in  case 
of  striking  a  mine  would  be  the  least.  Also,  submarines  being  pur- 
sued by  slow  vessels  would  prefer  to  proceed  on  the  surface  where 
their  chances  of  escape  were  best. 

Accordingly  it  was  decided  that  the  third  system  instead  of  con- 
sisting of  one  row  of  mines  at  each  of  the  three  depths,  should  consist 
of  three  rows  of  surface  mines,  i.  e.,  80  feet  submergence. 

Immediately  following  this  alteration  it  was  decided  to  double  the 
number  of  rows  of  mines  in  Area  "A."  The  original  plan  had  called  for 
mines  to  be  laid  150  feet  apart,  but  due  to  the  damage  caused  by  the 
explosions  of  neighboring  mines  and  the  possibility  of  countermining, 
this  distance  had  been  gradually  increased  until  it  had  become  300 
feet — just  twice  the  original  figure.  It  was  therefore  necessary  to 
double  the  number  of  systems  to  give  the  field  the  same  approximate 
effectiveness  as  originally  planned. 

After  the  above  two  changes  the  barrage  in  Area  "A"  was  to 
consist  of: 

10  rows  of  mines  at  80  feet  submergence. 
4  rows  of  mines  at  160  feet  submergence. 
4  rows  of  mines  at  240  feet  submergence. 

As  the  mooring  ropes  for  the  mine  anchors  were  cut  in  different 
lengths  to  correspond  with  the  three  depths  at  which  mines  were  laid, 
the  above  change  necessitated  supplying  a  great  many  more  anchors 
for  80-foot  mines  and  fewer  for  the  deeper  levels.  Fortunately  the 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  107 

Bureau  of  Ordnance  was  able  to  meet  the  new  demands  without 
causing  delay  in  the  operations. 

Shortly  after  minelaying  had  begun  in  Area  "C"  the  Norwegian 
Government  issued  a  decree  to  the  effect  that  belligerent  submarines 
equipped  for  use  in  warfare  must  not  traverse  or  stay  in  Norwegian 
territorial  waters  except  by  reason  of  stress  of  weather  or  to  save 
life.  Breach  of  this  prohibition  would  expose  them  to  armed  attack 
without  warning.  Norway  also  reduced  the  limits  of  her  territorial 
waters  from  four  to  three  miles,  since  the  former  figure  was  not 
recognized  by  the  principal  belligerent  nations.  This  decree,  rigidly 
enforced,  would  have  had  the  same  result  as  if  British  and  American 
mines  had  been  laid  right  up  to  the  Norwegian  coast  instead  of 
stopping  at  their  territorial  waters,  but  there  was  good  reason  to 
believe  that  the  decree  was  not  enforced  against  German  submarines. 

After  the  completion  of  the  first  excursion  further  minelaying  by 
the  United  States  mine  force  was  temporarily  prevented  by  the  non- 
receipt  of  mining  material.  The  first  excursion  had  used  up  all  but 
three  of  the  antennae  floats  for  the  lower  level  mines.  Tests  were 
conducted  in  Loch  Ness  to  ascertain  whether  the  antennae  floats 
designed  for  the  upper  level  mines  would  withstand  the  deeper 
immersion. 

There  were  plenty  of  these  floats  on  hand  and  they  could  have  been 
used  had  they  been  suitable.  They  would  not,  however,  hold  up  when 
submerged  to  the  necessary  depth.  The  only  other  possible  alter- 
native for  continuing  mine  laying  was  to  lay  the  two  lines  of  surface 
mines  in  Area  "  C,"  which  we  had  recently  agreed  to  do,  but  here  again 
we  were  delayed.  Although  it  was  expected  that  the  British  would 
agree  to  our  laying  surface  mines  in  this  area  and  the  mines  had 
actually  been  ordered  several  weeks  before  the  concession  had  been 
obtained,  there  had  not  been  sufficient  time  for  these  special  anchors 
to  reach  the  mine  bases. 

In  the  meantime  the  British  minelaying  squadron  had  completed 
its  second  and  third  operations  on  June  18  and  June  30. 

The  necessary  number  of  anchors  for  laying  two  rows  of  mines  in 
Area  "C"  finally  arrived  and  four  of  the  minelayers  got  underway 
June  30,  laying  their  cargoes  of  mines  on  the  following  day. 

Again  approximately  4  per  cent  of  the  mines  exploded  prematurely. 

After  the  first  excursion  the  probable  causes  which  were  thought 
might  be  responsible  for  the  premature  explosions  were  gone  into  and 
at  the  same  time  it  was  believed  that  they  were  largely  caused  by 
inaccuracies  in  assembly  and  testing,  due  to  the  inexperience  of  the 
personnel  at  the  bases.  The  problem  was  not,  however,  allowed  to 
rest  on  this  conclusion.  Tests  were  undertaken  in  Loch  Ness  and 
Loch  Lochy  to  determine  the  accuracy  of  the  depth  taking  mechan- 
ism and  the  ability  of  the  mine  cases  to  withstand  the  pressure  when 


108  THE  NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

planted  at  the  lower  level  (240  feet).  The  depth  taking  performance 
was  not  particularly  satisfactory,  but  the  principal  cause  was  dis- 
covered and  remedied  before  the  second  excursion.  Out  of  the  22 
mines  submerged  to  a  depth  of  300  feet  in  fresh  water,  6  of  them  were 
crushed  and  leaks  were  discovered  in  7  others.  At  240  feet  in  fresh 
water  no  mines  out  of  38  planted  were  crushed,  and  a  leak  was  dis- 
covered in  only  1.  It  is  probable,  however,  that  the  factor  of  safety 
of  the  mine  case  was  so  small  that  leaks  might  be  started  in  adjacent 
mines  by  an  explosion.  This  consideration  made  it  desirable  to  in- 
crease the  distance  between  mines  from  250  feet,  which  was  used  on" 
the  first  excursion,  to  300  feet,  which  was  employed  on  all  following 
excursions. 

The  possible  causes  of  premature  explosions  were  many.  Soluble 
washers  which  were  designed  to  dissolve  about  20  minutes  after  the 
mine  had  been  planted  were  found  to  be  very  erratic,  some  of  them 
dissolving  in  less  than  a  minute  after  the  mine  had  been  planted. 
The  antenna  release  mechanisms  were  not  entirely  satisfactory.  Some- 
times the  shock  of  the  mine  striking  the  water  was  sufficient  to  release 
the  floats,  allowing  the  antennae  coils  to  foul  the  mine  and  fire  it  as 
soon  as  the  soluble  washer  had  dissolved.  Leaks  in  the  mine  case 
could  cause  short  circuits  which  would  operate  the  firing  mechanism. 
In  the  original  design  of  the  mine  it  had  included  a  circuit  breaker 
in  the  antenna  circuit,  which  prevented  the  mine  from  firing  in  case 
the  antennas  fouled  the  mine  ease  or  the  antennae  floats  carried  away. 
The  production  of  the  circuit  breakers  had,  however,  been  delayed 
and  none  had  been  on  hand  for  the  first  and  second  excursions. 
After  carefully  going  over  all  the  probable  causes  of  premature  ex- 
plosions it  was  impossible  to  attribute  them  to  any  specific  cause  and 
it  was  hoped  that  by  using  the  utmost  care  in  the  assembly,  adjust- 
ment, and  planting  of  the  mines,  the  percentage  of  explosions  would  be 
further  reduced. 

After  the  completion  of  the  second  operation  it  was  again  necessary 
to  await  the  receipt  of  mining  material  before  the  succeeding  operation 
could  take  place.  The  Bureau  of  Ordnance  had  been  requested  by 
cable  to  ship  antenna  floats  by  a  fast  steamer  as  soon  as  a  sufficient 
number  could  be  obtained  from  the  manufacturers,  in  order  to  allow 
the  mining  to  continue  with  as  little  delay  as  possible.  Thirty-five 
hundred  of  these  floats  were  shipped  on  the  Justida,  which  arrived 
on  July  10. 

On  July  6  information  was  received  that  several  groups  of  American 
mines  had  been  found  on  the  Norwegian  coast  in  the  vicinity  of  Bergen. 
As  it  was  most  important  to  learn  the  cause  of  their  breaking  adrift, 
arrangements  were  made  to  send  Lieut.  O.  W.  Bagby,  United  States 
Navy,  to  Norway  to  obtain  all  the  particulars  available.  His  efforts 
were  fruitless.  The  Norwegian  Government  would  not  permit 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  109 

him  to  inspect  the  mines  they  had  recovered  and,  after  waiting  several 
days,  he  returned  to  Base  18.  Later  information  received  stated  that 
about  30  mines  had  been  washed  ashore  and  there  were  no  signs  of  any 
mooring  arrangements.  This  indicated  clearly  enough  that  the  moor- 
ings had  parted  at  the  mine  cases.  The  British  had  experienced  simi- 
lar difficulties  and  had  found  it  necessary  to  use  a  spring  buffer 
between  the  mooring  cable  and  the  mine  case  to  prolong  the  life  of 
their  mines.  Such  a  device  would,  at  least,  not  be  detrimental  and 
might  materially  reduce  the  percentage  of  mines  which  were  breaking 
away  from  their  moorings  so  the  Admiralty  were  asked  to  supply  us 
with  the  necessary  buffers,  which  was  promptly  done. 

Some  of  the  mines  recovered  by  the  Norwegians  were  disassembled 
and  the  principle  of  the  firing  mechanism  obtained.  The  Germans 
probably  obtained  the  secret  of  our  mine  shortly  afterwards,  but  as 
far  as  can  be  learned,  they  took  no  defensive  measures  to  protect 
their  submarines  while  passing  over  the  barrage. 

In  order  to  ascertain  if  the  explosions  were  still  continuing  and  if 
mines  which  had  broken  adrift  were  floating  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
mine  field,  the  Patapsco  and  Patuxent  were  sent  out  on  July  9.  After 
picking  up  the  western  end  of  the  first  excursion  several  additional 
marker  buoys  were  dropped  and  the  tugs  then  steamed  along  the 
southern  side  of  the  United  States  fields  laid  in  Areas  A  and  C.  No 
explosions  were  heard  nor  were  any  floating  mines  observed. 

The  fourth  British  operation  was  carried  out  on  July  12,  again  hi 
Area  C. 

Preparations  were  made  for  our  third  operation  to  commence  on 
July  14.  On  July  11  a  cable  was  received  from  the  Commander-in- 
Chief,  Grand  Fleet,  that  no  mining  was  to  be  done  to  the  westward  of 
the  Greenwich  meridian.  The  excursion  as  originally  planned  was 
to  extend  from  the  leaving  off  point  to  the  first  operation  completely 
across  Area  "A,"  thus  finishing  the  first  system  of  mines.  This  change 
was  not  serious  so  long  as  it  was  only  temporary,  although  it  was,  of 
course,  desirable  to  complete  one  fence  of  mines  all  the  way  across  the 
North  Sea  as  soon  as  possible.  The  question  was  taken  up  with  the 
Admiralty  by  Admiral  Sims  and,  in  view  of  the  fact  that  it  was  in- 
tended only  as  a  temporary  measure,  it  was  acceded  to. 

The  assembly  and  loading  arrangements  were  altered,  and  by 
working  night  shifts  it  was  possible  for  the  squadron  to  adhere 
to  the  original  date  of  readiness,  getting  underway  for  the  third 
excursion  on  July  14.  The  following  day  5,395  mines  were  laid 
in  4  hours  and  22  minutes,  the  largest  number  so  far  laid  in  a  single 
operation.  By  this  time  the  mining  installations  had  proved  most 
flexible  and  reliable.  Each  layer  was  able  to  lay  its  entire  quota 
of  mines  hi  one  continuous  string  at  a  speed  of  12J  to  13  knots. 


110  THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

Approximately  5  per  cent  of  the  mines  exploded  prematurely — 
a  slight  increase  over  previous  performances.  This  time  it  was 
definitely  determined  that  part  of  the  explosions  were  caused  by 
countermining.  On  previous  excursions  groups  had  gone  off  almost 
simultaneously  but  it  was  generally  thought  to  be  more  or  less  a 
freak  occurrence  of  several  mines  individually  exploding  at  practi- 
cally the  same  time  or  due  possibly  to  the  reverberations  of  an 
explosion  which  sounded  like  several  mines  individually  exploding 
at  practically  the  same  time  when  it  really  was  but  one.  Now, 
however,  it  was  proved  beyond  a  doubt  that  one  mine  frequently 
was  responsible  for  the  detonation  of  several  others.  Curiously ? 
mines  sometimes  as  much  as  half  a  mile  away  were  countermined, 
while  the  adjacent  mines  laid  only  300  feet  away  remained  intact. 
Upon  completion  of  the  operation,  fog  was  encountered  making  it 
impossible  for  the  ships  to  check  their  position  while  proceeding 
down  the  Scottish  coast  to  Cromarty  Firth.  The  swept  channel 
was  narrow  and  close  inshore,  which  added  to  the  difficulty  by 
denying  them  the  prerogative  of  keeping  well  clear  of  the  coast. 
Unfortunately  Capt.  Belknap,  commanding  the  mine  squadron,  had 
issued  an  order  with  respect  to  the  danger  of  sounding,  that  caused 
three  of  the  commanding  officers  not  to  sound.  At  4.20  a.  m.  July 
16,  while  just  north  of  Cromarty  Firth,  one  of  the  escorting  de- 
stroyers sheered  close  in  to  the  San  Francisco  and  reported  that 
they  were  too  close  inshore.  The  squadron  turned  out,  stopped 
and  backed  but  before  headway  had  been  checked  the  EoanoJce  and 
the  Canonicus  had  grounded.  The  Canonicus  was  able  to  back 
off  but  attempts  to  clear  the  Eoanoke  were  unsuccessful.  She  was 
lightened  as  much  as  possible  and  came  off  easily  on  the  following 
high  tide.  No  damage  was  sustained  by  either  vessel.  The  Com- 
mander Mine  Force  recommended  no  further  proceedings  and  the 
matter  was  disposed  of  by  Admiral  Sims  in  a  letter,  in  part  as 
follows : 

The  Force  Commander  is  of  the  opinion  that  a  court  of  inquiry  should  have  investi- 
gated the  causes  for  the  grounding  of  the  Roanoke,  on  July  16,  1918.  It  is,  however, 
and  has  been,  impracticable,  to  order  officers  of  sufficient  rank,  to  compose  such  a 
court;  it  is  noted  that  damage  to  the  Roanoke  and  other  vessels  concerned,  was  slight, 
and  that  their  availability  for  duty  was  not  impaired. 

In  view  of  the  foregoing,  no  further  action  will  be  taken  by  the  Force  Commander, 
and  the  papers  in  the  case  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Navy  Department  for  such  action 
as  may  be  deemed  expedient. 

About  this  time  the  question  of  the  length  of  antennae  again 
arose.  It  will  be  remembered  that  the  original  design  of  the  mine 
called  for  antennae  100  feet  long.  Early  in  1918,  however,  data 
became  available  which  showed  that  the  mine  charge  was  insuffi- 
cient to  do  material  damage  to  a  submarine  at  this  distance.  The 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  Ill 

antennae  was  then  shortened  to  70  feet.  Later  on  further  experi- 
ments showed  even  this  distance  to  be  too  great  to  seriously  cripple 
a  submarine  on  the  surface.  It  was  therefore  decided  to  reduce 
the  length  of  the  antennae  on  the  upper  mine  to  55  feet.  This 
change  had  no  sooner  been  decided  on  than  actual  experience 
showed  it  was  desirable  to  still  further  reduce  this  length.  The 
second  week  hi  July,  a  German  submarine  while  attempting  to 
cross  the  minefield  on  the  surface  struck  a  mine  which  exploded 
but  did  not  do  sufficient  damage  to  prevent  her  reaching  port. 
She  reported  her  condition  by  radio,  which  was  intercepted  and 
deciphered.  The  Grand  Fleet  immediately  dispatched  fast  ves- 
sels to  attack  her.  She  was  able,  however,  to  make  sufficient 
speed  to  reach  her  base  before  this  could  be  accomplished.  Upon 
the  representation  of  the  Commander-in-Chief ,  Grand  Fleet,  and  the 
desires  of  some  of  our  own  representatives,  it  was  decided  to  fur- 
ther reduce  the  antennas  for  surface  mines  to  35  feet,  planting  the 
mines  45  feet  below  the  surface. 

The  fifth  British  operation  was  carried  out  on  July  21  hi  Area  "C." 

Several  days  delay  was  encountered  before  our  fourth  operation 
on  account  of  again "  having  to  wait  for  mining  material.  The 
squadron  was  reported  ready  to  sail  July  25  but  it  was  necessary 
to  wait  four  days  more  for  the  escorting  and  supporting  forces  from 
the  Grand  Fleet.  The  British  and  American  operations  had  recently 
been  overlapping  each  other  in  such  a  manner  that  one  squadron 
was  out  at  sea  while  the  other  was  loading  in  port.  As  this  necessi- 
tated keeping  a  large  part  of  the  Grand  Fleet  at  sea  almost  con- 
stantly, the  Commander-hi-Chief  desired  that  we  should  wait  until 
the  British  squadron  had  again  Ipaded,  so  that  it  would  only  be 
necessary  to  send  one  force  to  support  both  squadrons. 

The  antennae  for  the  surface  mines  were  not  shortened  on  this 
excursion  since  the  mines  had  already  been  assembled  and  loaded 
on  board  the  layers.  The  squadron  sailed  on  July  29,  laying  5,399 
mines  the  following  day.  The  premature  explosions  were  much 
more  numerous  than  on  any  of  the  previous  excursions,  approxi- 
mately 14  per  cent  of  the  mines  going  off.  This  was  most  discon- 
certing. Instead  of  the  explosions  decreasing  as  experience  was 
gained  in  the  assembly  and  laying  of  the  mines,  the  percentage  had 
been  gradually  increasing  and  then  had  suddenly  jumped  to  14 
per  cent  on  this  excursion.  Losses  of  3  to  4  per  cent  could  possibly 
be  tolerated,  but  this  latter  figure  was  absolutely  prohibitive,  and 
the  causes  of  the  explosions  had  to  be  definitely  determined  and 
eliminated. 

The  same  date  the  minelayers  left  their  bases,  Admiral  Strauss, 
accompanied  by  Lieut.  Noel  Davis,  left  Base  18  to  represent  the 


112  THE    NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

United  States  at  an  allied  naval  conference  to  be  held  at  Malta  to 
consider  minelaying  operations  in  the  Mediterranean. 

Due  to  the  large  number  of  premature  explosions  which  occurred 
in  the  fourth  operation,  the  Force  Commander  ordered  the  suspension 
of  further  minelaying  operations  until  the  cause  of  the  explosions  had 
been  ascertained  and  corrected.  All  conceivable  reasons  which  might 
be  responsible  were  again  gone  over  and  further  tests  were  conducted. 
Of  these,  two  seemed  to  offer  the  only  possibilities  of  solution.  Cir- 
cuit breakers  had  been  used  in  the  antennae  circuits  for  the  first 
time.  This  device  consisted  of  a  mercury  cup  which  broke  the  cir- 
cuit in  case  the  antennae  was  not  released  from  the  mine,  or  if  the 
floats  were  carried  away  allowing  the  antennae  to  drop  down  upon 
the  case.  In  what  adverse  manner  the  circuit  breaker  might  affect 
the  firing  device  could  not  be  imagined,  still  there  was  a  possibility 
that  it  was  at  least  partially  to  blame.  The  other  cause  was  believed 
to  be  due  to  difficulties  in  installing  the  horn  bushings  in  the  mine 
case.  .Unless  this  was  most  carefully  done  there  was  danger  of  ground- 
ing the  circuit  of  the  firing  device  on  the  mine  case  which  would 
cause  the  mine  to  fire  as  soon  as  the  soluble  washer  had  dissolved. 

Believing  that  the  difficulties  could  be  most  quickly  solved  by 
actual  planting,  arrangements  were  made  for  the  next  excursion  to 
begin  on  August  8.  Mines  were  assembled  with  the  electric  circuits 
to  the  horns  disconnected,  but  in  all  other  respects  the  same  as  before. 

This  was  again  a  joint  excursion  by  the  British  and  American 
squadrons,  the  British  laying  surface  mines  in  Area  "  C  "  to  the  south- 
ward of  those  laid  by  us  on  July  1 .  This  was  a  departure  from  the 
original  scheme  by  which  the  British  were  only  to  lay  deep  mines  in 
this  area,  but  it  was  in  line  with  the  recent  change  in  policy  that  the 
surfaces  should  be  more  densely  mined  than  the  lower  depths.  Be- 
sides this,  all  our  mines  which  had  been  laid  in  Area  "C"  had  70-foot 
antennae,  which  were  unquestionably  too  long  to  insure  the  destruc- 
tion of  submarines  on  the  surface. 

The  efforts  to  cure  the  premature  explosions  on  this  excursion  were 
found  even  less  successful  than  before.  After  laying  1,596  mines  the 
operation  was  discontinued  and  the  squadron  returned  to  the  bases. 
Approximately  19  per  cent  of  the  mines  had  exploded. 

Evidently  the  horn  circuit  could  not  be  at  fault  and  it  must  be 
something  else.  Numerous  experiments  were  again  carried  out  in 
hopes  of  discovering  the  secret  of  the  explosions  and  another  possible 
cause  was  developed.  Jt  was  found  that  the  rubber  insulation  be- 
tween the  copper  plates  on  the  firing  device  caused  sulphates  and 
sulphides  to  be  formed  with  the  copper  which,  when  immersed  in 
salt  water,  set  up  a  slight  current  in  the  firing  circuit  in  the  direction 
necessary  to  operate  it.  Although  the  current  was  in  most  cases 


112-1 


112-2 


112-3 


PHOTOSTATIC  CHART  OF  NORTH  SEA  BARRAGE. 

1.  Showing  positions  of  lines  and  depths  of  all  American  and  British  mines. 

2.  Vertical  projection  showing  relative  density  of  mines. 

(Page  122.) 


VERTICAL    PROJECTION     SHOWING    GROWTH    OF 
NORTH     SEA 


Uune  5,  I9i«  -    Norfh    5eo  Barrage     offe 
American    O{>era  f<oris. 


Uuly  15. 1918  -  ThrceAmerkJun  a  ndt   four    Br»f«5h    EACursions    Cttmj»J«fed.    Min 
to    Westward     of   Greenwich      Heridf'wn. 


vear  American    and     fcic|ht     British     Excursions     Comptet'pd. 


5eptem  t>€r: 
P»oci'c<il|y 


--   Ffr»f   M««es   l.<i  »dl   "m     Ar«a  *B*    thus 
Nortlf  d««L. 


Ocfofeer  *fe,  I9>8  -    Last    |Vjifi«-&  l.<iid  *w   Barr«^e    b«for«    ATm»5t«cc 
Total  American   £»cursi«)vi*  ;  Thirteen .     TotUl    BriTis4i;   Twetvr. 


PHOTOSTATIC  CHART,  VERTICAL  PROJECTION,    SHOWING  THE    GROWTH    OF 

THE  NORTH  SEA  BARRAGE.  (Page  124.) 

112-4 


THE  NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  113 

small,  there  was  a  possibility  that  if  it  were  eliminated  the  mines 
would  then  have  sufficient  stability  so  as  not  to  explode  after  they 
had  been  planted. 

In  order  to  carry  out  the  practical  part  of  the  experiments  after 
the  theoretical  tests  had  been  completed  at  the  bases,  the  San  Frarir 
cisco  proceeded  to  the  mine  field  on  August  12.  The  copper  plates  of 
the  K-l  devices  were  carefully  cleaned  and  circuit  breakers  were 
fitted  on  half  of  the  166  mines  which  were  to  be  planted.  Seven  of 
this  number  exploded  prematurely,  four  of  which  were  due  to  the 
antennae  fouling  the  mine  cases.  In  order  to  obtain  definite  data 
in  regard  to  countermining  three  mines  were  set  to  fire  as  soon  as 
the  soluble  washers  dissolved.  Each  of  these  caused  one  additional 
mine  to  explode.  A  depth  charge  was  also  dropped  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  field,  which  caused  six  mines  to  go  off. 

The  improvement  obtained  in  this  test  was  sufficient  to  enable 
minelaying  to  be  resumed  after  cleaning  the  copper  plates  on  all 
mines.  It  was  further  decided  to  omit  the  circuit  breakers,  as  they, 
were  additional  complications  of  unknown  value.  The  copper  horns 
of  the  mines  were  also  shortened  to. mere  points  to  reduce  the  possi- 
bility of  the  antennae  becoming  hooked  around  them. 

The  squadron  sailed  on  the  sixth  excursion  on  August  18,  and  the 
mmelaying  was  completed  on  the  19th.  The  British  squadron  pro- 
ceeded at  the  same  time  to  complete  their  lines  of  surface  mines  in 
Area  "  C."  Twelve  per  cent  of  our  mines  exploded  prematurely.  The 
majority  of  these  were  due  to  countermining.  The  real  cause  of  the 
premature  firing  evidently  had  not  yet  been  discovered,  but  the  im- 
provement obtained  was  sufficiently  encouraging  to  permit  another 
attempt  to  be  made. 

On  August  5  the  Commander-in-Chief  Grand  Fleet  lifted  restric- 
tions he  had  placed  on  mining  to  the  westward  of  the  Greenwich 
meridian.  The  next  excursion  was  correspondingly  planned  to  com- 
plete the  first  fence  of  mines  across  Area  "A." 

Admiral  Strauss  returned  from  the  Malta  conference  on  August 
22.  After  the  sixth  excursion  another  probable  cause  of  the  pre- 
mature firing  was  discovered,  which  proved  to  be  the  final  solution  of 
the  difficulties.  The  first  lots  of  firing  devices  shipped  to  the  bases 
were  adjusted  to  fire  at  a  voltage  between  25  and  40  millivolts.  The 
Bureau  of  Ordnance  decided,  from  experiments  conducted  in  the 
United  States,  that  this  voltage  was  unnecessarily  high  and  reduced 
it  so  that  the  mines  would  fire  between  10  and  25  millivolts.  It  was 
not  known  when  this  later  type  of  firing  device  first  began  to  be  in- 
stalled. The  original  type  was  undoubtedly  used  on  the  first  three 
excursions,  when  a  comparatively  low  percentage  of  the  mines  ex- 
ploded. After  that,  it  was  probable  that  the  majority  of  the  mines 
181063°— 20 8 


114  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

were  assembled  with  the  firing  devices  which  had  been  adjusted  to 
fire  at  the  lower  voltage. 

It  was  therefore  decided  that  on  the  seventh  excursion  the  first 
600  mines  planted  should  be  adjusted  to  fire  between  20  and  35  milli- 
volts ;  then,  if  the  observations  on  this  part  of  the  field  indicated  suf- 
ficient improvement,  this  adjustment  should  be  used  on  subsequent 
excursions. 

The  squadron  got  under  way  August  26  and  stood  out  toward 
the  mine  field.  The  Saranac  broke  down  shortly  after  leaving  the 
base  and  had  to  return  to  Inverness  with  her  full  cargo  of  mines. 
The  remaining  nine  ships,  however,  continued  and  carried  out  the 
operation.  Unfortunately  dense  fog  was  encountered  practically 
throughout  the  operation;  so  thick  at  times  that  it  was  impossible  for 
the  vessels  to  see  the  next  ship  abeam,  distant  only  500  yards.  These 
conditions  made  observations  extremely  difficult  for  the  Patapsco  and 
Patuxent,  which  were  sent  out  with  the  squadron  to  follow  astern  while 
^planting  was  in  progress  and  count  the  explosions  to  determine  the 
percentage  which  occurred.  From  the  data  obtained  from  the  mine- 
layers and  the  tugs  it  appeared  that  only  about  3  per  cent  of  the  first 
mines  exploded  prematurely.  In  the  remainder  of  the  field,  which 
had  the  low-voltage  regulation,  approximately  12  per  cent  went  off. 

The  adjustment  of  the  firing  device  was  undoubtedly  the  solution 
we  had  sought  for,  but  in  order  to  test  it  further  and  to  complete  the 
deficiency  in  this  field  caused  by  the  breakdown  of  the  Saranac,  the 
SJiawmutj  and  Aroostook  were  loaded  with  mines  adjusted  to  fire 
between  20  and  35  millivolts  and  sent  out  on  August  30.  Of  the 
600  mines  they  planted  only  3  per  cent  exploded.  This  was  the  first 
opportunity  we  had  had  to  use  these  two  vessels  for  their  originally 
intended  purpose;  that  is,  as  a  fast  wing  to  the  mining  squadron. 
Both  ships  proceeded  to  the  field  and  planted  their  full  quotas  at  a 
speed  of  17  knots  with  no  difficulty.  They  could  plant  as  easily  at 
their  maximum  speed  as  they  could  at  12  knots. 

This  final  solution  of  the  premature  explosions  was  a  great  relief. 
It  explained,  in  addition,  the  probable  reason  for  countermining. 
The  tests  conducted  to  ascertain  the  effect  of  the  copper  sulphate 
deposits  on  the  plates  of  the  firing  device  showed  that  as  much  as 
10  millivolts  could  be  generated.  This  was  sufficient  to  rotate  the 
armature  of  the  firing  device  through  a  considerable  portion  of  its 
arc  so  that  a  slight  additional  shock,  which  might  readily  be  caused 
by  the  explosion  of  a  nearby  mine,  would  be  sufficient  to  shake  the 
firing  ball  from  its  cup  and  detonate  the  mine.  By  increasing  the 
tension  of  the  hair  spring  on  the  armature,  the  voltage  necessary  to 
fire  a  mine  could  be  raised  to  the  desired  amount. 

In  the  latter  part  of  August  information  was  received  that  another 
enemy  submarine  was  damaged  while  attempting  to  cross  the  barrage 


THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  115 

and  had  been  compelled  to  return  to  its  base  on  the  surface.  These 
repeated  instances  of  submarines  deprived  of  their  principal  means 
of  defense,  pointed  more  strongly  than  ever  to  the  necessity  of  having 
patrol  vessels  stationed  at  intervals  along  the  barrage  to  attack  sub- 
marines which  had  encountered  mines  but  had  not  been  completely 
destroyed. 

The  question  of  mining  Area  "  B  "  again  came  up,  and  a  decision  was 
finally  reached  to  mine  it  with  both  surface  mines  and  deep  mines. 
The  commander  in  chief,  Grand  Fleet,  however,  objected  to  mining 
completely  up  to  the  Orkney  Islands,  and  it  was  decided  that  a  gate 
10  miles  in  width  would  be  left  which  should  be  closed  later  when 
conditions  indicated  this  step  to  be  necessary. 

The  mines  which  had  been  laid  in  this  area  by  the  British  in  March, 
1918,  had  hi  the  meantime  been  swept  up.  The  British  had  also 
placed  a  series  of  mine  nets  to  the  southward  of  Area  "B,"  extending 
part  of  the  way  between  the  western  end  of  Area  "  A  "  and  Duncansby 
Head.  These  had  not  proved  successful  and  were  also  removed  before 
the  mining  in  Area  "B"  was  resumed. 

The  eighth  excursion  was  intended  as  a  surprise  excursion.  Neu- 
tral nations  had  not  been  notified  that  Area  "B"  was  dangerous  to 
shipping,  and  with  this  knowledge,  enemy  submarines  were  constantly 
passing  through  it  on  their  way  to  the  Atlantic.  It  was  accordingly 
decided  not  to  notify  the  area  but  to  secretly  route  all  shipping  so  as 
to  avoid  it,  with  the  hope  that  submarines  might  still  attempt  to  use 
it  after  it  had  been  mined.  In  order  to  prevent  the  enemy  observing 
the  mining  while  it  was  hi  progress,  an  elaborate  patrol  was  arranged, 
beginning  the  day  before  the  operation  and  continuing  until  after  its 
completion. 

British  and  American  mining  squadrons  rendezvoused  off  the 
Orkney  Islands  on  September  7  and  proceeded  to  carry  out  the 
operation.  We  laid  six  lines  of  surface  mines  across  Area  "B  "  while 
the  British  laid  one  line  of  surface  mines  parallel  to  ours.  This  was 
really  the  first  joint  operation  carried  out  by  the  British  and  American 
squadrons.  On  several  previous  occasions  both  squadrons  had  been 
at  sea  at  the  same  time,  but  had  not  been  working  side  by  side,  so 
as  to  necessitate  appointing  one  officer  to  command  the  expedition. 
On  this  occasion  Admiral  "Strauss  was  designated  to  take  general 
charge  of  both  squadrons  while  mining  was  in  progress. 

In  spite  of  the  high  voltage  adjustment  of  the  firing  devices,  13  per 
cent  of  the  mines  exploded.  About  five-sixths  of  this  number  were 
due  to  countermining,  indicating  that  the  mines  were  still  too  sensitive 
and  that  the  voltage  must  be  still  further  increased.  Tests  that  had 
been  made  indicated  that  contact  of  the  antennae  with  the  hull  of 
the  ship  invariably  gave  voltages  about  100  millivolts  and  it  was 
therefore  considered  entirely  safe  to  further  increase  the  adjustment 


116  THE  NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

of  the  firing  device  to  operate  between  30  and  45  millivolts.  This 
was  done  for  all  subsequent  excursions. 

An  interesting  sidelight  on  the  activities  of  the  mine  force  were  the 
tests  and  experiments  which  were  almost  constantly  in  progress. 
Besides  the  difficulties  encountered  in  solving  the  problem  of  pre- 
mature explosions,  numerous  other  questions  arose  in  connection  with 
the  new  American  mine.  The  facilities  at  hand  were  ideal  for  mining 
experiments.  The  chain  of  lakes  forming  the  principal  part  of  the 
Caledonian  Canal,  which  terminated  at  Base  18,  offered  smooth  water 
with  depths  varying  up  to  800  feet,  which  corresponded  to  the 
maximum  depth  encountered  in  the  North  Sea  barrage.  The  only 
drawback  was  that  the  water  was  fresh  instead  of  salt.  During 
July  the  British  had  conducted  a  series  of  experiments  to  ascertain 
the  accuracy  with  which  their  mines  took  their  prescribed  depth. 
The  results  were  not  entirely  satisfactory,  and  since  our  mine  anchor 
had  been  largely  copied  from  the  one  they  were  using,  it  was  also 
probable  that  ours  were  not  behaving  as  designed.  Tests  were  carried 
out  in  Loch  Lochy  during  the  first  week  in  September  when  50  mines 
were  planted  with  anchors  adjusted  to  moor  the  mine  45  feet  below 
the  surface.  The  average  depth  actually  taken  was  44.6  feet.  The 
shallowest  mine  was  39.2  feet,  and  the  deepest  one  at  48.7  feet. 
The  results  were  entirely  satisfactory  and  were  all  that  could  be 
expected. 

All  the  mines  which  had  thus  far  been  laid  in  Area  "  B  "  were  surface 
mines,  and  since  this  was  still  the  weakest  part  of  the  barrage  it  was 
decided  that  the  following  excursion  should  also  be  placed  in  this 
area,  laying  two  rows  of  mines  at  each  of  the  three  standard  depths. 

A  delay  of  nine  days  was  occasioned  waiting  on  the  British  mining 
squadron,  since  it  was  desired  that  both  the  British  and  American 
squadrons  should  lay  their  mines  on  the  same  date  in  order  to  reduce 
the  possibility  of  the  enemy  observing  mining  operations  in  this  area. 
Delays  of  this  nature  were  most  serious.  It  was  realized  that  mine- 
laying  operations  would  be  interfered  with  if  not  altogether  stopped 
during  the  winter  months  on  account  of  the  severity  and  frequency 
of  the  storms  in  the  North  Sea.  It  was  also  extremely  desirable  to 
complete  the  barrage  at  the  earliest  possible  date  in  order  that  oper- 
ations in  the  Mediterranean  might  be  undertaken. 

The  work  of  assembling  mines  at  the  bases,  refueling  the  ships,  and 
embarking  new  loads  of  mines  had  reached  such  a  stage  of  efficiency 
that  it  was  possible  to  reduce  the  length  of  time  that  it  was  necessary 
for  the  ships  to  remain  in  port  to  two  days.  The  vessels  were  ordi- 
narily away  from  the  bases  two  or  three  days,  thus  making  it  possible 
to  complete  an  operation  every  four  or  five  days.  At  the  same  time 
mines  were  being  shipped  at  a  faster  rate  from  the  United  States 
in  anticipation  of  the  speed  with  which  they  could  be  laid.  Delays, 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  117 

therefore,  caused  most  serious  complications  at  the  bases  on  account 
of  the  difficulty  of  stowing  the  material  in  the  limited  spaces  provided. 
Another  phase  which  should  not  be  overlooked  was  the  effect  on  the 
morale  of  the  personnel  aboard  the  minelayers.  It  was  always  neces- 
sary to  load  the  layers  as  soon  as  possible  after  their  return  to  port  since 
delays  could  seldom  be  foreseen.  This  resulted  in  the  vessels  remain- 
ing in  harbor  with  cargoes  of  mines  on  board  for  a  considerable  period 
of  time.  This  caused  serious  inconvenience  to  the  personnel  since 
practically  all  of  the  living  space  on  board  was  occupied  by  mines, 
making  it  necessary  for  the  men  to  sleep  on  deck  between  the  tracks 
or  wherever  it  was  possible  to  find  sufficient  space  to  spread  a  ham- 
mock. Messing  arrangements,  as  well  as  nearly  all  of  the  other 
accommodations  existing  on  board  ship,  were  badly  interfered  with. 
These  delays  became  more  frequent  and  of  longer  duration  as  the 
completion  of  the  barrage  drew  near.  Sometimes  it  was  due  to 
having  to  wait  while  the  British  squadron  was  being  loaded,  but 
more  frequently  was  attributed  to  movements  of  the  Grand  Fleet, 
making  it  impossible  to  supply  the  necessary  destroyers  to  act  as 
our  escort.  Had  it  been  possible  to  obtain  sufficient  of  our  own 
destroyers  for  this  purpose  it  would  have  enabled  the  barrage  to  have 
been  completed  by  approximately  the  1st  of  October. 

In  the  early  morning  of  September  20,  while  the  United  States  min- 
ing squadron  was  on  its  way  to  the  mine  field  to  carry  out  the  ninth 
excursion  a  submarine  was  sighted  off  Stronsay  Firth.  She  was 
immediately  attacked  with  depth  charges  by  the  escorting  destroyers, 
and  at  the  same  time  a  smoke  screen  was  put  out  by  both  the  escort 
and  the  minelayers.  Shortly  afterwards  she  was  again  sighted  just 
ahead  of  the  San  Francisco  and  was  again  attacked.  The  behavior 
of  the  submarine  was  most  unusual.  Although  both  times  she  was 
sighted  she  was  in  good  position  and  at  a  comparatively  close  range, 
no  attempt  was  made  to  fire  a  torpedo.  It  is  highly  probable  that 
she  had  been  sent  to  this  position  to  the  southwestward  of  the  lines 
of  mines  which  had  shortly  before  been  laid  in  Area  B,  in  order  that 
she  might  make  observations  of  the  positions  in  which  mines  were 
being  laid  in  this  area. 

The  squadron  proceeded  through  Westray  Firth  and  thence  to 
a  position  about  6  miles  to  the  northward  of  the  western  end  of  the 
field  which  was  laid  on  the  7th  of  September,  where  the  mining  began. 
In  this  excursion,  5,520  mines  were  laid  in  3  hours  and  50  minutes — 
the  record  number  that  has  ever  been  laid  by  a  minelaying  force  in 
a  single  operation.  At  the  same  time  the  British  squadron  laid 
1,300  mines  in  a  single  line  parallel  and  to  the  northward  of  those 
laid  by  us.  Rear  Admiral  Strauss,  on  board  the  San  Francisco,  was 
in  command  of  the  American  minelayers.  Rear  Admiral  Clinton- 
Baker,  R.  N.,  commanded  the  combined  forces. 


118  THE    NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

During  the  minelaying,  when  about  midway  between  the  ends  of 
the  previous  field  which  had  been  laid  in  Area  "B,"  one  of  the  escort- 
ing destroyers  sighted  the  body  of  a  dead  sailor  floating  in  the  water. 
He  was  recognized  to  be  a  German  by  the  type  of  the  life  preserver 
he  wore.  Since  no  engagements  with  the  enemy  had  occurred  within 
miles  of  this  position,  it  is  extremely  probable  that  an  enemy  sub- 
marine had  been  destroyed  by  one  of  the  mines  which  had  been  laid 
on  September  7. 

The  reduction  of  premature  explosions  on  this  excursion  was  a 
marked  improvement,  being  between  5  and  6  per  cent,  as  compared 
with  13  per  cent  on  the  previous  operation.  The  firing  devices  had 
been  adjusted  to  operate  between  30  and  45  millivolts,  and  this 
regulation  could  not  readily  be  increased  on  account  of  the  construc- 
tion of  the  mechanism.  It  was  perhaps  as  well  that  it  should  not  be 
further  raised  as  the  mine  might  be  possibly  made  too  insensitive  to 
operate  when  a  poor  contact  was  made  by  the  antennae. 

After  completing  the  ninth  excursion,  work  was  resumed  in  Area  "A." 
On  September  27,  5,450  mines  were  laid,  slightly  over  4  per  cent  of 
which  exploded  prematurely.  Only  nine  of  the  mine  layers  took  part 
in  this  operation. 

On  account  of  the  great  depths  of  water  in  which  it  would  be  neces- 
sary to  lay  mines  in  the  Mediterranean,  it  was  necessary  to  develop 
a  special  type  pf  mine.  A  satisfactory  design  had  been  evolved  by 
the  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  but  it  was  essential  to  conduct  a  series  of 
practical  tests  before  beginning  the  manufacture.  No  vessel  was 
available  in  the  United  States  for  this  purpose,  so  the  Baltimore  was 
ordered  home  to  carry  out  the  required  experiments.  She  proceeded 
as  far  as  Pentland  Firth  in  company  with  the  squadron  on  their  way 
to  the  mine  field  for  the  tenth  excursion,  where  she  was  detached  to 
Scapa  Flow  to  obtain  routing  instructions  across  the  Atlantic  from  the 
Commander-in-Chief  Grand  Fleet. 

The  eleventh  operation  was  carried  out  on  October  4,  again  in 
Area  A,  and  approximately  6  per  cent  of  the  mines  exploded  pre- 
maturely. Losses  up  to  this  amount  had,  however,  come  to  be 
accepted  as  normal  for  this  type  of  mine.  The  Bureau  of  Ordnance 
also  considered  this  figure  a  reasonable  loss  on  account  of  the  various 
defects  which  are  invariably  encountered  in  the  production  of  material 
in  such  vast  quantities. 

Since  the  operation  in  the  Mediterranean  would  probably  have 
kept  the  mine  force  engaged  until  well  into  the  summer  of  1919,  it  was 
considered  advisable  to  have  the  minelayers  docked  prior  to  their 
departure  for  those  waters,  where  such  facilities  would  be  extremely 
limited.  After  the  completion  of  the  eleventh  excursion  the  Shaw- 
mut  and  Arooslook  were  detached  from  the  squadron  and  proceeded  to 
Newcastle-on-Tyne  for  this  purpose.  It  was  intended  to  send  two 


THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  119 

vessels  there  after  each  operation,  having  them  return  in  tune  to 
take  part  in  the  second  following  excursion.  Permission  was  ob- 
tained for  the  ships'  crews  to  do  the  work  in  connection  with 
scraping  and  painting  the  ships'  bottoms — an  arrangement  which 
had  been  found  to  very  materially  shorten  the  tune  required  for 
docking. 

With  the  mining  of  Area  "B,"  the  problem  of  enemy  submarines 
gaining  access  to  the  Atlantic  became  serious.  Several  submarines 
had  encountered  mines  in  the  barrage,  but  had  managed  to  reach 
their  bases  bearing  material  evidence  of  the  existence  of  the  barrier. 
It  was  only  natlural,  therefore,  that  the  enemy  should  look  about 
for  whatever  means  remained  of  reaching  the  Atlantic  without 
risking  passage  across  the  mine  fields.  Small  submarines  occasionally 
successfully  ran  the  blockade  at  the  Dover  Channel,  but  this  was 
apparently  not  attempted  by  the  larger  boats.  Pentland  Firth  and 
the  1 0-mile  gate  to  the  eastward  of  the  Orkneys  were  heavily  patrolled. 
Submarines  evidently  would  not  risk  passage  through  Pentland  Firth 
while  submerged  on  account  of  the  dangerous  currents.  The  only 
remaining  passage  was  through  Norwegian  territorial  waters. 
Although  Norway  had  issued  a  proclamation  that  belligerent  sub- 
marines using  her  waters  for  this  purpose  would  be  fired  upon,  this 
risk  seemed  less  than  any  of  the  others  and  there  was  no  apparent 
hesitancy  in  using  it.  One  enemy  submarine,  while  passing  through 
these  waters  even  went  so  far  as  to  fire  on  a  Norwegian  vessel. 
These  repeated  violations  resulted  in  a  statement  on  September  29 
by  the  Norwegian  Government  that  mines  would  be  laid  in  the 
vicinity  of  Udsire  Island  in  order  to  prevent  belligerent  vessels  using 
her  territorial  waters  for  purposes  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  inter- 
national law.  This  mining  is  understood  to  have  been  completed  by 
them  about  the  7th  of  October  and  had  the  effect  of  completing  the 
barrage  from  the  end  of  Area  "C"  to  the  Norwegian  coast. 

On  October  11  the  British  squadron  laid  two  partial  rows  of  surface 
mines  in  the  southwestern  portion  of  Area  "  B."  These  proved  to  be 
the  last  mines  laid  by  them  in  the  North  Sea  barrage  prior  to  the 
armistice  a  month  later. 

The  U.  S.  mining  squadron  completed  the  twelfth  excursion  on 
the  13th  of  October,  losing  4  per  cent  by  premature  explosions. 
The  Roanoke  and  Canandaigua  proceeded  to  Newcastle  for  docking 
upon  the  completion  of  the  operation. 

Eight  days'  delay  were  encountered  before  the  thirteenth  and  last 
operation  could  begin.  On  account  of  the  sequence  of  the  British  and 
American  operations  in  Areas  "  A"  and  "C,"  it  had  been  impractical 
to  extend  the  mine  fields  so  as  to  overlap  each  other.  This  left  a 
gap  between  the  two  areas  approximately  6  miles  wide.  In  order  to 
close  this  the  next  excursion  was  planned  to  consist  of  six  rows  of 


120  THE  (NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

surface  mines  to  the  southward  of  the  gap,  continuing  with  two 
rows  into  Area  "C,"  so  as  to  complete  the  four  rows  which  the  United 
States  had  agreed  to  lay  in  this  Area. 

The  first  of  the  winter  weather  was  encountered  in  this  operation, 
when  it  was  necessary  for  the  squadron  to  wait  one  day  after  having 
reached  the  mine  field  before  the  sea  moderated  sufficiently  to  enable 
the  mines  to  be  laid.  Even  then  the  ships  were  rolling  as  much  as 
20°  to  30°  on  each  side  of  the  vertical.  This  provided  an  excellent 
test  of  the  mining  installations  with  the  result  that  no  difficulties 
were  encountered  by  any  of  the  ships,  either  in  the  stowing  of  their 
mines  or  in  the  actual  planting  under  such  severe  conditions.  The 
operation  was  completed  October  26,  having  laid  3,760  mines,  of 
which  slightly  over  4  per  cent  were  lost  by  premature  explosions. 

Although  the  U.  S.  mining  squadron  was  again  ready  for  the  next 
excursion  by  October  30,  it  was  necessary  to  wait  until  the  British 
squadron  had  completed  the  operation  which  they  had  planned 
before  escort  could  be  furnished  us.  Reliable  information  indicated 
that  enemy  submarines  were  crossing  the  eastern  portion  of  Area  A, 
and  the  British  had  decided  to  lay  surface  mines  in  this  position  to 
the  southward  of  those  laid  on  our  first  excursion  so  as  to  strengthen 
this  part  of  the  field  which  was  the  least  effectively  mined  part  of 
the  area.  Weather  conditions,  however,  prevented  them  from  going 
out  for  several  days,  and,  in  the  meantime,  the  series  of  events 
during  the  latter  part  of  October  and  the  1st  of  November  brought 
the  end  of  the  war  so  plainly  in  view  that  further  mining  would  have 
been  an  unnecessary  waste  of  time,  effort,  and  material.  The  British 
squadron  did  not  carry  out  their  contemplated  operation,  nor  like- 
wise did  we.  With  the  signing  of  the  armistice  on  November  11 
with  Germany — the  perpetrator  of  ruthless  submarine  warfare 
against  both  allied  and  neutral  commerce — came  the  end  of  building 
the  North  Sea  mine  barrage. 


CHAPTER  XVII. 
FINAL  STATUS  OF  BARRAGE  AND   RESULTS  OBTAINED. 


On  November  11,  1918,  when  hostilities  ceased  upon  the  signing 
of  the  armistice,  the  status  of  the  northern  barrage,  as  set  forth  in  an 
allied  naval  council  annual  report,  dated  December  16,  1918,  was  as 
follows: 

1.  The  northern  barrage  extends  from  Norwegian  territorial  waters 
to  within  10  miles  of  the  Orkney  Islands,  and  lies  in  the  area  con- 
tained by  the  following  positions: 

60°    (X  N.,  4°54J'E. 

60°  21'  N.,  3°1<X  E. 

59°2<X  N.,  005<X  W. 

W°2<y  N.,  2°    S7  W. 

5S°50'  N.,  2°27'  W. 

58°5<X  N.,  0°5<X  W. 

59°29/  N.,  3°1(K  E. 

59°  12^  N.,  4°  49/  E. 

2.  The  barrage  has  been  divided  into  three  areas,  "A,"  "B,"  and 
"C."     Area  "C"  extends  from  Norwegian  territorial  waters  to  the 
meridian  of  3°   10'  E.     Area  "A"  extends  from  this  meridian  to 
0°-50'  W.  and  Area  "B"  from  the  western  extremity  of  Area  "A" 
to  within  10  miles  of  the  Orkneys. 

3.  Mine  laying  operations  were  commenced  in  March,  1918,  by 
Great  Britain,  and  in  June,  1918,  by  the  United  States  of  America, 
British  and  American  mines  being  used,  and  up  to  November  11  a 
total  of  56,760  United  States  and  16,300  British  mines  have  been 
laid. 

4.  The  original  intention  was  that  the  United  States  minelayers 
should  lay  the  mines  in  Area  "A"  and  the  British  minelayers  in 
Areas  "B"  and  "C,"  and  this  arrangement  has  in  the  main  been 
adhered  to,  but  a  certain  number  of  United  States  mines  have  also 
been  laid  in  Areas  "B"  and  "C."     This  was  done  in  order  the  more 
effectively  to  deal  with  the  submarine  situation  at  the  moment,  and 
to  make  the  best  use  of  the  greater  minelaying  capacity  of  the  United 
States  minelayers. 

5.  The  completion  of  the  barrage  within  the  Norwegian  territorial 
waters  has  been  effected  by  Norway  herself. 

In  July,  1918,  conclusive  evidence  was  obtained  that  German 
submarines  were  habitually  using  Norwegian  territorial  waters. 

121 


122  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

Representations  were  made  by  the  British  Government  to  the  Nor- 
wegian Government  that  the  only  effectual  way  of  securing  the 
observance  by  Germany  of  the  Norwegian  royal  decree  was  for 
Norway  either  to  mine  these  waters  herself  or  to  allow  the  allied 
and  United  States  Governments.  After  protracted  negotiations, 
during  which  evidence  as  to  the  identity  of  submarines  reported  on 
various  dates  to  have  been  seen  in  Norwegian  territorial  waters  was 
furnished  to  the  Norwegian  Government,  a  note  was  received  from 
the  Norwegian  Government  by  the  allied  and  associated  Govern- 
ments on  the  28th  September  protesting  against  the  violation  of 
Norwegian  regulations  by  a  British  submarine  (in  a  case  which  had 
been  previously  admitted  by  Great  Britain)  and  stating  that  hi  view 
of  the  numerous  cases  of  infringement  of  her  territorial  waters  by 
submarines  which  had  been  established  with  certainty,  it  had  been 
decided  to  lay  mines  in  certain  localities. 

6.  On  September  29,  1918,  an  official  announcement  appeared  in 
the  leading  Norwegian  Government  organ  to  the  effect  that  mines 
would  be  laid  in  Norwegian  waters  between  latitudes  59°  8'  N.  and 
59°  25'  N.,  and  to  the  westward  of  longitude  5°  10'  E.,  and  that 
these  waters  would  be  closed  for  general  traffic  from  October  7,  1918. 


7.  The  depth  of  water  in  this  area  is  from  50  to  80  fathoms.     The 
approved  mine  fields  in  this  area  will,  when  completed,  consist  gen- 
erally of— 

Nine  lines  of  United  States  mines  dangerous  to  surface  craft  and 
to  submarines  at  periscope  depth. 

Three  lines  of  United  States  mines  at  a  depth  of  160  feet,  the  mines 
having  a  dangerous  area  (above  the  mines)  of  70  feet. 

Three  lines  of  United  States  mines,  at  a  depth  of  240  feet,  with  a 
similar  dangerous  area. 

Three  more  operations  were  required  to  complete  the  approved 
minelaying  in  this  area.  Any  reinforcement  of  the  mine  fields  in 
Area  A  would  depend  on  the  submarine  situation  at  the  time. 

AREA  "B." 

8.  The  depth  of  water  is  from  40  to  75  fathoms.     At  the  present 
time  the  following  lines  of  mines  have  been  laid  across  the  area: 

One  line  of  British  mines  dangerous  to  surface  craft; 

One  line  of  British  mines,  at  95  feet  deep; 

Eight  lines  of  United  States  mines,  dangerous  to  surface  craft  and 
to  submarines  at  periscope  depth. 

Two  lines  of  United  States  mines,  at  160  feet  deep,  having  a  dan- 
gerous area  (above  the  mines)  of  70  feet. 


THE   NORTHERN    BARRAGE.  128 

Two  lines  of  United  States  mines,  at  a  depth  of  240  feet,  with  a 
similar  dangerous  area. 

Two  further  lines  of  British  mines  have  been  commenced  across  the 
area.  The  submarine  situation  will  determine  any  future  action  in 
this  area. 


9.  The  depth  of  water  is  from  65  to  160  fathoms.     At  the  present 
time  the  following  lines  of  mines  have  been  laid  across  Area  "C" : 

Two  lines  of  British  mines,  dangerous  to  surface  craft. 

Two  lines  of  British  mines,  at  65  feet  deep. 

Two  lines  of  British  mines,  at  95  feet  deep. 

Two  lines  of  British  mines,  at  125  feet  deep. 

Four  lines  of  United  States  mines,  dangerous  to  surface  craft  and 
to  submarines  at  periscope  depth. 

Six  lines  of  United  States  mines,  dangerous  to  surface  craft  and  to 
submarines  at  periscope  depth  have  been  laid  across  the  junction 
line  between  Areas  "  A"  and  "C." 

Any  further  mining  in  Area  "C"  will  depend  upon  the  submarine 
situation  at  the  time. 

GATES. 

10.  There  are  no  gates  in  the  barrage,  the  only  free  passage  through 
being  the  10-mile  gap  at  its  western  extremity,  which,  however,  is  not 
used  more  than  is  absolutely  necessary. 

PATROL. 

11.  The  barrage  is  not  patrolled. 

Rear  Admiral  Strauss  has  summed  up  the  final  status  of  the  oper- 
ation and  the  results  obtained  from  it  is  as  follows : 

Had  it  been  possible  to  carry  out  minelaying  operations  as  fast 
as  the  necessary  mining  material  was  received  and  assembled,  the 
American  portion  of  the  North  Sea  barrage  could  have  been  com- 
pleted by  the  latter  part  of  September,  1918.  The  frequent  delays, 
especially  during  the  latter  part  of  the  work,  which  were  principally 
due  to  the  necessity  of  awaiting  for  escort  to  be  supplied  by  the 
Grand  Fleet,  or  for  the  British  mine  squadron  to  complete  its  prepa- 
rations so  as  to  be  able  to  go  out  at  the  same  time,  prevented  the 
barrage  from  being  completed  prior  to  the  signing  of  the  armistice 
with  Germany  on  November  11. 

In  all,  70,263  mines  were  laid,  56,611  being  American  mines,  laid  by 
the  United  States  Mining  Squadron.  Area  "  A,"  which  was  originally 
allotted  as  the  United  States  portion  of  the  barrage,  was  completed 
except  for  6,400  mines  more,  which  could  have  been  laid  in  approxi- 
mately 10  days.  Besides  mining  Area  "A"  exclusively,  the  United 


124  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

States  mining  squadron  had  laid  10,440  mines  in  Area  "B,"  and  5,980 
mines  in  Area  "C."  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  in  addition  to  mining 
the  part  of  the  barrage  originally  assigned  to  the  United  States 
Government,  we  had  in  addition  laid  more  mines  in  the  British  Areas 
"B"  and  "C"  than  they  themselves  had  put  down.  One  more  small 
excursion  in  Area  "B"  by  the  United  States  mine  force  would  have 
given  it  the  same  density  of  American  mines  as  Area  "A."  Area  "  C  " 
was  the  weakest  portion  of  the  barrage.  The  British  had  originally 
agreed  to  mine  this  area  only  to  a  depth  of  200  feet,  but  were  only 
able  to  complete  the  work  to  a  depth  of  125  feet.  This  figure  was 
just  one-half  the  effective  depth  of  the  remainder  of  the  barrage. 

Until  the  animosity  incident  to  warfare  has  disappeared  and  the 
freedom  of  dicussion  of  war-time  secrets  can  be  attained,  it  will  be 
impossible  to  accurately  determine  the  actual  results  achieved  by  the 
North  Sea  barrage.  Such  information  as  has  been  possible  to  collect 
bears  witness  to  its  efficacy  notwithstanding  the  short  time  the  bar- 
rage was  in  operation. 

After  the  first  two  American  excursions  had  been  completed,  two 
enemy  submarines  were  damaged  in  attempting  to  cross  Area  "C." 
The  first,  the  U-86,  was  damaged  on  July  9  while  passing  homeward, 
reaching  port  successfully  and  bearing  tangible  proof  that  the  North 
Sea  barrage  was  a  reality  and  not  a  threat.  The  other,  the  UB-22,  was 
to  have  passed,  but  nothing  has  been  heard  from  her  since.  The  enemy 
of  course  immediately  routed  his  submarines  through  Area  "B," 
which  had  not  been  proclaimed,  or  through  Norwegian  territorial 
waters.  On  August  10,  U-113  was  damaged  in  the  barrage  on  an  out- 
ward bound  trip  and  was  forced  to  turn  back.  The  surprise  mining  in 
Area  "B"  on  September  7  obtained  immediate  results.  It  will  be 
remembered  that  when  it  was  decided  to  place  mines  in  this  area  no 
notification  was  given  to  neutral  nations  that  it  would  be  dangerous 
to  navigation.  Instead,  a  heavy  patrol  was  placed  around  the  area 
to  guard  it  and  keep  down  enemy  submarines  while  mines  were  being 
laid.  Just  prior  to  the  mining  operations  a  large  convoy  was  routed 
across  this  area  in  order  to  deceive  enemy  submarines  which  might 
possibly  have  seen  the  convoy,  and  thus  lead  the  enemy  to  believe 
that  this  area  was  to  be  maintained  free  of  mines.  On  September  8, 
the  day  following  that  on  which  the  mines  were  laid,  the  TJ-92  was 
sunk  in  this  area,  while  another  submarine  was  so  severely  damaged 
that  it  was  forced  to  return  to  its  base  immediately.  This  occurred 
while  the  submarine  was  outward  bound.  Rather.than  risk  a  passage 
again  through  the  same  waters,  she  proceeded  to  Area  "A,"  recross- 
ing  the  barrage  in  that  position  without  further  damage. 

After  this  it  appeared  that  passages  were  attempted  directly  across 
Area  "A,"  which,  due  to  the  United  States  participating  in  the  mining 
of  Areas  "  C  "  and  "  B,"  was  comparatively  poorly  mined.  The  tenth, 


THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE.  125 

eleventh,  and  twelfth  excursions,  however,  during  the  latter  part  of 
September  and  the  first  part  of  October  added  a  great  deal  to  the 
effectiveness  of  Area  "A,"  so  that  the  loss  of  U-156  on  September  25, 
and  TJ-123  on  October  18  can  most  certainly  be  attributed  to  this 
area. 

With  the  information  at  present  available,  it  appears  that  a  total 
of  six  submarines  were  destroyed  in  the  barrage  and  possibly  an 
equal  number  were  severely  damaged.  On  account  of  the  difficulty 
of  obtaining  accurate  information,  such  a  short  time  after  the  armis- 
tice was  signed,  it  is  highly  probable  that  subsequent  data  will  show 
even  greater  damage  to  have  been  done. 

It  is  well  to  remember  that  a  mine  barrage  of  this  nature  can  never 
be  an  absolute  barrier  possessing  100  per  cent  efficiency.  On  account 
of  the  necessity  of  laying  the  mines  at  a  distance  of  approximately 
300  feet  apart  in  order  to  reduce  the  possibility  of  countermining,  it 
would  always  be  possible  for  a  submarine  with  a  beam  of  approxi- 
mately 30  feet  to  successfully  cross  such  a  barrier  no  matter  how  many 
parallel  lines  of  mines  may  be  laid.  The  danger  in  crossing,  of  course, 
increases  with  the  number  of  rows  of  mines  but  not  in  direct  propor- 
tion. The  object,  then,  in  constructing  a  barrage  must  be  to  make 
the  danger  incurred  by  the  passage  of  a  vessel  sufficiently  great  to 
prevent  submarines  from  taking  the  risk  involved.  The  American 
portion  of  the  barrage  was  designed  to  offer  the  following  resistances 
to  the  passage  of  submarines: 

A  vessel  passing  on  the  surface  or  submerged  above  a  depth  of  50 
feet  stood  one  chance  in  three  of  making  a  successful  passage;  subma- 
rines passing  submerged  between  depths  of  50  feet  and  250  feet  had 
approximately  two  chances  out  of  three  of  passing  the  barrage  with- 
out encountering  a  mine. 

The  object  of  making  the  passage  across  the  surface  barrage  more 
dangerous  than  at  the  lower  levels  was  largely  psychological,  for, 
even  though  a  submarine  which  was  forced  to  cross  the  barrage  might 
know  that  the  danger  on  the  surface  was  the  greatest,  the  moral 
factors  involved  were  usually  sufficient  to  induce  them  to  accept  the 
greater  hazard  on  the  surface  rather  than  face  the- danger  of  striking 
a  mine  while  submerged. 

In  connection  with  the  enemy's  attitude  toward  anti-submarine 
measures  taken  by  the  Allies,  it  is  interesting  to  note  the  statement 
of  a  captured  German  submarine  commander  who  had  had  consid- 
erable experience  on  that  particular  type  of  vessel.  He  expressed 
the  opinion  that  of  all  the  anti-submarine  measures  which  had  been 
taken,  mines  were  by  far  the  most  dreaded  by  the  German  submarine 
personnel,  principally  because  there  was  nothing  to  indicate  their 
presence.  Also,  because  the  quality  of  allied  mines  had  recently  been 
improved  in  a  most  unpleasant  manner,  the  former  practice  of  fish- 


126  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

ing  them  up  and  taking  them  home  for  conversion  into  punch  bowls 
for  submarine  messes  had  now  been  entirely  abandoned,  he  said. 

One  feature  of  the  barrage  which  offered  several  possibilities  but 
was  never  more  than  partially  put  into  operation  was  the  question  of 
patrols  to  guard  the  mine  field  to  force  submarines  into  the  deep 
mines  and  destroy  those  which  had  not  been  completely  disabled. 
This  measure  had  been  argued  for  from  the  very  beginning  although 
no  definite  agreements  were  ever  reached.  The  first  arrangement 
was  that  Areas  "  B  "  and  "  C"  should  be  deep  mined  only  and  that  the 
surface  should  be  guarded  with  patrols.  Area  "B"  was  not  mined, 
however,  until  comparatively  late  in  the  work  on  the  barrage  and 
during  this  time  was  only  indifferently  patrolled,  thus  affording  a 
comparatively  safe  passage  for  enemy  submarines  through  this  area. 
The  United  States  Government  had  been  asked  to  lay  two  rows  of  sur- 
face mines  in  Area  "C"  early  in  the  history  of  active  operations  and  this 
had  been  done  on  July  1.  Two  lines  of  mines,  however,  form  a  very 
ineffective  barrier  and  patrols  in  this  area  would  have  been  of  the 
greatest  assistance,  not  only  in  driving  submarines  into  the  lower 
level  mines,  which  were  more  closely  spaced,  but  also  in  preventing 
submarines  from  using  Norwegian  territorial  waters  to  get  by  the 
barrage.  This  latter  measure  could  have  been  effected  by  hydro- 
phone vessels  lying  outside  the  Norwegian  territorial  waters  where 
enemy  submarines  could  easily  have  been  detected  when  attempting 
such  a  passage.  The  question  of  patrols,  especially  for  catching 
crippled  submarines  after  it  became  known  that  many  of  them  were 
not  disabled  when  exploding  a  mine  at  a  distance  of  70  feet,  arose 
continuously  but  on  account  of  the  tremendous  demands  for  such 
vessels  both  for  antisubmarine  work  in  other  waters  and  for  escorting 
coastwise  convoys,  it  was  impossible  to  obtain  any  vessels  for  this 
purpose. 

Although  the  enemy  undoubtedly  obtained  the  secret  of  the 
American  mine  shortly  afteY  the  first  mines  were  washed  ashore  and 
recovered  in  Norway  in  the  early  part  of  July,  it  is  interesting  to  note 
that  apparently  no  attempt  was  made  to  fit  their  submarines  with 
protective  devices  which  would  have  enabled  them  to  pass  safely 
through  the  American  mine  fields.  Such  a  device,  although  it  was 
unknown  until  after  the  armistice,  was  readily  devised  when  the 
necessity  arose  for  protecting  vessels  which  would  be  employed  in 
clearing  the  North  Sea  of  mines  after  the  end  of  the  war. 

Information  had  also  been  received  indicating  that  the  Germans 
had  built  special  vessels  called  mine  barrier  breakers  of  a  practically 
unsinkable  character  so  that  they  could  be  used  to  clear  passages 
through  mine  fields.  Evidently  none  of  these  vessels  attempted 
operations  in  the  North  Sea  barrage. 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  127 

The  mine  as  a  weapon  of  nautical  warfare  now  presents  greater 
possibilities  than  ever  before.  The  United  States  in  less  than  one 
year  was  able  to  construct  a  squadron  of  minelayers  and  produce 
sufficient  mines  to  keep  them  constantly  employed,  laying  on  each 
excursion  in  less  than  four  hours  more  mines  than  the  United  States 
had  ever  possessed  prior  to  her  entry  into  this  great  war.  Too  much 
credit  can  not  be  given  to  those  who  designed  the  mine.  Clever, 
simple,  and  effective,  this  mine  proved,  perhaps,  the  most  efficient 
single  weapon  against  the  enemy's  submarines.  Equally  as  remark- 
able as  the  invention  of  the  mine  itself  was  the  development  and  pro- 
duction by  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance.  Any  complicated  instrument 
of  this  nature,  ordinarily,  requires  years  of  experiments  and  modifi- 
cations before  it  finally  becomes  sufficiently  satisfactory  and  reliable 
to  allow  it  to  be  used.  Tune,  however,  was  the  supreme  factor. 
Every  minute  counted  in  order  to  save  the  merchant  shipping  and 
the  wise  forethought  and  judgment  of  those  to  whom  the  production 
of  the  mine  was  entrusted  should  go  down  in  history  as  one  of  the 
most  worthy  achievements  of  the  war.  Minor  defects  and  difficul- 
ties, of  course,  were  encountered  in  the  actual  operation  and  handling 
of  the  mines,  but  these  were  also  met  and  solved  on  the  spot  by  the 
United  States  mine  force. 

Minelaying,  like  the  havoc  wrought  upon  the  battle  fields  by  the 
destruction  of  property,  leaves  its  effects  to  be  felt  after  peace  is 
obtained.  Thousands  upon  thousands  of  mines  have  been  laid  in 
European  waters,  a  major  portion  of  the  work  being  concentrated  in 
the  North  Sea  barrage.  With  the  cessation  of  hostilities  and  the 
resumption  of  free  shipping  these  mines  constitute  an  ever  present 
danger  to  the  vessels  on  the  seas.  Many  of  them  break  adrift  and, 
carried  by  the  wind  and  tide,  often  appear  in  waters  which  were 
thought  to  be  clear  of  mines.  One  of  the  first  steps  after  the  armis- 
tice was  to  divide  the  work  of  clearing  the  seas  among  the  various 
nations  involved.  At  an  allied  naval  conference,  the  United  States 
volunteered  to  remove  all  mines  which  she  had  laid  and  arrange- 
ments were  immediately  taken  in  hand  to  carry  out  this  work.  A 
method  of  sweeping  this  peculiar  mine,  together  with  the  develop- 
ment and  the  organization  of  the  force  required,  had  been  completed 
and  actual  sweeping  operations  were  commenced  four  months  after 
the  armistice  was  signed. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

CONTEMPLATED  MINING  OPERATIONS   IN  THE 
MEDITERRANEAN. 


The  activities  of  enemy  submarines  in  the  Mediterranean  had  been 
increasing  at  an  alarming  rate  until  in  the  early  part  of  1918  it  was 
realized  that  an  energetic  antisubmarine  campaign  must  be  made  in 
order  to  cut  down  the  loss  of  tonnage  in  this  area.  The  allied  military 
operations  in  Saloniki,  Mesopotamia,  and  Egypt  were  supplied  almost 
entirely  by  vessels  whose  routes  lay  through  the  Mediterranean.  In 
addition  to  this,  considerable  shipping  was  carried  on  between  Tunis, 
Italy,  and  France.  During  the  summer  of  1918  there  was  an  average 
of  190  merchant  vessels  and  transports,  aggregating  a  total  of  720,000 
tons,  at  sea  each  day.  Most  of  this  shipping  was  forced  at  some 
place  or  other  in  the  Mediterranean  to  pass  through  comparatively 
restricted  channels,  offering  ideal  conditions  for  submarine  attacks. 
Submarine  operations  were  also  greatly  enhanced  by  the  lack  of 
escort — approximately  22  per  cent  was  inadequately  escorted. 

The  enemy  had  gradually  increased  the  number  of  submarines  in 
the  Mediterranean  by  sending  them  from  Germany  around  through 
the  Straits  of  Gibraltar  to  be  based  on  Mediterranean  ports,  and  also 
by  shipping  the  disassembled  parts  over  land  to  be  assembled  there. 
In  June,  1918,  there  were  approximately  68  Austrian  and  German 
submarines  based  in  the  Adriatic,  practically  all  of  these  operating 
from  Cattaro;  and  21  submarines,  including  14  ex-Russian  boats 
operating  from  the  Dardanelles.  Cattaro  was  an  ideal  base  for  sub- 
marine operations,  being  strongly  fortified  and  practically  impreg- 
nable in  so  far  as  attack  by  naval  forces  was  concerned.  Supplies  to 
this  place  were  sent  either  over  land  on  a  narrow-gauge  railroad  from 
Pola  or  else  sent  by  water.  The  enemy  surface  craft  were  decidedly 
in  the  minority  and  it  would  have  been  entirely  feasible  to  prevent 
supplies  from  reaching  Cattaro  by  sea.  To  cut  the  rail  communica- 
tions would  have  required  a  military  operation  of  considerable  magni- 
tude, in  view  of  the  strength  of  the  enemy  forces  in  this  section.  Even 
then  the  result  would  have  been  doubtful,  for  assuming  that  we  could 
have  forced  the  enemy  to  evacuate  Cattaro  by  cutting  off  his  supplies, 
they  had  already  prepared  eight  other  bases  in  the  Adriatic  from 
which  their  submarines  could  operate.  The  problem  of  destroying 
the  bases  in  the  Dardanelles  was  also  impracticable.  The  Gallipoli 

128 


128-1 


128-2 


128-3 


128-4 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  129 

campaign  had  been  a  failure.  The  British  had  laid  mine  fields  about 
the  entrance  of  the  Dardanelles,  but  sweeping  operations  could  be 
easily  conducted  by  the  enemy,  whose  shore  batteries  could  keep  off 
the  allied  men-of-war  while  operations  were  in  progress. 

The  Commander  United  States  Naval  Forces  Operating  in  Euro- 
pean Waters  had  been  endeavoring  for  some  months  to  induce  the 
other  Allies  to  join  with  the  United  States  in  offensive  operations 
against  enemy  submarines  in  the  Mediterranean.  A  plan  was  pro- 
posed and  partially  developed  by  the  Force  Commander's  planning 
section  in  January,  1918,  which  was  subsequently  accepted  by  the 
Allied  Naval  Council.  This  proposal  was  to  lay  a  mine  barrage  in 
the  Adriatic  from  the  Italian  coast  to  one  of  the  Dalmatian  Islands. 
After  having  been  accepted  by  the  allied  council  it  was  taken  up  for 
consideration  with  the  military  representatives  of  the  Supreme  War 
Council  at  Versailles,  who  finally  concluded  that  the  military  situ- 
ation on  the  western  front  was  such  that  the  necessary  troops  could 
not  be  spared  to  be  sent  to  the  Adriatic  for  seizing  such  of  the  Dal- 
matian Islands  as  would  be  necessary  before  the  mining  operations 
could  be  undertaken.  Any  other  location  in  the  Adriatic  for  a  mine 
barrage  involved  depths  of  water  of  from  500  to  600  fathoms.  The 
possiblities  of  constructing  a  mine  suitable  to  these  greater  depths 
was,  however,  presented  to  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  for  solution. 

On  account  of  the  North  Sea  barrage  operations  the  United  States 
Mine  Force  would  be  engaged  well  up  into  the  fall  of  1918,  using  up 
the  mines  practically  as  fast  as  they  were  manufactured,  and  none  of 
the  Allies  were  in  a  position  to  undertake  mining  operations  in  the 
Mediterranean  on  the  scale  required.  The  question  of  mining  in 
these  waters  was  therefore  allowed  to  rest  until  June,  1918,  when  the 
Force  Commander  presented  to  the  Allies  an  estimate  of  the  general 
situation  in  the  Mediterranean,  including  a  discussion  on  the  various 
locations  in  which  mine  barrages  could  be  constructed. 

In  the  meantime  offensive  operations  had  been  undertaken  in  the 
Adriatic  against  submarines  operating  from  Cattaro  and  Darazzo. 
A  mobile  barrage  consisting  of  allied  destroyers,  submarines,  trawlers, 
sloops,  and  United  States  submarine  chasers  had  been  established  in 
the  lower  part  of  the  Adriatic  between  latitude  39°  10'  north  and  41° 
north.  These  vessels  were  equipped  with  hydrophones  and  depth 
charges  and  as  many  vessels  as  could  be  procured  were  provided  in 
order  to  maintain  a  constant  patrol  over  a  considerable  area.  The 
vessels  were,  however,  small,  and  even  during  the  summer  months  it 
was  frequently  necessary  for  them  to  seek  shelter  during  bad  weather. 
The  mobile  barrage  was  not  an  effective  antisubmarine  measure. 

The  Italians  and  French  had  also  undertaken  antisubmarine  meas- 
ures in  the  Adriatic  in  the  form  of  a  mine  net  between  a  point  10  miles 
181063°— 20 9 


130  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

offshore  from  Otranto  across  to  Fano  Island — a  distance  of  about  35 
miles.  The  10-mile  gap  left  at  the  Italian  coast  had  been  mined  by 
four  rows  of  mines.  This  net  extended  from  33  feet  below  the  surface 
to  200  feet  below.  Experiments  conducted  during  the  previous  win- 
ter had  shown  that  the  type  of  net  adopted  possessed  greater  endur- 
ance qualities  than  had  even  been  hoped  for.  The  two  nations 
engaged  in  the  project,  however,  were  badly  handicapped  by  lack  of 
material  for  constructing  the  net  and  suitable  vessels  for  placing  it 
in  position.  On  July  15,  1918,  only  10  miles  of  the  35  had  been  com- 
pleted. The  necessary  material  to  finish  it  had  been  promised  by 
Great  Britain  and  it  was  confidently  expected  that  the  net  would  be 
in  place  before  the  end  of  the  calendar  year.  Patrol  vessels  were 
required  to  guard  the  surface  above  the  net  in  order  to  force  sub- 
marines to  dive  to  the  necessary  depth  to  encounter  it.  It  was  also 
too  shallow  to  be  thoroughly  effective.  Recent  information  had  shown 
that  submarines  did  not  hesitate  to  dive  300  feet  and  frequently  even 
deeper  if  necessary.  As  soon  as  the  enemy  could  discover  the  geo- 
graphical position  of  this  barrier  it  would  be  a  simple  matter  for  them 
to  submerge  sufficiently  to  pass  safely  beneath  it.  On  July  30  an 
enemy  submarine  ran  into  the  last  section  of  the  net  which  had  been 
completed  and  was  sunk  almost  immediately.  This  event,  occurring 
just  a  few  days  prior  to  the  date  set  for  the  Malta  conference,  aroused 
the  enthusiasm  of  the  French  and  Italians  tremendously  and  made 
them  decidedly  partial  to  this  form  of  antisubmarine  measure  in  pref- 
erence to  a  strict  mine  barrage. 

Although  the  United  States  memorandum  of  the  17th  of  June 
revived  the  interest  of  the  Allies  in  the  possibilities  of  minelaying  in 
the  Mediterranean,  it  did  not  result  in  any  active  efforts  on  their  part 
to  further  the  project,  so  a  second  memorandum  was  prepared  by 
the  Force  Commander  on  July  1 1 .  This  was  essentially  a  resume  of 
the  former  one  and  was  sufficient  to  start  active  discussion.  Com- 
ments were  exchanged  with  the  British  Admiralty  and  a  special  emer- 
gency meeting  of  the  Allied  Naval  Council  was  called  in  London  on 
July  23  to  discuss  the  possible  projects.  For  this  meeting  there  was 
prepared  by  the  United  States  planning  section  an  informal  memo- 
randum laying  down  certain  fundamental  principles  which  should  be 
adhered  to  as  far  as  practicable  in  the  selection  of  locations  and  con- 
struction of  mine  barrages.  This  memorandum  was  incorporated  in 
full  in  the  report  of  the  council.  Although  many  of  the  points  seemed 
too  obvious,  they  were  subsequently  found  to  be  invaluable  at  the 
allied  conference  held  at  Malta  three  weeks  later,  where  many  of  the 
various  impracticable  proposals  for  possible  mining  operations  made 
by  different  nations  were  easily  disposed  of  by  referring  to  the  funda- 
mental principles  which  had  been  adopted  and  approved  by  the  allied 
council.  By  this  means  it  was  possible  to  reach  agreements  for  mine 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  131 

laying  which  would  otherwise  have  been  practically  impossible  on 
account  of  the  controversies  and  arguments  which  would  have  been 
presented  by  the  various  nations. 

These  principles  were : 

.(a)  Both  ends  of  a  mine  barrage  should  rest  hi  own  territorial 
waters  to  avoid  the  necessity  for  special  military  operations. 

NOTE. — When  military  sources  are  available  (a)  may  be  modified 
to  read  (both  ends  of  a  mine  barrage  should  rest  in  waters  under 
military  control  from  the  shore). 

(6)  Both  ends  of  a  mine  barrage  should  be  secure  against  raiding 
operations,  so  that  any  possible  military  advance  of  the  enemy  will 
still  leave  the  barrage  effectively  hit  act.  If  the  enemy  holds  shore 
ends,  he  can  sweep  a  channel  safe  for  submarines  under  cover  of 
shore  patrols. 

(c)  Barrages  should   exclude  submarines  from   operating   areas. 
Barrages  should  be  as  short  as  possible  on  account  of  scarcity  of 
available  mine  material. 

(d)  No  enemy  submarines  should  be  able  to  gain  the  sea,  except 
via  the  hazard  of  a  mine  barrage. 

(e)  A  mine  barrage  extending  to  the  surface  is  much  more  effec- 
tive than  any  patrol  can  be,  since  it  watches  day  and  night,  hi  good 
weather  and  bad,  with  equal  efficiency. 

(f)  No  deep  barrage  is  effective  unless  it  is  thickly  patrolled. 

(g)  Whenever  a  barrage  to  the  surface  is  laid,  the  surface  part  of 
the  barrage  should  be  densest,  because  submarines  prefer  to  navi- 
gate on  th«  surface,  and  will  dive  only  when  then*  mission  requires 
them  to  do  so. 

(Ji)  When  a  surface  antisubmarine  barrage  is  laid,  it  should  in- 
variably be  superposed  on  a  deep  barrage,  to  prevent  submarines 
from  diving  under  the  surface  barrage. 

(i)  There  should  be  a  secure  harbor  hi  advance  of  a  barrage,  so 
that  any  enemy  naval  raiding  force  reaching  the  barrage  may  be 
cut  off  by  the  force  based'  on  such  harbor. 

It  was  further  recommended  at  this  emergency  meeting  that  the 
first  efforts  in  constructing  mine  barrages  hi  the  Mediterranean 
should  be:  First,  across  the  Straits  of  Otranto,  and  second,  in  the 
Aegean  Sea.  Both  of  these  barrages,  however,  were  dependent 
upon  the  possibility  of  surmounting  the  physical  difficulties  of  min- 
ing in  very  deep  water. 

It  was  then  arranged  to  hold  an  allied  conference  at  Malta  during 
the  first  part  of  August  in  order  to  discuss  and  make  definite  recom- 
mendations for  mine-laying  operations  in  the  Mediterranean.  Malta 
was  selected  on  account  of  the  convenience  to  the  various  allied 
commanders-in-chief  in  those  waters,  who  were  primarily  concerned 
with  the  policies  which  were  to  be  adopted.  Rear  Admiral  Joseph 


132  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

Strauss,  Capt.  Charles  R.  Train,  and  Lieut.  Noel  Davis  were  sent  as 
representatives  of  the  United  States  Government. 

The  conference  met  on  the  6th  of  August,  finishing  its  work  on 
the  9th.  The  main  items  which  were  brought  up  for  consideration 
and  recommendation  were: 

(a)  Dardanelles  mine  field — possibilities  of   extending  and   reen- 
f orcing  it. 

(b)  Adriatic  barrage. 

(c)  Cape  Bon,  Sicily,  barrage. 

(d)  Aegean  barrage. 

(e)  Gibraltar  barrage. 

(A)    DARDANELLES    MINE    FIELD. 

Mining  operations  off  the  Dardanelles  had  been  previously  car- 
ried out  by  the  British.  The  field  consisted  of  mines  dangerous  to 
vessels  on  the  surface  and  was  designed  to  bottle  up  the  enemy 
men-of-war  based  at  Constantinople  and  in  the  Black  Sea.  It  was 
not  effective  against  submarines  as  they  could  quite  readily  pass  below 
the  mines.  Since  the  ends  of  the  field  rested  on  enemy  shores,  sweep- 
ing operations  could  be  carried  out  under  the  protection  of  the  shore 
batteries.  On  the  other  hand,  the  mines  were  laid  mostly  at  night, 
in  small  groups,  variously  placed,  and  served  more  as  a  trap  than  as  a 
barrage.  The  undertaking  was  of  small  magnitude  and,  since  the 
effects  had  already  been  rewarded  with  some  success,  and  the  mines 
were  available,  it  was  recommended  that  the  work  should  be  re- 
sumed. There  was  also  the  possibility  that  after  the  .collapse  of 
Russia  their  Black  Sea  Fleet  had  been  put  into  commission  by  the 
enemy.  This  would  have  given  them  a  comparatively  strong  force 
of  surface  vessels  to  engage  the  Allied  Aegean  Fleet  or  to  be  used  as 
raiders  on  the  Mediterranean  commerce.  The  Dardanelles  mine 
field  might  possibly  be  sufficient  to  prevent  them  from  leaving  their 
bases.  In  view  of  the  availability  of  material  and  the  noninter- 
ference with  other  operations,  this  work 'was  given  priority  over 
other  minelaying  projects  in  these  waters. 

(B)    ADRIATIC    BARRAGE. 

The  Adriatic  mine  barrage  offered  greater  possibilities  as  an  anti- 
submarine offensive  than  any  of  the  other  projects  proposed  for  the 
Mediterranean.  A  successful  mine  barrage  from  coast  to  coast 
across  the  Straits  of  Otranto  would  have  bottled  up  practically  all 
of  the  submarines  which  were  operating  in  the  Mediterranean. 

Unfortunately,  the  selections  which  were  strategically  the  best 
involved  water  of  depths  too  great  to  be  mined  with  any  types  of 
mines  which  were  then  existent.  The  Bureau  of  Ordnance  had  been 
investigating  the  possibility  of  producing  such  a  mine,  and  on  the 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  133 

day  the  conference  met  a  cable  dispatch  to  Admiral  Strauss  an- 
nounced that  the  bureau  was  prepared  to  construct  mines  for  mining 
in  depths  up  to  500  fathoms.  In  discussing  the  various  possible 
locations  for  the  Adriatic  barrage,  some  trouble  was  encountered 
with  the  French  and  Italian  representatives,  who  were  opposed  to 
the  most  desirable  selection  on  the  grounds  that  it  might  interfere 
with  their  fleet  movements.  A  barrage  between  Cape  Otranto  and 
Cape  Linguetta  was  preferred  by  the  United  States,  British,  and 
Japanese  representatives,  .for,  besides  being  shorter,  there  were  no 
depths  exceeding  500  fathoms,  for  which  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance 
had  stated  they  could  prepare  the  necessary  material.  The  French 
and  It  ah*  an  representatives,  however,  desired  to  place  the  barrage 
farther  to  the  southward,  extending  from  Fano  Island  across  to  some 
point  on  the  Italian  coast,  between  Cape  Otranto  and  Cape  Santa 
Maria  Di  Leuca.  This  position,  however,  was  beyond  consideration 
by  us  at  that  time,  since  it  involved  depths  of  water  as  great  as  600 
fathoms.  In  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  United  States  was  offering 
to  provide  all  the  material  and  do  all  the  work  in  connection  with  the 
construction  of  the  barrage,  it  was  impossible  to  reach  an  agreement 
with  the  Italian  representative  which  could  be  accepted  by  the  United 
States  on  account  of  the  mechanical  difficulties  involved.  In.  the 
final  recommendations  of  the  conference  it  was  stated: 

If,  however,  the  objections  presented  by  Italy  could  be  overcome,  the  conference 
was  of  the  opinion  that  a  complete  mine  barrier,  with  suitable  gate,  between  Otranto 
and  Cape  Linguetta  should  be  laid  in  preference  to  the  one  proposed  between  Cape 
Santa  Maria  Di  Leuca  and  Fano  Island.  This  would  be  done  with  the  material 
already  designed,  as  the  watfcr  was  shoaler  and  moreover  the  barrier  would  be  less 
exposed  to  the  sea. 

Admiral  Salazar  (Italian  Navy)  did  not  concur  with  the  mine  bar- 
rier being  placed  in  this  latter  position. 

The  details  of  the  barrier  were  left  almost  entirely  to  the  United 
States  representative,  who  proposed  that  the  barrage  should  extend 
from"  10  feet  below  the  surface  to  285  feet  below  the  surface.  This 
represented  an  increased  depth  compared  with  the  North  Sea  barrage, 
which  was  desirable  on  account  of  the  fact  that  submarines  were 
capable  of  diving  to  greater  depths  than  had  formerly  been  possible. 
In  order  to  care  for  the  shipping  to  the  ports  in  the  Adriatic  it  was 
necessary  to  leave  a  small  gate  at  some  point  in  the  barrage.  This 
was  decided  to  be  left  hi  the  western  end  and  was  not  to  exceed 
5  miles  in  width,  and  should  be  narrowed  in  the  future  should  experi- 
ence warrant  its  reduction.  This  gate  was  to  be  free  of  all  mines 
down  to  a  depth  of  40  feet  and  was  to  be  thoroughly  patrolled  by 
craft  capable  of  fighting  submarines  and  in  sufficient  number  to  com- 
pel submarines  to  dive  into  the  minefield  below  the  gate. 


134  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

In  order  to  avoid  any  mixed  responsibilities  for  the  execution  of 
the  project,  the  United  States  accepted  the  task  of  providing  and  lay- 
ing the  mines,  and  insisted  that  the  operation  of  laying,  controlling, 
and  maintaining  the  barrage  be  entirely  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
the^  United  States.  This  was  approved  by  the  conference. 

It  appeared  that  Admiral  Revel,  the  Italian  chief  of  naval  staff, 
was  supreme  in  deciding  the  policies  and  attitudes  of  naval  operations 
which  involved  the  Italian  Government.  Intimation  was  given  the 
United  States  representative  that  by  referring  the  question  of  the 
location  of  the  barrage  to  him  it  might  be  possible  to  obtain  the  Italian 
Government's  approval  of  the  location  desired  by  the  United  States. 
This  was  immediately  taken  in  hand,  but  his  reply  was  not  received 
prior  to  the  completion  of  the  conference.  One  valid  objection  to 
the  barrage  being  placed  on  the  line  from  Otranto  to  Cape  Linguetta 
lay  in  the  fact  that  the  military  situation  in  Macedonia  was  at  that 
time  somewhat  critical.  There  was  a  possibility  that  the  enemy 
might  concentrate  his  forces  in  an  attempt  to  capture  Valona  Bay. 
With  this  in  enemy  possession,  the  eastern  end  of  the  mine  barrage 
would  have  been  extremely  difficult  to  maintain. 

(c)    CAPE    BON-SICILY   BARRAGE. 

N 

A  mine  field  extending  from  Cape  Bon,  Tunis,  to  the  Island  of 
Sicily  presented  several  features  above  those  offered  in  the  Adriatic 
and  ^Egean  Seas.  In  the  first  place,  the  water  was  sufficiently 
shallow  to  enable  the  present  type  of  United  States  mines  to  be  used, 
of  which  there  would  be  sufficient  available  by  the  time  the  work 
could  be  undertaken  by  the  mine  force.  A  barrage  in  this  position 
would  serve  to  restrict  the  operations  of  submarines  which  were 
based  at  all  of  the  enemy  ports  in  the  Mediterranean,  to  the  eastern 
part  of  the  Mediterranean.  Since  approximately  70  per  cent  of  the 
Mediterranean  shipping  took  place  to  the  westward  of  the  Cape  Bon- 
Sicily  line,  a  barrage  in  this  position  would  have  been  comparal^ively 
effective  from  a  protective  point  of  view.  For  these  reasons  the 
United  States  considered  this  should  be  the  primary  project  in  order 
to  relieve  the  losses  of  shipping  at  as  early  a  date  as  possible.  The 
British,  French,  and  Italian  representatives  did  not  approve  of  a 
mine  field  in  this  position,  unless  very  large  gateways  could  be  left 
which  would  render  the  barrage  practically  useless,  and  further 
wished  a  guarantee  that  vessels  could  safely  pass  over  the  deep  mine 
fields  which  were  to  be  laid  beneath  the  gates.  In  addition,  sub- 
marine operations  would  then  be  concentrated  on  the  shipping  in 
the  eastern  Mediterranean,  which  was  engaged  principally  in  trans- 
porting troops  and  carrying  supplies  to  the  allied  forces  in  Saloniki, 
Mesopotamia,  and  in  Egypt.  It  was  evident  that  it  would  be  impos- 


THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  135 

sible  to  obtain  the  assent  and  co-6peratipn  of  our  allies  to  construct  a 
satisfactory  barrage  in  this  position,  and  the  idea,  therefore,  had  to 
be  abandoned. 

(D)  ^GEAN  BARRAGE. 


It  was  comparatively  easy  to  obtain  the  approval  of  the  various 
allied  representatives  for  the  location  of  a  barrage  in  the  ^Egean 
Sea  in  the  position  desired  by  the  United  States  Government.  These 
waters,  crowded  with  islands,  presented  many  locations  in  which  a 
barrage  might  be  constructed.  In  order  to  reduce  the  number  of 
mines  required,  it-  was  desirable  to  utilize  the  islands  by  blocking 
the  passes  between  them.  One  end  of  the  barrage  must  necessarily 
rest  on  enemy  shores  and  the  site  which  presented  the  greatest  pos- 
sibilities of  maintaining  a  mine  field  was  at  Cape  Kanapitza.  The 
project  included  a  plan  for  establishing  a  garrison  on  the  Island  of 
Samos  for  the  purpose  of  guarding  the  narrow  channel  between  that 
island  and  the  Turkish  mainland.  As  this  channel  was  narrow,  it 
could  easily  be  guarded  by  artillery  on  shore,  so  as  to  prevent  sweep- 
ing operations  by  the  enemy,  once  the  mine  field  had  been  laid. 
The  location  decided  upon,  and  approved  by  the  conference,  began 
at  Euboea  Island,  and  ran  to  Andros,  Tinos,  Mykoni,  Nikaria, 
Themina,  Furni,  and  Samos  Islands,  and  thence  across  to  Cape 
Kanapitza.  This  barrage  was  similarly  to  consist  of  mines  from  10 
feet  to  285  feet  below  the  surface,  with  a  gate  between  500  and  1,000 
yards  wide,  free  of  surface  mines,  to  be  placed  either  in  Doro  Channel 
or  in  Steno  Pass.  The  recommendations  of  the  conference  also  pro- 
vided, as  they  had  done  for  the  Adriatic  barrage,  that  the  responsi- 
bility for  the  provision,  laying,  and  maintenance  of  the  mine  field 
should  be  left  entirely  to  the  United  States. 

(E)    GIBRALTAR    BARRAGE. 

Aside  from  the  deep  water  and  the  very  strong  currents  in  the 
Straits  of  Gibraltar,  the  advantages  to  be  gained  by  a  barrage  in  this 
position  were  not  of  sufficient  importance  to  demand  the  develop- 
ment of  the  special  mine  which  would  have  been  required  for  this 
purpose. 

In  addition  to  the  mine  barrages  in  the  Adriatic  and  ^Egean,  the 
United  States  became  involved  in  two  minor  projects  which,  while 
considered  of  secondary  importance  by  our  representatives,  were 
agreed  to  on  account  of  the  great  desire  of  the  British  and  Italians 
to  have  these  measures  carried  out.  The  first  was  to  supplement 
the  mine  net  which  was  being  placed  between  Otranto  and  Fano 
Island.  This  net  extended  only  to  a  depth  of  200  feet  and  in 
order  to  make  it  more  effective  the  United  States  agreed  to  place 
four  rows  of  mines  below  it  and  in  the  immediate  vicinity  so  as  to 


136  THE    NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

complete  the  barrage  to  an  approximate  depth  of  300  feet.  The 
second  project  was  to  assist  the  British  in  the  Dardanelles  mine 
field  by  laying  surface  mines  between  Imbros  Island  and  Cape 
Gremea.  This  was  acceded  to  by  Rear  Admiral  Strauss,  since  it 
would  require  comparatively  few  mines  suitable  for  the  deeper 
water  involved.  Great  Britain  at  that  time  had  no  such  deep  mine 
in  sight.  The  work  was  not  to  be  undertaken  until  after  all  other 
projects  in  the  Mediterranean  had  been  completed. 

Further  minor  operations  were  discussed  by  the  conference  in 
connection  with  the  protection  of  the  trade  routes  through  the  Gulf 
of  Patras  and  the  Corinthian  Canal  around  to  Saloniki,  and  also  the 
protection  of  Eubosa  Channel  in  order  to  form  a  safe  drill  ground 
for  the  JEgean  allied  men-of-war.  These  were  minor  operations  and 
did  not  involve  the  United  States. 

Upon  the  completion  of  the  conference,  Admiral  Strauss,  accom- 
panied by  Commander  Train  and  Lieut.  Davis,  left  Malta  to  inspect 
the  various  sites  suitable  for  the  construction  of  a  mine  base  in 
the  Mediterranean.  Argostoli,  Corfu,  and  Taranto  were  inspected 
prior  to  returning  to  Base  18.  Corfu  appeared  to  present  the  greatest 
possibilities,  although  there  were  absolutely  no  facilities  available 
on  shore  which  could  be  used  in  connection  with  mining,  or  in  the 
erection  of  an  assembly  plant.  It  also  possessed  the  disadvantage 
of  being  within  bombing  distance  of  the  enemy. 

While  in  Rome  an  unofficial  report  was  received  from  the  Italian 
Chief  of  Naval  Staff  that  the  position  preferred  by  the  United  States 
and  Great  Britain  for  the  location  of  the  Adriatic  barrage  would  be 
acceptable  to  the  Italian  Government,  except  that  they  preferred  the 
western  end  of  the  mine  field  to  terminate  at  Cape  Cavallo  instead 
of  Cape  Otranto.  This  news  was  most  welcome.  The  new  position 
and  the  alterations  suggested  by  the  Italians  were  equally  accept- 
able, since  it  involved  slightly  shallower  water  than  the  Otranto  line, 
but  was  somewhat  longer.  This  unofficial  report  was  later  con- 
firmed officially. 

On  September  13  and  14  the  fifth  meeting  of  the  Allied  Naval 
Council  was  held  in  Paris  to  consider  the  recommendations  of  the 
Malta  conference  and  to  decide  upon  the  policies  which  should  be 
inaugurated.  The  recommendations  were  approved  by  the  council 
almost  verbatim.  The  following  priority  for  the  establishment  of 
the  barrages  was  laid  down: 

(1)  Completion  of  Dardanelles  mine  fields,  in  accordance  with  ex- 
isting plans. 

(2)  Adriatic. 

(3)  ^gean. 

(4)  Entrance  to  Euboea  Channel. 


THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  137 

(5)  Entrance  to  Gulf  of  Patras  after  completion  of  the  Aegean 
barrages. 

(6)  Embros  to  Cape  Gremea  to  be  laid  if  and  when  material  was 
available. 

In  regard  to  reinforcing  the  Italian-French  mine  net  barrage  by 
four  lines  of  deep  mines,  it  was  decided  that  not  only  should  mines 
be  laid  below  the  net  as  previously  agreed  at  Malta,  but  also  above 
the  net  so  as  to  eliminate  the  necessity  for  a  patrol,  which  there,  as  in 
the  North  Sea,  had  been  found  to  be  almost  entirely  ineffective  in 
preventing  the  passage  of  submarines.  Where  the  depth  of  the  water 
was  too  great  to  permit  mines  to  be  laid  to  reinforce  the  net,  the  net 
should,  if  possible,  be  increased  so  as  to  reach  to  a  distance  of  285 
feet  below  the  surface  of  the  sea.  In  order  to  establish  a  complete  bar- 
rage across  the  Adriatic  at  the  earliest  possible  moment,  it  was  later 
decided  by  the  United  States  Government  that  the  work  of  supple- 
menting this  net  should  take  priority  over  the  main  Adriatic  barrage. 

Several  days  before  the  meeting  of  the  Allied  Naval  Council  a  reso- 
lution had  been  conveyed  to  the  Supreme  War  Council  at  Versailles 
in  regard  to  the  necessity  of  taking  all  possible  measures  in  Albania, 
to  prevent  Valona  from  falling  into  enemy  hands.  This  resulted  in 
Italy  informing  the  Allied  Naval  Council  that  the  measures  for  rein- 
forcement which  had  already  been  taken  were  then  proving  effective. 

It  was  decided  that  the  selection  of  a  base  for  mining  in  the  Medi- 
terranean should  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  United  States  who 
was  responsible  for  the  provision  and  execution  of  the  major  mining 
operations  in  the  Mediterranean.  They  further  requested  that  the 
Government  in  whose  territory  the  base  was  chosen  should  give  all 
possible  support  and  assistance  for  the  early  construction  of  the 
mining  depot. 

In  the  meantime  detailed  plans  for  the  Adriatic  and  Aegean  bar- 
rages were  developed  by  Commander  Mine  Force,  and  the  neces- 
sary mines  were  requested  to  be  prepared  by  the  Bureau  of  Ordnance. 
Both  barrages  were  to  consist  of  mines  at  four  depths  so  as  to  form 
an  effective  field  from  the  surface  to  a  depth  of  approximately  300 
feet.  The  surface  mines  were  to  be  fitted  with  30-foot  antennae  and 
were  to  be  laid  in  10  rows,  spaced  300  feet  apart  in  each  row.  There 
were  to  be  four  lines  of  mines  at  each  of  the  three  lower  levels,  the 
mines  also  spaced  300  feet  apart  in  each  row,  and  these  were  to  be 
fitted  with  70-foot  antennae.  This  would  have  given  the  barrage  a 
theoretical  destructive  efficiency  of  65.6  per  cent  for  submarines  pass- 
ing through  the  barrage  within  50  feet  of  the  surface,  and  34.4  per 
cent  against  those  passing  between  50  and  300  feet  below  the  surface. 
(Assuming  beams  of  submarines  to  average  30  feet.)  This  required 
the  use  of  22;800  mines  for  the  construction  of  the  primary  mine 
barrage  in  the  Adriatic  with  8,000  additional  mines  for  supplementing 


138  THE   NORTHERN   BARRAGE. 

the  Franco-Italian  mine  net  with  four  rows  of  mines  above  the  net 
and  four  below  where  the  depth  of  water  would  permit.  For  the 
Aegean  barrage  there  would  be  required  26,800  mines.  This  made  a 
grand  total  for  the  Mediterranean  of  57,600  mines  or  approximately 
75  per  cent  of  the  number  that  it  was  intended  to  place  in  the  North 
Sea  barrage. 

The  selection  of  a  base  for  assembling  mines  in  the  Mediterranean 
presented  considerable  difficulties.  The  few  suitable  harbors  in  Italy 
were  so  overtaxed  by  their  naval  requirements  as  to  render  them 
out  of  the  question.  Corfu,  located  within  convenient  distance  of  the 
contemplated  barrages  in  the  Adriatic  and  Aegean,  appeared  to  be  the 
most  suitable  position.  Its  greatest  drawback  was,  however,  the 
possibility  of  enemy  air  raids,  which,  had  they  been  successful,  might, 
have  completely  destroyed  the  base  by  blowing  up1  the  mines  in 
storage  there.  The  most  suitable  location  so  far  as  natural  facilities 
were  concerned  was  Bizerta,  Tunis,  and  even  here  the  facilities  were 
almost  nothing.  Its  principal  disadvantage  was  the  great  distances 
from  the  contemplated  barrages — 560  miles  to  the  Adriatic  and  775 
miles  to  the  Aegean — and  through  waters  infested  with  enemy  sub- 
marines. These  distances  were  a  most  serious  handicap,  even  so 
much  so  that  it  would  have  prevented  two  of  the  vessels  of  the  mine 
force  from  taking  part  in  the  construction  of  the  Aegean  barrage  on 
account  of  their  limited  steaming  radius.  In  spite,  however,  of  the 
disadvantages  entailed  it  appeared  to  be  the  most  suitable  location 
that  could  be  obtained  and  on  September  28,  Capt.  O.  G.  Murfin, 
United  States  Navy,  who  had  established  and  commanded  the  mine 
bases  in  Scotland,  left  London  to  establish  a  base  at  that  place. 

With  practically  unlimited  resources  to  draw  upon,  it  had  re- 
quired four  months  to  construct  the  mining  bases  in  Scotland.  To 
duplicate  such  an  assembly  plant  in  Bizerta  would  undoubtedly 
have  required  at  least  the  same  length  of  time  and  possibly  much 
longer.  It  was,  therefore,  apparent  that  the  first  operations  in  the 
Mediterranean  must  be  carried  out  with  mines  assembled  at  Bases  17 
and  18,  and  arrangements  were  made  to  have  the  necessary  mining 
material  shipped  to  those  bases  for  two  operations.  This  would  allow 
approximately  two  months'  additional  time  for  the  completion  of 
the  base  at  Bizerta  before  they  would  be  called  upon  to  supply  the 
vessels  with  assembled  mines. 

Arrangements  were  made  to  obtain  the  necessary  material  for  the 
erection  of  assembly  sheds,  living  quarters,  storage  plants,  etc.,  from 
the  U.  S.  aviation  forces  in  France  with  some  additional  mine-shop 
equipment  from  Bases  17  and  18.  It  was  necessary  also  to  construct 
a  pier  at  Bizerta  for  unloading  the  mine  carriers  and  for  supplying 
the  minelayers  with  assembled  mines.  Capt.  Murfin  arranged  con- 


THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  139 

tracts  through  the  local  French  naval  authorities  and  the  work  of 
construction  on  the  pier  was  immediately  undertaken. 

The  U.  S.  S.  Lakeside,  after  discharging  her  cargo  of  mine  parts 
for  Base  18,  was  loaded  with  such  assembly  material  and  other 
equipment  as  could  be  spared  from  that  base,  and  then  was  dispatched 
to  Pauillac,  France,  where  the  aviation  material  was  to  be  taken  on 
board.  The  U.  S.  S.  Lake  Shore  was  similarly  dispatched  two  days 
later,  proceeding  to  Bristol  to  be  loaded  with  construction  material. 

The  French  did  all  in  their  power  to  advance  the  work  of  con- 
struction, and  after  less  than  one  month's  hard  work  the  ground  work 
of  the  base  was  well  in  hand. 

The  armistice  with  Turkey  on  October  31  and  the  occupation  by 
the  Allies  of  the  Dardanelles  and  the  Bosphorus  eliminated  the  neces- 
sity of  a  mine  barrage  in  the  Aegean.  Following  close  on  top  of  that 
came  the  armistice  with  Austria-Hungary  on  November  4.  Although 
many  of  the  submarines  based  at  Austrian  ports  were  German  and 
might  possibly  escape  and  operate  in  the  Mediterranean,  these  opera- 
tions could  only  be  of  short  duration  and  would  undoubtedly  cease 
before  our  mining  operations  could  be  undertaken.  On  November  7 
orders  were,  therefore,  issued  to  discontinue  work  in  connection  with 
the  establishment  of  the  mine  base  at  Bizerta.  At  the  same  time 
the  Bureau  of  Ordnance  was  requested  to  suspend  the  production 
of  mines  for  the  Mediterranean  projects.  The  end  of  the  war  had 
fortunately  come  before  it  had  been  possible  for  us  to  lay  a  single 
mine  in  those  waters. 

The  work  of  demobilization  of  the  Bizerta  base  began  almost  imme- 
diately. The  Lake  Shore  and  Lakeside,  neither  of  which  had  reached 
their  destination,  were  returned  to  Inverness  and  unloaded.  Most 
satisfactory  arrangements  were  concluded  by  Capt.  Murfin  for  the 
disposition  of  the  material  which  had  been  supplied  for  the  construc- 
tion of  the  necessary  buildings  at  the  base.  The  French  authorities 
took  over  practically  everything  that  could  be  used  and  much  of  the 
remaining  scrap  material  was  disposed  of  to  local  merchants,  leaving 
the  United  States  indebted  only  for  the  cost  of  actual  labor  which 
had  been  expended  and  such  construction  and  material  as  could  not 
be  further  utilized. 

The  Allied  Naval  Conference,  in  its  session  at  Malta  on  August  6  to  9, 
1918,  touched  on  the  question  of  the  removal  of  the  mines  at  the  end 
of  the  war.  This  subject  was  taken  up  more  thoroughly  at  the  meet- 
ing of  the  Council  held  in  Paris  on  September  13  and  14,  and  still 
more  thoroughly  at  the  meeting  of  the  Council  held  on  October  31, 
November  1,  4,  and  5  in  London. 

As  a  result  of  conferences  held  in  London  by  the  Allied  Naval 
Council  on  October  31  and  November  1,  4,  and  5,  1918,  concerning 
clearing  the  seas  of  mines  after  the  war,  it  was  recommended  that 


140  THE  NORTHERN  BARRAGE. 

Great  Britain  undertake  to  collate  from  the  allied,  associate,  and 
central  powers  and  distribute  to  the  maritime  countries  of  the  world, 
intelligence  regarding  progress  of  mine  clearance  operations. 

A  committee  of  British  naval  officers  with  offices  at  the  Admiralty 
in  London,  known  as  the  International  Mine  Clearance  Committee, 
has  been  convened  to  collate  this  information  and  in  accordance  with 
a  further  recommendation  of  the  Allied  Naval  Council  mine  clearance 
intelligence  officers  were  appointed  by  the  allied  and  associated  powers 
to  co-operate  with  this  committee. 

Mine  warnings  to  mariners  were  issued  from  time  to  time  by  the 
International  Mine  Clearance  Committee  and  information  received 
from  all  reliable  sources  as  to  progress  in  minesweeping  were  com- 
municated to  the  mine  clearance  intelligence  officers  for  transmission 
to  their  various  governments. 

In  a  memorandum  from  the  British  Admiralty  to  the  Commander- 
in-Chief  dated  December  7,  1918,  it  is  stated  as  follows: 

950.  Arrangements  are  being  made  by  which  warnings  of  mine  fields  and  indis- 
pensable routes  will  be  promulgated  internationally  from  London: 

2.  This  will  be  done  by  British  authorities  by  issue  of  Admiralty  mine  warnings 
to  mariners — similar  to  Notices  to  Mariners,  and  printed  green  to  distinguish,  and 
by  telegrams  to  reporting  officers  prefixed  "Route  warnings." 

3.  This  system  will  be  introduced  gradually  and  will  replace  existing  system  of 
orders  regarding  routes  which  will  be  canceled  as  necessary. 

*  4.  Route  warnings  and  mine  warnings  to  mariners  will  be  classified  by  areas  as  in 
paragraph  8.     Route  warnings  will  be  numbered  serially  in  each  class  and  will  com- 
mence with  title  of  area,  thus:  Route  warning  North  Atlantic  3 — Mine  warnings  to 
mariners  will  be  numbered  consecutively  irrespective  of  areas. 

5.  When  orders  for  any  area  become  sufficiently  simple  they  will  be  communicated 
to  all  reporting  officers.     Orders  for  other  areas  will  at  first  be  confined  to  route  giving 
officers  to  whom  vessels  concerned  must  then  be  ordered  to  apply. 

6.  Route  warnings  will  give  the  most  up-to-date  information  and  should  be  used 
to  amend  mine  warnings  to  mariners  when  routing  vessels. 

•  7.  Other  governments  will  be  given  similar  information  through  their  representa- 
tives in  London. 

8.  Areas  of  classification  of  route  warnings.  Limits  will  be  given  in  subsequent 
route  warnings.  General,  comprising  notices  affecting  all  areas. 

1.  Arctic.  6.  East    coast    of    France,    Spain,    and 

2.  North  Atlantic  and  English  Channel  Portugal. 

3.  West  coast  of  United  Kingdom.  7.  Mediterranean. 

4.  North  Sea.  8.  South  Atlantic,   Indian  Ocean,   Red 

5.  Baltic.  Sea,  and  Pacific. 

In  accordance  with  the  above-outlined  policy,  the  International 
Mine  Clearance  Committee  has  issued  245  mine  warnings  to  mariners. 
The  first  of  these,  No.  1  of  the  year  1918,  was  issued  on  the  10th  of 
December  of  that  year.  This  was  a  general  outline  plan  of  the 
operations  of  that  office.  Mine  warning  to  mariners  No.  2  issued  on 
the  same  date  gives  geographical  areas  to  which  all  mine  warnings, 
subject  to  issue,  are  referred;  in  all,  eight  zones.  Mine  warnings  to 


THE   NORTHERN  BARRAGE.  141 

mariners  No.  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10,  all  issued  also  on  the  10th  of  Decem- 
her,  describe  the  conditions  of  all  the  areas  on  that  date  and  are 
published  herewith  in  explanation  of  the  policy  that  was  to  be  carried 
out.  In  connection  with  these  mine  warnings  to  mariners,  there 
were  published  a  series  of  charts  showing  the  mine  areas  and  safe 
channels.  These  were  republished  by  the  United  States  Hydrographic 
Office  for  the  information  of  all  mariners,  in  some  cases  being  pub- 
lished as  a  supplement  to  the  United  States  Pilot  Chart. 

Nothing  could  more  graphically  show  than  these  charts  the  extent 
of  surface  that  was  dangerous  to  shipping  by  reason  of  mined  areas. 
The  degree  of  danger  is  shown  on  the  chart  by  the  various  forms  of 
shading.  In  the  general  chart  British  Islands,  Dunbar  to  South 
Forland,  showing  the  east  coast  of  England,  it  is  made  very  clear  what 
a  very  restricted  area  was  considered  safe  for  navigation,  even  when 
assisted  by  the  exhaustive  system  of  buoys  as  shown  on  that  chart. 

The  removal  of  the  mines  began  almost  as  soon  as  the  armistice 
was  signed.  From  the  professional  point  of  view,  this  operation  was 
much  more  arduous  and  difficult  than  planting  the  mines.  Mine 
warnings  to  mariners  and  charts  showing  the  areas  cleared  were 
published  from  time  to  time  in  order  that  maritime  commerce  should 
be  kept  apprised  of  the  areas  still  remaining  dangerous.  The  descrip-- 
tion  of  this  enormous  operation  of  mine  clearing  will  form  the  matter 
of  a  subsequent  publication. 


INDEX 


A. 


Page. 


Aberdeen-Norway    mine    barrage, 

details  of 32 

JEgean  barrage 135, 136 

Adriatic  barrage 132, 136 

Allied  naval  council.  29, 129, 130, 137, 139 
American  consideration  and  adop- 
tion of  project 35 

Anzac,  H.M.S 85 

Appendix  I.  Mine   barrage  across 

the  North  Sea 31,  38 

Approval  of  the  Secretary  of  the 

Navy 41 

Armistice  with  Austria-Hungary. .       139 

Armistice  with  Turkey 139 

Aroostook,  TJ.  S.  S. ,  ex  Bunker  Hill, 

s.  s 71,75,78,84,114,118 

Assembly  and  shipment  of  mine 
material. 58 

B. 

Bagby,    O.    W.,    Lieut.,    U.     S. 
Navy 44,109 

Baltimore,  U.  S.  S.,  minelayer..  49,70, 

80, 102, 118 

Beatty,  Admiral,  R.  N 88 

Belknap,    R.    R.,  Captain,  U.    S. 

Navy 35,36,40,77,81,86,110 

Benson,  W.  E.,  Lieutenant,  U.  S. 

Navy,  c.  o.  Patapsco 83 

Benson,  W.    S.,   Admiral,   U.   S. 
Navy,  Chief  Naval  Operations.        35 

Black  Hawk,  U.  S.  S 85 

Boyle- Robertson  Construction  Co.        55 
BrecHnridge,   Colonel,   naval  at- 
tach^ Scandinavian  countries 97 

Bridge,  C.  D.  C., Commander,  R.N.        16 

British  Admiralty 14, 140 

British  consideration  of  project. . .        29 
Brown,  S.  J.,  Math.,  U.  S.  Navy. .        18 
Browne,    Ralph   C.,   Mr.,    Salem, 
Mass.,   inventor   "Browne  sub- 
merged gun  " 18 

Browne  submerged  gun 18 

Bureau  of  Ordnance 12, 107, 132 

Bulmer,  B.  T.,  Commander,  U.  S. 
Navy 85 


Pige. 

Butler,  Commander,  U.  S.  Navy. . .        78 
Bunker    Hill,     American    s.     s., 
renamed  U.  S.  S.  Aroostook 71 

C. 

Campbell,  E.  H.,  Captain,  U.  S. 
Navy 77 

Canandaigua,  U.  S.  S.,  ex  El  Siglo, 
s.8 71,78,80,84,104,119 

Canonicus,  U.  S.  S.,  ex  El  Cid,  s.  s.  71, 78, 
80, 84, 104, 110 

Castle,  Lieutenant  Commander 17 

Changes  in  barrage  plan 92 

Cape  Bon-Sicily  barrage 134 

Character  of  barrage 97 

Character  of  mine  fields  on  Norwe- 
gian coast 98 

Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  letters 
to 16, 19,  20, 62 

Chilcott,  R.  E. ,  Captain,  R.  N . . . .        88 

Clinton-Baker,  Rear  Admiral  C.  B., 
R.  N 64, 87, 88, 102, 117 

Cloyne,  field  barracks,  Newport, 
R.  I.,  mine  force  mining  camp. .  76 

Cluverius,  W.  T.,  Captain,  Shaw- 
mut 78, 85 

Commander,  Grand  Fleet 88,  92,  99, 

105,  111 

Commander,  mine  for£e,  appoint- 
ment; arrival  in  Europe;  prep- 
arations   86 

Commissioning  the  ships  of  Mine 
Squadron  No.  1 76 

Completion  and  sailing  of  mine 
squadron 79 

Conception  and  inception  of  the 
northern  barrage  project 9 

Consideration  of  the  line  to  be 
selected  across  North  Sea 32 

Contemplated  mining  operations 
in  the  Mediterranean 128 

Cook,  S.  W.,  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  N. 
R.F 44 

Coordination  of  preparations 40 

Corley,  W.  A. ,  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  N .        44 

143 


144 


INDEX. 


D. 

Dalmore  Distillery 61,  66 

Dardanelles  mine  field 132 

Davis,    Noel,    Lieutenant,   U.   S. 

Navy 87,  111,  132, 136 

Delavy,     Edmund,    Lieutenant, 

U.  S.  Navy,  c.  o.  Ontario 83 

Delaware,  U.  S.  S 90 

Department   of   Commerce   inter- 
ested in  barrage 17 

De  Salis,  Lieutenant,  R.  N 45,  73 

Design  of  the  mine 42 

Dispatch  of  British  chief  of  naval 

staff 35 

Dubuque,  U.  S.  S 76 

Du    Pont    Co.,    Barksdale,    Wis., 

works 56 

Du  Pont,  E.  I.,  de  Nemours  Co 57 

E. 
Earle,  Ralph,  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S. 

Navy,  Chief  Bureau  of  Ordnance.        7, 
12,  20,  35,  42,  86 
El  Cid,  American  s.  s.,  renamed 

U.  S.  S.  Canonicus 71 

El  Dia,  American  s.  s.,  renamed 

U.  S.  S.  Roanoke 71 

El  Rio,  American  s.  s,,  renamed 

Housatonic 71 

El  Siglo,  American  s.  s.,  renamed 

U.  S.  S.  Canandaigua 71,  78 

F. 
Final  status  of  barrage  and  results 

obtained 121 

Fischer,  H.  E.,  Lieutenant  Com- 
mander U.  S.  Navy 59 

Freemantle,  Admiral 100 

Fullinwider,    S.    P.,    Commander 
U.  S.  Navy,  chief  of  mines  and 

net  section  (ordnance) 7, 

12, 16, 18,  35,  42,  44 
G. 

Gailardia,  H.  M.  S 101 

Gaisford,  Engineer,  Captain,  R.  N .  63 
Gannon,  Sinclair,  Commander,  U. 

S.  Navy,  c.  o.  Saranac 78 

Gates 123 

Geddes,  Sir  Eric 30 

General  board,  U.  S.  Navy 35,  36 

General  policy,  Navy  Department.  11 

Gibraltar  barrage 135 

Glen  Albyn  Distillery 61,  65 

Grant,  Lieutenant,  R.  N 90 


Page. 

Greenslade,  J.  W.,  Captain,  Housa- 
tonic   78 

Grimes,  B.  W.,  Lieutenant,  IT.  S. 
N.  R.F 44 

H. 

Hamilton,  American  s.  s.,  renamed 
U.  S.  S.  Saranac 71 

Harrill,  W.  K.,  Lieutenant,  U.  S. 
Navy 89 

Heap,  Mr.,  Admiralty's  control- 
lers office 63 

Housatonic,  U.  S.  S.  ex.  S.  S.  El 
Rio 71,  78,  80,  81, 84, 104 

Hupp,  J.  B.,  Lieutenant,U.S.Navy, 
c.  o.  Patuxent 83 

Hurley,  Edward  N.,  U.  S.  S.  B. . .        70 

H-2,  mine,  British 102 

I. 

International  Mine  Clearance 
Committee 140 

Isherwood,  H.,  Lieutenant,  R.  N. 
V.R 44,47 

Italian  chief  of  naval  staff 136 

J. 

Jason,  U.  S.  S.  fuel  ship 84,  85 

Jefferson,  American  s.  s.,  renamed 

U.  S.  S.  Quinnebaug 71 

Jellicoe,  John,  Admiral,  R.  N 29 

Johnson,  T.  L.,  Commander,  U.  S. 

Navy,  Captain  Canonicus 63, 78 

K. 

Kearney,  T.  A.,  Captain,  U.  S. 
Navy,  assistant  chief,  Bureau  of 

Ordnance 12,  23,  27 

Kerens,  Wm.  H.  (San  Francisco)..        37 

King,  Commander,  U.  S.  N 35 

Knott,  L.  E.,  Apparatus  Co.,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass '. 18 

K-l  device 19,45,50 

L. 

"Lake"  class  vessels,  used  as  mine 

carriers 58,  59 

Lake  Moor,  U.  S.  S.,  loss  of 60,  89 

Lake  Shore,  U.  S.  S 139 

Lake  Side,  U.  S.  S 139 

Lake  Superior,  U.  S.  S 66,83 

Length  of  antenna 98 


INDEX. 


145 


Page. 

Lockhart-Leith,  Captain,  R.  N. . .       63, 

102, 103 
Lockhart-Leith  committee 61, 62 


M. 

Mannix,  D.  P.,  Commander,  U.  S. 
Navy,  Captain.  Quinnebaug. . . 


7S 


Manufacturing  project 50 

Mark  VI  (type  X)  mine 16, 

18, 19,  20,  24, 42,  52 

Marsh,  C.  C.,  Captain,  U.  S.  Navy 
(ret.) 7 

Marshall,  A.  W.,  Captain,  LT.   S. 

Navy 102 

Material  for  submarine  mine  bar- 
riers          19 

Mayo,    Henry  T.,  Admiral,  U.  S. 
Navy,  c.  in.  c.  Atlantic  Fleet. . .      23, 
28,  29,  30,  31,  34,  35,  68 

Massachusetts,     American    s.     s., 
renamed  U.  S.  S.  Shawmut 71 

Mine  barrage  across  the  North  Sea, 
Appendix  1 31,  35,  38 

Mine -loading    plant,    St.   Juliens 


Creek,  Va, 


55 

Mining  operations ~  . .  101 

Mining  school,  Portsmouth,  Eng- 
land   64 

Mock,  H.  0.,  Commander,  R.  N. 

V.R 44 

Mulleneux,  H.  E.,  Captain,  R.  N..  88 
Murfin,  0.  G.,  Commander,  U.  S. 

Navy 62,68,88,138 

Morgan  Line 70 

Mediterranean,   contemplated   op- 
erations in 128 

N. 

Naval     Overseas      Transportation 

Service 40,  59 

Newhall,  Thomas,  Lieutenant,  U. 

S.  N.  R.  F 65 

New  York,  American  s.  s 64,  87 

North  Sea  barrage 9 

Number    of  American  mines  re- 
quired          33 


0. 


Old  Colony,  U.  S.  S. 
Old  Dominion  Line. 


71 

71 

Ontario,  U.  S.  tug 77,83 

Organization  of  mine  squadron 70 

181063°— 20 10 


Page. 
73 

Overseas  mine  bases  17-18 61,  64 


Otis  Elevator  Co. 


Ozama,  U.  S.  S. 


66 


P. 


Patapsco,  U.  S.  tug 77,83,109,114 

Patrol 123 

Patuxent,  U.  S.  tug! 77, 83, 109, 114 

Peacock,  A.  B.,  Lieutenant,  junior 

grade,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F 52 

Personnel   and    commissioning   of 

ships  of  mine  squadron  one 76 

Philadelphia,  American  s.  s '       64 

Planning  section,  British  Admiralty        96 
Planning  section,  United  States. . .      35, 

94,130 

Position 97 

Preparations  for  commencement  of 

minelaying 86 

Princess  Margaret,  British  mine- 
layer   102 

Proposed  British-American  joint 
offensive  operations,  submarine 
barriers;  Mark  VI  mines 


Proposed  mining  policy,  North  Sea 


20 
32 

Pryor,  W.  L.,  Commander,  U.  S. 
Navy 56 

President  of  United  States 16, 17, 37 

Q. 

Quinnebaug,  U.  S.  S.,  ex  Jefferson 
s.s 71,78,79,84,104 

R. 

Results  obtained 121 

Revel,  Admiral,  Italian  Chief  of 
Naval  Staff 134 

Reynolds,  W.  H.,  Commander  U.  S. 
Navy,  Captain,  Canandaigua 78 

Roanoke,  U.  S.  S.,  ex  El  Dia . .  71,  78,  80, 

104, 110, 119 

Roosevelt,  Franklin  D.,  Assistant 
Secretary  of  the  Navy 17, 18 

S. 

San    Francisco,    U.    S.    S.    mine 

layer 49,70,80,104,110 

Saranac,  U.  S.  S.,  ex  Hamilton  s.  s.  71,  78, 

79, 114 
Salazar,  Admiral,  Italian  Navy —       133 


Schafer,  G.  C.,  Commander,  Supply 
Corps 


64 


146 


INDEX. 


Page. 
Schofield,  F.  H.,  Captain  TJ.   S. 

Navy 35,44 

Secretary  of  Commerce 17 

Secretary  of  the  Navy 35,  37,  41,  70 

Selection  of  new  minelayers 70 

Shawmut,  TJ.  S.  S.,  ex  Massachu- 
setts s.  s 71,  75,  78, 83, 114, 118 

She  wan,    James    &     Sons     repair 

yard 71 

Sims,  W.  S.,  Admiral,  TJ.  S.  Navy.  13, 14, 
30, 61, 87,  92,  95,  98, 109 
Smith,   Kirby  (C.  E.  C.),  TJ.   S. 

Navy. 55 

Sonoma,  TJ.  S.  tug 77, 83 

Status  of  barrage  project  on  Novem- 
ber 1,  1917 38 

Stearns,  C.  D.,  Captain,  c.  o.  Roan- 

oke 78,  82 

Stewart,  L.  M.,  Lieutenant  Com- 
mander, TJ.  S.  Navy 64 

Study  of  types  of  barrage,  nets, 
mines,  and   bombs,   Bureau  of 

Ordnance 14 

Strauss,    Joseph,    Rear    Admiral, 
TJ.  S.  Navy. ...  7, 64, 68,  81, 86,  87,  111, 
117,131, 136 

Submarine  chasers,  United  States.  83 
Submarine  sighted  and  attacked. .  117 
Submarines,  enemy,  damaged  or 

destroyed 124 

Suggested  method  of  laying  mines.        33 
Supreme    War  Council    at    Ver- 
sailles         137 

Summary  of  cooperation  to  carry 
out  barrage  plan: 

Great  Britain 22 

United  States . .  22 


Page. 

Strategical  and  tactical  considera- 
tion    27 

T. 

Thompson,  Surgeon,  U.  S.  Navy. .  63 
Tomb,  J.  H.,  Commander,  U.  S. 

Navy,  Captain ,  Aroostook 78 

Total  mines  laid 123 

Toxyl 57 

Train,  Charles  R.,  Captain,  U.  S. 

Navy 132, 1 36 

Training  the  personnel 76 

Trayer,  J.  S.,  Lieutenant,  U.  S. 

Navy,  c.  o.  Sonoma 83 

Trinitroxylol 57 

U. 

UB-22,  German  submarine 124 

U  86,  German  submarine 124 

U  92 ,  German  submarine 124 

U  113,  German  submarine 124 

U  123,  German  submarine 125 

U  156,  German  submarine 125 

W. 

Wilkinson,  T.  S.,  jr.,  Commander, 
U.  S.  Navy,  charge  of  experi- 
mental section,  ordnance.  12, 18,  44,  59 

Wolleson,  Edwin,  Lieutenant-Com- 
mander, U.  S.  Navy 64 

Wright,  C.  H.,  Lieutenant,  U.  S. 
Navy 44 

Y. 

Yates-Brown,  Allan  M.,  Comman- 
der (acting  captain),  D.  S.  0., 
R.  N..  29 


O 


DATE  DUE 


JUN.  7 

K)tf9             t 

N,  ~r"  *~*.  r-»     A    f-\  [ 

» 

•«0j            < 

JTORAGl 

GAYLORD 

PRINTED  IN  U.S.A. 

S.     Office  of  Naval                       D 
Records  and  Library.                     590 
Northern  barrage  &                        TJ5^ 

other  mining  activities. 


2  charts  back  pocket 


"-f  5132  00252  4270 

3  urllr^oime  Pacific  Library